Pictures of the Family Album 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

This is a fictional story and the events of the story take place with everyone over the age 18. Hope you enjoy 🙂

Mark had slowly been driving himself mad. Over the years there had been so many signs that he had missed. He sat on the couch flipping through the old family album. There they were, at the lake cabin. His two older sisters- twins- were standing by a canoe then. Each had a paddle in each hand and the life vests they wore basically covered their whole top, only their belly buttons poking out underneath, resting above matching pink bikini bottoms. He stood on the other side, looking at them instead of the camera. They were 15 in this picture. Yes, he thought, the lake house was when it must have started. He recalled the odd looks they had given each other after then had come back from their day on the lake. Mark also vaguely remembered that night- quiet feet on the wooden ladder next to his head, small whispers and possibly something else, but it had been four years since that trip.

From that day on, anytime they went to the lake they wouldn’t let him come in the canoe, and they started making him sleep on the fold out couch. The girls had convinced their parents to get two full beds instead of the bunk beds, but he always noted that one bed looking untouched whenever he went in to shower in their bathroom in the morning.

He flipped the page, watching his sisters develop before him. Their chests grew to their present day B cup, their bodies lithe and athletic. It was around sophomore year that Grace needed glasses. Mark remembered the first time he saw her with those thin black glasses, and it made his groin twitch. It was around then that he had begun to fantasize about them.

He looked up as the door opened, and Heather walked in. She wore short running shorts and a tight shirt- tight enough that Mark could see she didn’t have a bra on. The shirt showed him more of her figure from where it clung to her from the sweat. Her morning jog must have been a good one. She nodded to him, then moved upstairs, bobbing her head to whether music her headphones played. Mark was thankful that he had the book in his lap. Thinking about the clues and seeing Heather like that seemed to rub him in all the right ways. Mark hadn’t realized his eyes lingered at her mounds under that tight shirt..

He put the book down and stretched, ignoring the tent in his pants until he heard a cough from the kitchen. He locked eyes with Grace, who had been sitting there drinking some tea. Did she watch him oogle at Heather? He couldn’t do anything to hide his erection except turn away, giving an awkward nod. Shamefully he retreated upstairs. When he made it to the top he groaned and reached down his shorts, hearing the shower made his thoughts change to Heather’s solid body dripping with soap. He made down the hall to his room before closing and locking the door.

Heather took pride in her body, and always showed her curves with form fitting clothing. She was aggressive and always ready for an adventure. Her green eyes challenged the world around her, appearing even brighter against her silky brown hair, which she usually kept in a ponytail.

When she had come in after her jog, she had seen Mark there looking at the family album. She never took him for the overly sentimental type, so it was curious. She had felt him stare at her chest and it made something tingle inside of her. She had cast a glance at Grace, a glance that meant she was ready for her and Grace had nodded in response. She shook the water out of her hair with a towel and walked to their shared room, the towel surrounding her body barely covering her firm ass.

Waiting there on their bed was Grace, she sat with her legs crossed and her chin in her hand, watching Heather come in. She walked up to her sister and leaned down, kissing her deeply hello. Her run and thinking about Mark made her especially horny. She pressed Grace’s shoulder back and moved atop of her, kissing and biting her lip as the towel fell off of her figure.

Her sister was both her mirror and her foil at once. She had always been the more timid one, not as much of a go getter as her sister. She’d prefer the arts and introspectiveness to running circles on a track any moment in the day. When Grace got her glasses, she fit the bookworm stereotype. She always preferred to wear her hair down, easily able to shield her eyes from the world at the tilt of a head.

Right now, that shyness was gone from her. When she was with Heather, Grace felt like she could conquer the world. She wouldn’t do anything crazy of course, she just felt like she had a safety net and that brought her such comfort and a little bit of daring. Her hands reached up to pull Heather’s hips into hers as her lips explored her sister’s. Her hand wandered down to her freshly trimmed bush and slipped a finger inside her snatch, eliciting a purr from her elder sister. Her bravery escalated as she whispered into Heather’s ear, “Ya know.. I think I have something you’d like to hear about..” as she wiggled her finger in her pink flesh and added a second one.





Mark laid back, staring at the ceiling, spent. He was still trying to piece together the puzzle and it was infuriating.

The thoughts that there was something more between them never left after that day at the lake. They were twins after all, so they would have a special bond. It made sense. What didn’t make sense was when they were at the mall and they would go into the same changing room for longer than it took to check out a pair of pants. It was always too noisy to hear them but when they finally did come out, Grace would usually be flustered. He swore he remembered Heather sucking on a finger one time. She had claimed a pin pricked it or something. How naive he had been.

Watching them and their closeness almost made him feel like he was missing something major, and not just the obvious. Mark felt like there was an inside joke that he didn’t get, or maybe he was the joke.

It was a more recent event that had triggered his descent into indecency that kept him up at night in more ways than one. Whenever everyone was downstairs on the couch or the floor, that they would be cuddled up next to each other under a heavy blanket. Even in the summer heat, they’d be under there. Grace would sit in Heather’s lap, occasionally squirming and making small noises, trying not to get caught by Mark or anyone else.

One night, Mark had placed his mini spy camera under the couch where they usually sat. The camera was poor quality and grainy, but it was his first solid evidence of their intimacy. He watched in the shadow of the blanket his eldest sister tease down the shorts of the other. He saw on her index finger a purplish shape, and could hear a low buzz during a quiet part of the movie. He watched as her slender hand reached around, and his imagination filled in the rest. That clit stimulator would find Grace’s little bud and would do wonders between her legs. He imagined Heather ’s hand cupping Grace’s left breast as she did, kneading her soft mound.

His eyes had been on them intently, and after watching the video, he knew that whenever Grace’s breath caught or she threatened to voice her orgasm, Heather would graze her teeth on her sisters shoulder or bite her neck. Only once did Heather look over to Mark on the couch behind them. She made no indication that she saw his hand stroking his cock in the dark as she returned her focus on their squirming sister.

Mark had kept himself from his own climax until he had watched the video. He made note that when the girls had walked back upstairs, Grace had been a little unsteady. He wondered how many orgasms she had had right under his nose, for how many years. He seriously needed some new equipment.

The next morning Mark came downstairs after he heard Heather leave for the morning. He poured some milk in his cereal bowl and sat down across from Grace, who had her nose in a book. She said a quiet hello, and he watched her face as he began his experiment.

“So what did you think of the movie last night, Gracey?”

She kept her focus on her book when she replied, but her ears started to turn red, “Umm, it was good, Mark.”

“Yeah I thought so too. Hey, I must have been in the bathroom and I missed when the prospector was in the desert collecting something. Do you remember what it was?”

Grace squirmed in her seat “….rocks?” the look on her face gave away that she hadn’t been paying attention. Mark smiled to himself and smacked his head.

“Snakes! They were looking for snakes and they were slithering and withering in their hands. It looked like they were hard to grasp.” Her ears remained very red and she made a silent “Oh” face and sought protection from her book.

Mark was happy with her silent confession and it showed in his pants. He stroked himself stealthily as he looked over Grace’s beautiful face, remembering her face as she orgasmed. He felt himself nearing the edge and he imagined cumming on her soft pink lips. It felt so so dirty imagining doing that to his sister but the thought made him jizz. While his body shuddered and he let out a small noise, Grace looked up at him and her eyebrows raised at his postorgasm expression.

“I, uh, I’m going to go take a shower.” He said sheepishly, ashamed of what he had just done five feet from his sister.

The water hit his body as he heard Heather come in and speak to Grace. He felt like he needed to drown then, Grace must have known what he had done. He was leaning against the wall when he heard both girls pass the door, not before Heather slammed her fist on the door,

“Maaarrrkkk!! You know I shower now you jerk!”

“Sorry” was all he could muster before his prick started hardening at the thought of Heather joining him in here. His hand found it and he went to cloud 9 for a second time that morning.

After drying his hair and wrapping a towel around his waist he stood, looking in the mirror. He could not continue to fantasize about his sisters. It had to be unhealthy. And still he thought of the lake, and movie night.

To put the issue to bed, Mark snuck out of the bathroom and disappeared into his room. He came back out with a clear piece of tape and he taped the door latch. He realized that they may not hear the click and turn to inspect the door but it was a risk worth taking.

He returned to his room again normally, calling out to Heather that he was done. There was no response from their room. Mark leaned against his closed door, and waited.

Grace had spilled her worries out to Heather when she had gotten back from her run. She was terrified that Mark would rat them out, and they would be ruined socially, emotionally and anything else.

Heather had moved around the counter and rested Grace’s head against her warm chest. She cooed and calmed her down with gentle touches, she told her that she’d make sure he wouldn’t find out.

Then she led her sister up the stairs and became mad that Mark was in the shower. She banged on the door and took Grace into their room, where she laid her sister out and started licking her flower bud, teasing it between her teeth and a flick of the tongue.

She slid a finger between her cheeks and teased her rim with it. Grace moaned and pressed her tight hole against her sister’s finger. She really wanted to be fucked but Heather was obsessed with her pussy. She suckled on her clit and popped a finger in her asshole which brought out a gasp out of her shy sister.

Grace was grinding into Heather’s face as Mark called out to them. She had to bite her arm to stop her moan as she squirted on her sister’s face. Heather lapped up her juices as Grace rode out her orgasm and she felt better.

Once she had stopped squirming Heather led her little sister to the shower. The hall was empty and Mark’s room was closed and quiet. He must have left for school after he finished showering.

Grace helped undress her sister and herself, turning on the shower. There was still steam from Mark’s shower. She took some soap and began to lather it on Heather’s shoulders. She moved it down to her firm mid sized breasts, circling each areola with delicate strokes. The water washed off the soap as Heather gave in to her sisters touch, closing her eyes and enjoying the tenderness. She began to wash Grace’s body and had only done a little before Grace spun her around and her hands went up to catch herself on the wall.

“Spread your legs” she commanded in a sultry tone, detaching the showerhead and handing it to Heather, so she would only have one hand to support herself with.

“Hold that on your chest until I say so.” That was when Heather felt something cold kiss her heated lower lips. Grace spread Heather’s labia open and showed her the size of the bottom of the shampoo bottle. It made the elder sister hold her breath as Grace’s fingers traced her slit, testing her wetness. Grace bought her mouth to her sister’s ass and kissed her firm flesh a few times, drawing nearer to her center and making Heather whimper.

Both sisters were completely absorbed in each other as Grace’s tongue flicked Heather’s rim and neither heard Mark gasp and quietly curse to himself. He moved fast back to his room, his cock already at full mast as he scrambled to get his camera and bring it back to where he had the door cracked.

He winced as he tried to get the camera in the door without having to open it wider. Such a simple task became nearly impossible as he was thinking only in colorful languages and about how aroused he was. He pulled out his shaft and started stroking himself as he listened to Heather moan. It was such a gorgeous noise.

And seeing Grace like that. Forcing a bottle into Heather’s pussy and telling her what to do. Hearing her command her sister to turn the shower head onto her clit in a voice that shocked him and made his cock twitch. Where was the quiet and timid sister that he’d known all his life? It certainly wasn’t the girl who was eating out his other sister’s asshole. And yet there they were right in front of him.

He had to bite his lip to stop himself from groaning. His sisters were lost in their own world and he was getting a front row seat to it. Heather let out another moan and cried out that she was going to cum.

Mark wanted to cum with his oldest sister so badly. His hand worked himself faster and harder as her breath got shorter until all she was doing was moaning. Her noises, her quivering body and orgasmic face were all he could think about, all he could focus on. Too focused in fact, that he forgot to bring anything to finish in and before he knew it he let out a small grunt and started shooting his load on the bottom of the door.

He cursed as he heard Grace inquire about a noise and he practically bashed his head into the door trying to grab the camera and taking off towards his room, realizing too late that he shouldn’t have slammed his door behind him.

Leaning against his door he let out a few more curses, then held his breath as he heard the shower turn off. His blood ran cold as he heard his sisters’ hushed whispers, their pitch increasing as they feared the worst.

“Oh g-god is that?!” he heard Heather gasp by the bathroom door as she saw his cum dripping onto the floor. His lungs burned for air as he held his breath. This was it, he thought. His life was over. Their whispering had moved closer to his room and to his horror he saw his door knob jiggle. When they saw that it was locked the girls must have retreated to their own room for the hallway had fallen silent.

He didn’t move for another fifteen minutes, knowing he had missed the bus to school. He figured he had to take his bike as he slowly gathered his things and quietly crept down the stairs.The silence coming from his sisters’ room was deafening. Riding to school at least kept his mind off of things but that wasn’t the case at school.

He barely paid attention to any of his classes. His head swam with all the scenarios where they shunned him for the rest of his life, or where he’d somehow get into trouble for all of this. During lunch he sat in the corner with his laptop and rewatched the video from the morning. It made his stomach turn as well as his loins. How could he have been so sloppy? He had ruined such a beautiful thing. He scolded himself the whole way home. Locking his bike in the garage, he ended up standing on the porch for longer than he should have before nerving up enough to go inside.

Mark had expected the quiet house but was still relieved to see that neither sister was on the main floor. He dropped his backpack on the floor by the couch and went over to the refrigerator. He poured himself a glass of water, looked at it and with as calm a voice as he could muster he yelled “Anyone home? I was thinking of ordering pizza for dinner!”

His voice echoed through the house as he took a sip. That may have been for the best. Anything to delay having to be confronted by his sisters about this morning. Walking up the stairs, he noted that their door was closed and so was his, just how he left it. What he hadn’t expected when he walked through his door was to see Grace sitting cross legged on his bed. Her face brightened to a rosy color at the same time his paled whiter than paper.

“H-hey Mark.. So, we have something we want to.. Ah.” Grace looked at her older sister desperately, who was sitting at Mark’s desk. Her hands were pressed together by her fingertips and she swiveled in the chair slightly. His heart leapt in his throat as he saw right next to her was his camera. His palms were sweating already as Heather cleared her throat.

“So.. the cat is out of the bag, little brother.” her eyes followed his to the camera as she flicked it with a finger, knocking it down. Her gaze returned to his wide eyes, Heather silently hoping that he couldn’t see that her own fear was rising up from her chest. Voicing her closely guarded secret was proving harder than she had imagined.

Mark put the water down on his nightstand and looked between the two of them. Grace looked anxious while Heather was fairly stone-faced.

He sighed and closed the door behind him. Their parents wouldn’t be home for another few hours but somehow it felt safer to have this conversation contained within four walls.

“Do you two kick me out of the family now? Or swear me to secrecy?” he asked, unsure of how to proceed. The girls exchanged looks, both a little surprised by his extremeness.

“We wouldn’t kick you out Mark, jesus. What we need to do is get you to stay quiet… so swearing to secrecy, yeah.” Heather said. The three of them sat in a painful silence until she looked at the camera again, nodding at it “Aannd you need to delete that.”

He crossed his arms as he looked at Heather. The girls could have easily deleted the videos themselves while he was away and yet they were here now, asking him to do it.

Grace spoke next, her voice quiet and shaky “How long have you known?” Mark looked at her until she squirmed.

“I knew that night the other week when we had watched that movie, you know, the one with the “rocks” ‘ he watched as the realization dawned on her face from his inquiries the day after. Grace pulled her knees up to her chest and hid herself behind them with a small groan. “My turn.. how long have you to been, um.. involved?” his question elicited another groan from Grace and some squirming from Heather.

The eldest spoke up, drawing his attention away from their sister. “At the lake house, I think it was four or so years ago. In the bunk beds we.. we took turns fingering each other. It was also when we decided to keep things on the island to keep it safe but well, you see how well that precaution panned out..” Heather chuckled nervously then looked away.

All three of them were wrapped up in their heads, occasionally looking at each other or shying in another direction as no one knew where to go next. Mark picked up his glass just as Grace spoke up, looking at him with earnest, “Do you promise to keep this between us, Marky?”

“Yeah sis, I promise. And I’ll delete the videos off of the camera, Heather. I don’t even know what else to say right now though..” He added at the end as he brought his cup to his lips to take a swig.

“What would you say if I wanted to blow you every day, to practice for when I get a boyfriend.” Heather stated bluntly as Mark was drinking, causing him to choke on it and painfully clear his throat. This had his sister grinning from ear to ear.

His red cheeks and his tented jeans emboldened her as she strode over to him and gripped his package and leaned in close. With a slight squeeze she whispered against his lips “You’re buying the pizza tonight. And we’ll start in the morning.” before stepping back, pulling him from the doorway by his crotch before releasing him.

Mark was breathless as Grace hopped off of the bed, gave him a quick hug and scurried out after Heather. He blinked a few times before occupying the space that Grace had just abandoned. It was still warm where she had sat, suggesting they had been in his room a while.

What the hell just happened? The ache in his loins confused him greatly. His sister just propositioned him for daily blowjobs. His sister. And she touched his cock. Well, it was over his pants, but still. There was contact. His rubbed his bulge where her hand had just been and he moaned quietly.

Heather leaned against the wall just outside of Mark’s room. Her heart pounded in her chest. What had she done? What door was she about to open and what were they going to find on the other side?

Her dizzying thoughts were silenced the moment Grace’s gentle lips touched hers, with a startled little gasp that left her at the same time as Mark’s moan. The two girls giggled nervously upon hearing him, Grace stealing Heather’s hand and pulling her towards their bedroom for some alone time.

Several hours and a shower or two later, Mark’s stomach growled. He rolled onto his side and absentmindedly stared at the clock. Were they messing with him? They had to be serious, hell, Heather’s hand was on his cock. Even with that piled on top of of all the evidence he had collected, it was still difficult to believe.

The evidence.

He scrambled off the bed and to his camera, powering it up and scrolling through the files. The videos were still there. The pictures. Casting a nervous glance at the door, he went over to his computer and paused, staring at the now exposed memory card. Was it worth betraying the trust of his sisters by saving these videos? Mark sat heavy in his chair as he went through the steps to get into his encrypted file system, mulling over the moral dilemma of honesty and selfish greed.

It took longer than it should have to dawn on him that he was preparing to commit a greater sin, and that he had already acted upon it more than once. He felt his worn shaft twitch at the battling thoughts of what could possibly lay ahead and memory of Heather’s touch. Mark could not imagine going for another round yet, and luckily he didn’t have to. As soon as the files were downloaded securely and erased, Heather burst through the door unannounced. He looked at her expression of slight disappointment with confusion. Had she meant to catch him with his pants down? He felt his face brighten with embarrassment.

“What are you doing, Mark? We’re hungry. Get off of your computer and feed us. Now.” She huffed and stormed off down the hall, leaving his door wide open. He blinked a few times and only just realized he had been holding his breath, releasing it as he stood to follow her downstairs. Her hair had been wet, and she had changed clothes as well. His thoughts started drifting wildly trying to guess what they had been up to. He had made it ot the bottom of the stairs when Grace giggled at him, causing him to look down.

His erratic thoughts had his sweatpants tented again and he veered straight into the kitchen, trying and failing to pretend that he didn’t know they had seen him at attention. This was going to be hell, and he wasn’t exactly sure if he liked being at the mercy of two succubi yet.

Ten minutes later, Mark had placed the order and had run out of excess things to do in the kitchen. His hard-on had subsided but he still felt incredibly on edge. This was wrong on so many levels that he couldn’t count them. When he heard the garage door open, he had a sudden rush of relief followed by a stronger sense of dread. Could his parents figure out that something was off about the three of them? The girls had managed to keep their secret safe for years but this was foreign territory for Mark and he had very little confidence in himself at that moment when his father walked into the kitchen.

“H-hi Dad,” He said, unable to keep the awkwardness in his voice in check. As he was about to continue Heather came waltzing in and slung an arm around his shoulders, cutting him off.

“Hey Daddy, how was work? Mark was so nice he ordered us pizzas. They should be here soon!” She gave him a playful kiss on the cheek before skipping back out of the room. His expression was a mix of bewilderment and gratitude as she had managed to stop him from plummeting into a confession. He was able to chat about school with them until the doorbell rang and he excused himself to collect the pizza while their parents joined the girls in the dining room.

He sat opposite Grace and next to Heather while their parents sat on either end of the table. The school conversation resumed as Heather rattled off about the third semester and how she wished it were finals so that she’d get to graduate already.

“Never would have thought that I’d hear the day that Heather wanted a test!” Grace teased, earning a short glare from her twin.

It hadn’t dawned on Mark how close they were to the end of the school year and how close the girls were to leaving home. It made his stomach turn thinking about how little time they had left to explore this new territory.. well, he had little time left anyway.

“Look, I’ve got a few early callbacks from universities based on sport scholarships and I’m looking forward to getting out there!” She challenged, a small bit of sauce dripping on the side of her mouth.

Grace must’ve seen the dark cloud roll in over Mark’s head and she spoke up a little louder as she leaned over the table to scoop up the sauce with her finger, giving him a wink as she slowly licked it off of her thumb. The move made her heart race and it had similar effects on him. “I’m excited too, H, but you need to remember that when we go our poor baby brother will be all alone here with our parents pining over an empty nest.”

“We’ll be sorry to see you go, girls, but we know you’ll come back for holidays and for breaks.” Their mother said reassuringly, not having noticed the small exchange between the three of them. It did click for Heather as to what Grace was referring to as she watched her clean herself and she gave a sideways look at Mark when she continued off of her mother’s thought.

“Speaking of breaks and baby brothers.. Spring break is coming up in a few weeks, and it will be our last one before we leave. I was thinking we make it special, just the three of us. What do you think, Mark?”

Her hand had snaked it’s way over to him unbeknownst to him and groped at his crotch. It nearly made him jump out of his skin as he swallowed hard, trying to compose himself enough to respond.

“I-I uh, I think that’d be great. We’ve never really given ourselves a chance to.. bond really.” He had to drop his hand under the table and grip Heather’s teasing hand and remove it from his stirring package as heat rose to his face. He had barely had it off of him when he turned to speak to their dad when he felt her fingers brush him again. He leaned a little bit towards her and pinched her inner thigh hard enough that she withdrew and had to stifle a yelp. “Is that cool, Dad?”

“Mm I don’t know, we’ve got some maintenance to do at the lake house and it’ll be easier if we’re there to work on that.”

Mark chewed on a garlic knot, trying to think of something quick to change his mind, “Why not make a list of things that need to get done? I’ve helped you change filters before and whatnot. Leave it to me, and you and mom can have the house to yourselves for the first time in how long?”

Their mother raised an eyebrow and shrugged at the question, speaking up “He’s got a point, darling. Let them have the week. The house won’t burn down if a water filter isn’t changed immediately.”

The siblings looked at each other a little too enthusiastically and each caught themselves on their own, mischievous smiles faltering and giving way to more bashful ones. After some more chatter ensued and everyone had their fill, the twins took care of cleaning up. Mark discussed a bit more about what had to be done with the lakehouse and it was decided they’d be allowed to go alone in a few weeks’ time.

An hour later the parents went to bed and the girls’ cleaned up dinner. Mark was down in the living room on the couch, mind more than occupied about what the three of them could get up to at the lake house. He was lost in a thought of watching the girls splashing each other naked in the water and having them crawl up the sand to him afterwards. He had been absentmindedly rubbing himself over his sweats, unaware that the women of his fantasy were standing in the doorway staring at him.

Heather had thought to go up to him again and to do something to get under his skin but she had a better idea when she saw Grace watching Mark intently stroke himself. She pressed herself against her twin in the doorway. Her hand trailed down Grace’s stomach and teased itself into her shorts. Heather’s mouth found her ear and she nibbled on her earlobe as she started plying Grace’s clit with her fingertips. The middle sister gasped and widened her stance for Heather, silently hoping for her to slip inside her pussy. It was only when Grace gasped that Mark snapped out of his daydream and he saw what was happening. It made his eyes grow wider as well as his pants tighter as he watched Heather’s hand moving below Grace’s short shorts.

“What’s better, Marky? What’s in your head or what’s within your sight?” Heather asked as her lips moved down to Grace’s neck, kissing it with a knowing smirk. He had removed his hand from his crotch upon being discovered but he started rubbing again as the shock dissolved into something of forbidden lust.

“I.. I definitely think my daydream was better, but that doesn’t stop you from trying to top it, H..” Mark said slowly, savoring the moment. This was the first time he hadn’t felt starkly embarrassed by them and he felt somewhat daring.

Heather whispered into Grace’s ear and a moment later Grace pushed her shorts down until they dropped off of her soft ass onto the floor. Mark barely registered the bright flush that had overtaken the middle sister’s face, his eyes squarely on the slope of her finely haircoated mound and Heather’s fingers moving up underneath it. He let out an audible groan “Fuck..” as he watched with desires brimming.

Mark still wasn’t ready to pull his own pants down but he did wrap his hand around himself as best as he could while soaking in the view. Grace had dropped her head back against the doorframe and had moaned quietly, the timid sister having trouble matching Mark’s gaze.

All too soon Heather withdrew her slick fingers and painted them across Grace’s lips while Mark gawked at them. He almost came as Heather then licked the juices off and kissed her fully.

“That’s all for now, baby brother. Sleep well tonight!” She said with a wink, grabbing Grace’s wrist and tugging her away towards the stairs. She didn’t have a chance to grab her shorts and they were left abandoned just as Mark had been. He slumped back in the cushion, painfully erect and mind spinning.

It took him a good while longer to peel himself off of the couch and up the stairs towards his own room. He had let himself grow soft, which had taken longer than expected and left a dull ache in his lower stomach.

Mark paused outside their door, which was closed, and he looked at the doorknob for some time, pondering the risk of going inside uninvited. His sisters’ weren’t against barging in on him but he was apprehensive about reversing it. They had chosen to invite him into their incestual embrace and they could easily rescind that invitation. Well, not quite, he had remembered the files he had saved on his computer. He did have a way to get what he wanted, if push came to shove. Mark shook his head and continued onto his bedroom, that wasn’t necessary, and it wouldn’t be, right?

He had gotten into bed after discarding his sweats and laid back, hands under his head. No, that wouldn’t be needed at all, as they’d shown their eagerness to have him just as much as he had them.. But he wanted more. That’s when he had an idea that had him standing and by his computer, as well as awakening his shaft once more.

Taking his camera, he quietly crept down the hallway and into the bathroom. Inspecting the room, he found two locations that would work for what he had planned. One spot, which was incredibly risky but guaranteed to capture all of the action was on the back of the toilet, th lense pointed at the shower. He did a test recording and confirmed that the main focus of the shot would be at his hip level and he couldn’t stop himself from stroking a bit as he tested the second spot.

That second spot was wedged in the towel rack. It took a bit of work getting the camera to focus where he wanted and it was still a little higher than he had hoped. It was, however, a much, much safer spot and less likely for Heather to discover it. He just had to remember to give her a towel to ensure his secret stay safe.

That was where he’d leave it, and he’d be sure to have it turned on and recording for when she was ready for her.. Their shower. How exactly was this going to work? Heather hadn’t given him anything else to go on aside from what she wanted to do with him. He had edged himself yet another time in the bathroom thinking about her mouth and it took until that buildup of tension to start to dissipate before he returned to his room.

Mark found very little sleep that night, a combination of restless thoughts, a rarely idle hand and the anticipation of what was to happen had his eyes open when the sun’s first rays of light peaked through his window. He heard his parents speaking with Heather in the hallway, knowing she’d be departing for her morning run. Just the thought of her in her little running shorts made his morning wood hurt. Lugging himself out of bed he threw on some comfortable clothes and made his way downstairs.

He froze on the last step. Grace would be in the kitchen, all by herself. How was he supposed to act with her while they both knew what was going to happen in a small amount of time. He tried to tuck his shaft into his waistband to hide it. Mark was almost worried that he’d never be soft again at this point but he shook the thought out of his head and made his way into the kitchen.

There was Gracey, her light brown hair cascading down her shoulder on one side. She had her book sitting ready at her spot on the counter and she smiled timidly at him.

“Hey Mark, want some cereal?” she asked, raising a spoon to punctuate her question. He simply nodded and went to the fridge to get the milk out while she sought out some bowls.

“So..did you sleep alright, sis?” He asked, bringing the carton over to where she was. Grace was on her tiptoes trying to grab two bowls off of a tall stack on one of the higher shelves.

“I did y-yeah.. ugh I can’t reach. Help please?” She cast a pleading look over her shoulder to him and he came closer to do just that. His shoulder brushed hers and he paused, feeling her tension match his own. He dared to bring his hand back up to her shoulder and gently hold it as he plucked the bowls from the shelf.

She was incredibly quiet as his fingers brushed a bit of her hair away to reveal her neck. He was close enough to see the goosebumps rise on her skin as he leaned in to kiss her cheek gently. “There you go.” He handed them to her and went to sit down.

They had eaten in relative silence, the occasional glance or avoidance of looks when one caught the other. Each were blushing and within their own heads. Mark wished he knew what she was thinking but his nerdy sister was never very easy to read.

He glanced at the clock and realized that Heather’d be due back at any minute. So he excused himself and took the stairs two at a time to the bathroom. He double checked his camera in the towel rack and decided to turn it on then and re-secure it.

That’s when he heard the front door open and slam shut. Then there was some quiet talking and he then heard her on the stairs. He turned the shower on and then rethink that action. Should he have been in here at all? Heather stopped and stood in his way.

Her white shirt clung to her sides and showcased her cleavage quite nicely. Her breath was still a touch heavy and it was hard not to look at the rise and fall of it. He swore he could see the tip of her nipples pressing through the thin cloth that covered them.

They both held their stance, unsure of what to do or how to proceed. Heather’s eyes flickered down to follow his gaze, then across the way and down his body. His cock had successfully freed itself from it’s temporary prison and had no qualms about making itself known.

“H-hey Hea-” he started only to lose his voice as she peeled her shirt off of her body. He remained silent as her bra was discarded. She turned around slowly, watching his eyes follow her pert breasts until she was facing away from him.

His attention trailed down her slender side to her ass as she took hold of her running shorts and sensually removed them. To his surprise, she had not worn any panties underneath and he had his first full view of his sister’s pussy and tight asshole peeking out between her firm cheeks. He let out a soft groan, his loins hurting. She stayed in that position long enough that he had taken a step towards her.

When he had, she straightened, turned to him with a playful smirk and shook her finger at him.

“Naughty little brother.” She teased and brushed by him, letting her thigh rub against his still covered hard on. She stepped into the shower and went for the soap straight away.

He ogled at her as she covered herself in bubbles. Mark gulped as he looked down at himself, struggling to formulate a plan or any thought at all for the matter. He decided that action was probably better than thinking at this point and he dropped his sweats and boxers, losing his shirt on the floor with Heather’s and he made his way into the shower with her.

Heather had been watching him and silently hoping that he’d be brave enough to join her. The nervous butterflies that swarmed inside of her made her jittery and brought her horniness to a new level. She had almost opened her mouth to say something when she felt the cold air of the shower door opening and she felt his breath on her.

She stayed facing the water as she waited with baited breath. His hands were shaky as they reached out to cup her hips and she nearly flinched from the touch. The flinch made him retract his hands as if she was something hot but she had caught his wrists, returning his hands to her body. She slid her hands down over his, they were much smaller than his and they shook slightly, that tremble matching his. She pressed his fingers into her sides and took a deep breath and she stepped back to press her body against his.

His shaft found itself wedged between her tight ass, the suds letting it slide slightly as she swayed just a little. He leaned forward into the cascade of water and kissed her cheek, just as he had Grace’s before. This time though, he kissed lower, onto her neck as Heather brought her hands up, dragging his up to touch her breasts. She smiled as he sighed into her ear.

“This is your first time, Marky? We could stop you know. I know this.. isn’t exactly right.” She leaned her head back onto his shoulder, looking up at him with doe eyes that sparkled with a hint of mischief that she always had within her. He locked eyes with her. He could feel she was as nervous as he was when he shook his head no. He leaned down and brought his lips to hers. There was little hesitation before Heather kissed back.

He cupped her breasts freely, molding them in his hands too gently, afraid at first that he’d hurt her. She sighed into the kiss and pressed against his cock with her ass. It wasn’t long before she broke the kiss and turned within his arms. Her hand found his stomach and traced down until it bumped into his shaft. She bit her lip and looked down at it before wrapping her hands around it.

Only the sound of the water splashing around them echoed through the room. He felt like it was his turn to speak, his voice almost dry as he said “You don’t have to, H, we could stop..” that was the last thing he wanted to do but he would end it to protect his sister.

Heather’s grip tightened as she leaned up to kiss him again and she whispered against his lips “Not a chance, little bro.” before she slowly sank to her knees to get eye level with his head. She could feel his heart rate increase beneath her fingers, or it was an extra rush of blood as she licked his wet head. Heather licked again and looked up at him with a grin and a wink before taking his head into her mouth. He moaned as she sucked and turned her head slightly. When she tried to go deeper she gagged a bit and pulled back up to his head. She giggled a bit nervously, and the vibrations had him groaning. That all too familiar feeling was starting to build up, and way, way, way too soon for Mark.

She had tried again, this time more prepared for his thickness in the back of her mouth and she bobbed there. He ran a hand over his face and splashed some of the shower water onto it trying to cool himself down. Heather was on a mission though and she still had several inches to conquer.

Bit by bit, she sucked and slobbered three fourths of the way down his shaft. He could feel her throat contact around him with each breath and Mark knew that he was going to lose it. She had had her eyes screwed shut as she worked his cock. When she had finally opened them their eyes met and Mark’s entire body shuddered.

“Oooh fucc–” he moaned as Heather started sputterint and choking. Her hands shoved his hips as she tried extracting his erupting cock from her throat. The entire night he had spent edging had proved to be enough to choke his sister as well as coat some of her face with his cum. She was still gasping as he started apologizing through his orgasm. He looked down at her, white dripping off of her cheek and onto her tanned breast. She was still breathing heavy as she caught her breath but she smiled up at him. She was beautiful. And then the spell was broken as she teased, “Well I don’t know whether I’m that good or you were that excited about being inside your sister, Marky, but I think that was kind of fast.. don’t you?”

“Look-I I wasn’t that excited.. wait, hold on, I mean I was but..” He was talking himself in circles and felt himself failing to defend himself or his lack of stamina.

She stood back up into the shower, his residual seed falling from Heather’s face as she turned into the shower. When she turned back to her flustered brother, she was smiling at his floundering. “”You actually tasted pretty good, Marky. I could get used to that.” She leaned up to give him another kiss before stepping out of the shower and over to the towel rack. Just as she reached for a towel Mark called out to her suddenly enough that she jumped and turned around questioningly.

“H, I-I ah, can I touch them one more time?” He smiled weakly, hoping his boyish charm would cover his nervous glance over at the camera, which could now be partially seen. She rolled her eyes but relented, moving up to him to let him grope her breasts once more. She had taken the towel with her and wrapped it up around herself before he was done.

“You’re going to be late for school, perv. Get moving.” She said and left the room. He sagged against the shower wall, relieved and absolutely spent. She was right though, he had to get moving. He dried himself off and carefully took the camera back to his room. The girls had already left and he had to get himself to on the bus quickly.

Saying it was difficult to focus in school was the understatement of the year. He pretended to take notes and was off in dreamland whenever he didn’t have a teacher’s eyes on him. Even then he was still preoccupied with thoughts of occupying his own flesh and blood. During third period he spent some time researching things and realized that what he had done that night was exactly the opposite of what he should have been doing to ensure he’d last longer. He made a mental note to change that for tomorrow morning.

It wasn’t until sixth period that he started to reflect from a less sexual standpoint of what they were all getting into. He started having doubts about all of this. Incest was forbidden on so many levels and having stepped out of the haze he had been in, there was a bit of regret from this morning. Had he crossed a line he shouldn’t have?

These thoughts ate him up through sixth all the way till eighth period, where he and his friends were sometimes allowed to leave early. There was always a chance one of the girls would pick him up instead of him hitching a ride with a friend and he sort of wished that he had ridden his bike to school that day instead of waiting on someone else.

His best friend, John, shouldered him on his way out the door with a shiteating grin as he turned on Mark with “So who is coming to get your sorry ass today? God I hope it’s Grace. She’s got the sweetest little face and oh you have no idea what I–”

A punch to the side made John double over slightly and fall into a fit of laughter. Instead of relenting, he continued “Or if it’s Heather I hope she has to get out of the car. Those legs are to die for” he emphasized at the end.

Mark growled, glaring at his friend, “I can arrange that real fast, John. Keep that shit up.”

“How could I not when I’m fantasizing about your sisters??”

That sent Mark into another play attack as John howled with laughter, peppering in “Oh Johns” mocking a woman’s voice. Luckily for Mark, his agony was to end early as their car pulled up and both girls were there. This delighted John and he did what he could to hang in the window to chatter until Heather pulled the plug, or more precisely rolled up her window. Mark flipped his friend off as they pulled away and left the image of a laughing John behind them.

Mark sank into the seat and groaned a bit. If only John knew how close he was to the truth. He couldn’t know that, not ever. His self-induced torment was not noticed by the girls, who were talking quite excitedly with each other. It took a second or third prod from Heather that got him out of his funk.

“How was lil Marky Mark’s day of school? Did you tell all your friends you kissed a girl today? Or rather, a girl kissed you?”

“F off Heather, you know I couldn’t do that!” His answer had her laughing and teasing him more. He pulled his earbuds out and decided to drown them out with music.

By the time they had made it home, Mark had relaxed enough to be joking with them. His mood soured once more, however, when he was informed that he’d have to spend the next hour in his room by himself.

“B-but you said we.. you know, stuff!”

“We have to get ready, Mark. Stop being such a horndog and be patient!” he was chided by his eldest sister and he only replied with an eye roll, storming up to his room and dropping his backpack by the door.

He had tried to leave the room once about twenty minutes in only to be yelled at and shooed back inside. The girls were adamant that he not interfere with them and that if he’d just wait he’d get quite the treat. After this morning, getting a taste of what his sisters could offer, the waiting was absolutely torturous. He had exhausted YouTube and other means of entertainment when Heather finally knocked on his door. She had a smirk on her face but her eyes showed she was still a bit nervous about all of this. Mark wasn’t sure what he could do to erase that trepidation aside from letting her do things at her own pace. Which, in his opinion, was only so fair as they had had years of experience together and his was barely reaching two days. He wanted more. A lot more.

His brain stopped working when he walked into the girls’ room. He hadn’t expected to walk in to this, but his former thoughts were all but gone; they were jumping into the deep end, immediately.

Grace was splayed out on the bed, slender legs wide and bent, exposing her beautifully shaved mound to her siblings standing at the edge of the bed. Mark was still gawking while Heather was explaining to him what he was supposed to do.

There was a slight rosy color that sat high on Grace’s cheekbones, one that matched the shiny pink slit that continually winked at Mark every time he looked down at it. He was earnestly trying to listen to Heather but his attention kept sliding down Grace’s pale leg to her glistening pink lips. Both girls noticed, one growing frustrated and the other more flustered.

“Men! I swear. Alright, get on the bed Mark. She isn’t an exhibit to oogle at. She’s your sister. And she wants you to touch her.” Both turned their heads to Grace as she made a small squeak at Heather’s brashness. It made Mark flush and Heather grin like a madwoman. Grace really wished she wasn’t the only one naked here.

Heather gripped her brother’s wrist and knelt on the bed between Grace’s legs, dragging him down onto the bed with her. She released her hold on him and watched as his hand hovered in the air for a moment, a slight tremor in it. Finally he moved forward.

Grace moaned softly as Mark’s finger probed her slit. His finger was clumsier than Heather’s, sure, but it was thicker and it took a lot of willpower to stay still as he explored her. He was just shy of hitting the right spot so many times it was trying to even the most patient sister.

Heather watched as he added a second finger between her swollen lips and scissored them apart, his eyes soaking in Grace’s dampness as it clung to his skin. His thumb brushed her inner thigh as he pushed them in suddenly, causing Grace’s back to arch with a small gasp. He withdrew them enough to do it again to see her squirm and he couldn’t wipe the grin off of his face. Grace’s mouth was parted slightly as he thrust inside her again, just missing her gspot.

Their older sister could see Grace’s slight frustration on her face and her slender hand slid down Mark’s arm to his own, her fingers running alongside his and just against Grace’s pink lips. She said, almost at a whisper, “Here, Mark, rub her right here… like this..”

Gently she turned his fingers upwards and curved them with her own, stroking Grace slowly until Mark’s movements matched hers. The bookworm moaned freely as her siblings jointly fingered her. This was even hotter than she had imagined the night before.

“Now lean down and see what she tastes like, Marky. Lick from your finger up to and around her clit. You can really make her squirm if you suck on it and use your teeth a little.” She said with a devilish wink as Grace gasped in surprise protest. The noise wasn’t enough to deter him as Mark leaned down and took a short breath, inhaling her earthy scent before licking at her nub.

Her back arched slightly again upon contact, her hazy eyes looking down her body at her brother’s transfixed gaze at her pussy. She was glad that Heather had shaved her for him, his first pussy should be special. That’s what Heather had said, anyway, as both girls had prepped for tonight. She was pulled from her thoughts from earlier as Mark’s mouth returned to her body, kissing and licking her flower. Grace bit her lip as he worked his way back to her nub while their fingers danced in sync within her tender flesh.

Mark had had his eyes closed, lost in his sister’s folds with each new sense she invaded and overwhelmed. He had her clit trapped between his lips, flicking it and sucking on it. Her noises matched whatever he did with her and it drove him wild. He remembered Heather’s advice about teeth and he suddenly gave her a nip, forcing a cry out of her as her legs jerked in response. There was a long groan afterwards, which was difficult to decipher as to whether it was pleasurable or not for her. He almost didn’t care. He wanted her to jump again.

Her legs had started to quiver and her breathing grew shorter as she dropped her head back to sigh. His teeth found her nub again and she did just as he desired- a delicate yelp accompanied by a whole body twitch that had his cock move on it’s own in tandem. What he hadn’t realized as he grazed his teeth over her clit again was exactly how close she was to cumming. If he could have seen Heather’s face he would have had a clue, but aside from his athletic sister’s fingers curled against his working inside Grace’s cunt, she didn’t exist in that moment.

The middle child let out a sharp, unintelligible exclamation just as her walls constricted around their fingers. Her hips rose up just as the waves of pleasure crashed through her and carried her away. Mark wasn’t prepared for the small gush of liquid that left her but he did what he could to lap at it, a soft moan escaping his own lips only to be drowned out by hers. He slowed himself down just seconds after Heather’s fingers did, his licks elongating and his movements gentler. They still sent Grace mewling and squirming until Heather softly extracted their fingers from her pussy. The three of them sat there in a silence peppered with Grace’s short breaths.

“M-mark? Could I see it, please?” Grace had asked after she had recovered somewhat from her orgasm. Her face was still red from her orgasm but he could see it creeping down her bare chest as her eyes flickered down his body. It took another moment before he realized what “it” was and that’s when the ache in his loins hit him full force. He had been rock hard the entire time he had been exploring Grace and hadn’t thought twice about it. Hell, not even once.

He cleared his throat, his entire jaw feeling soaked from his sister’s juices and her scent still permeating his every thought. He looked down at his tented pyjama bottoms and back up at Grace, who was now sitting up, still stark naked and absolutely gorgeous. Mark nodded, “S-sure, Gracey”, as he pulled down his pants enough for his cock to spring out. Both girls gasped and giggled, the laughter making him feel somewhat insecure until he caught a whiff of his sister’s sex again and he joined in with a nervous chuckle.

“So.. now that you see it.. Do you want to touch it?” He asked with bated breath. He still had the feeling of Heather’s lips memorized but the thought of watching Grace wrap her delicate ones around his shaft.. oh he seriously needed to not think about this. He did not want a repeat of this morning and nutting shamefully early. But then again Heather choking on his seed… Mark had to pinch himself and focus on the now and he did just in time to see Grace lean forward and gingerly grasp his cock. He groaned softly as she gave him an experimental tug.

The three of them had their eyes glued to Grace’s tentative strokes and how Mark’s cock twitched in response to her fingers. Both girls bite their lips at almost the exact same time when Mark let out a quiet “Oh jesus christ” as Grace lowered herself to kiss his head. She made a bit of a face, looking up at him and then at Heather.

“It’s a little salty.. but that’s okay..” She said with a smile to ease the worried look off of Mark’s face. Heather had said the same thing after she had swallowed half his load this morning in the shower and surely she would have told Grace about the taste. Her tongue poked out of her lips and found his head again, licking the rest of his precum off of him and making him shiver.

Heather had gotten off of the bed to slip off of her long legs, keeping her gaze at the pair on the bed. She spread her legs slightly, letting her hand move down her still covered stomach to the edge of her panties. Just as Grace took Mark’s head into her mouth Heather slipped her fingers underneath and inside of herself.

Mark’s attention was torn between his sister fingering herself inches from him and his sister sucking tenderly on his shaft. When he tried to speak, his throat was dry. “Come closer, H.” She listened, propping one knee up behind him on the bed and keeping her stance wide. He watched as her fingers played underneath her pink lace panties and he brought his fingers up to join them inside. Heather was absolutely soaked and her snatch throbbed as his fingers entered her in a similar fashion to how he had Grace’s just before.

Heather leaned down to breathe onto his ear, her lips brushing his neck just below it and sending a fresh wave of goosebumps over his skin. She paused just long enough for him to wonder what she was doing before he felt her nibble his neck. He groaned and leaned his head the other way to offer her more. His eyes closed again as he felt Grace suck more of him into her mouth, her small hand wrapped firmly around his base. It was rapidly becoming more and more difficult to think for him.

Grace finally opened her eyes to look up at her younger brother fingering their sister. She whined slightly around his shaft, the noise needy and involuntary. The vibrations brought Mark’s gaze down towards her and they locked eyes. Her big eyes behind her glasses managed to get bigger as she blushed again, her cheeks matching the pink color of her lips that his dick disappeared into. His own parted in a low groan, he could feel the pressure within building quicker than he could keep in check.

He pressed another finger into Heather as his eyes stayed glued to Grace’s mouth. Her focus was solely on him, her wrapped fingers working in sync with her mouth while her other snuck forward. Mark held his breath as she cradled his balls until her big doe eyes met his again and he lost everything then.

There was a grunt and a short hip thrust from him that gagged Grace enough that she tried to pull back. His unoccupied hand caught her cheek as gently as possible as he thrusted again with his second spurt of cum. She froze as he held her there, filling her mouth for the first time. She tried swallowing some while still attached to him and he made a pained sound that startled them all.

“I-it’s really sensitive now,” he tried explaining, still lost somewhere on cloud nine, “G-gracey, christ. Th-that.. oh god that..” still unable to express things. He was tugged somewhat out of his bliss when Heather whimpered, her needs still unmet. It was an uncharacteristic sight, seeing her with a face of desperation and it struck him as another thing he’d remember for the rest of his life.

Grace had carefully disengaged from his shaft, wiping her mouth with the back of her hand and giggling slightly. She edged closer Mark and she tentatively kissed him, the smile on her face equal parts bashful and mischievous. He wanted to kiss her more but she had turned to Heather, pulling her down onto her back on the bed.

She brushed some matted hair out of her twin’s face before leaning down and kissing her fully. Heather’s fingers traced up Grace’s neck and tangled themselves in her hair. The two moved almost as one, while Mark was left attempting to figure out what he should do with himself. The position shifts had left Heather’s pussy vacant and upon making that connection, the boy couldn’t help himself.

Mark hooked two fingers around her darkened panties and pulled them down and off his sister’s legs. Her pussy was a perfect mirror of Grace’s and shaven just as bare. He looked up at his sisters’ locked in their lustful kiss and still somehow he felt a pang of missing out from the bond that they had. He must’ve watched them for too long as it took Grace gripping his hair and pushing his face down into Heather’s slit to get him out of his thoughts and back with the program. He flicked her nub with his tongue and renewed his efforts inside her. Only when Heather’s breath caught did Grace release her hold on his hair to go back to groping their eldest sister’s chest.

Settled between her legs, Mark employed what he had just learned on his eldest sister and to his surprise he had gotten the lessons fairly well. Each gasp that Heather tried expelling was stolen by Grace’s commanding kiss. With his other hand, at last was able to grope Heather’s firm ass at his leisure. She squirmed within his grasp which made him grip her tighter until a finger brushed her rim a little too roughly. Heather bucked and Mark swore he heard her gasp his name into Grace’s mouth but that didn’t stop him. He had seen Grace do it before and he wanted the same. Purposefully, he brought his pointer finger back against her rim and he pressed in.

She writhed and did what she could to stop him but any effort was lost as he returned to sucking on her clit while fingering both her holes. Combined with Grace’s kiss and her hands kneading her nipples, Heather was soon overwhelmed and brought to her own beautiful climax. He felt her body constrict around him, an extra thrust forced her to squirt on his face and part of his shirt. Mark was stunned from the excess liquid, his hands still inside her quivering body.

Grace had finally released Heather from their kiss and she sat back, the heat of the moment giving her much more confidence than he had ever seen in her before. He sat back as well and practically fell off of the bed, which sent all of the siblings into a short fit of laughter. It was still a little nervous but it did wonders dispelling the awkwardness of what happens next.

“Hah..well, I don’t know what to say other than thank you both and uh.. wow this sounds lame huh?” Mark brought a hand to the back of his head and chuckled a bit more before falling back into silence. They all looked at each other, exhausted but with a sense of achievement. He looked down at the floor to where he had discarded Heather’s panties and he scooped them back up, holding them out to her, “Want these back?” he asked with a wolfish grin.

She returned her own with a bit of sass, “No, that’s your trophy for making it through your first day with us. Alongside all of those juices dried on your face and shirt.” Both girls giggled as Grace leaned in to whisper into Heather’s ear. The eldest shot her twin a look before returning her attention to Mark. “And I guess you’ve earned a place in the bed tonight. You’re kinda big, so it’ll be tight.. but I don’t think you’d mind that, would you, Marky?”

He was shocked by the offer and he nodded a bit too eagerly, sending them into another giggling fit. Mark rolled his eyes and tugged off his wet shirt, dropping it along with Heather`s panties onto the ground.

“Just for tonight though, Mark, we can’t get caught by our parents. God knows what they’d do…” Grace had a worried look on her face as Mark crawled between them.

She seemed to melt a bit as he stopped a few inches from her face to whisper “Well you need to learn to be quieter, huh, Gracey?” before kissing her into the bed. She whimpered into his mouth and it made his worn cock twitch. He wanted more, so so much more, but he could sense all of their exhaustion despite the excitement and newness of everything.

He released her from the kiss and he saw a twinkle of something different in her eye before she scooched back, making room for him in the middle. It was a little awkward at first rolling onto his back but he paused to kiss Heather as well, though not as deeply. The eldest noticed that and when Mark had settled down she leaned onto his chest and brought her lips back to his. She broke the kiss off and took Grace’s chin into her hand, pulling Grace in to bite her lip until she had Mark groaning again from the show.

“Ladies, ladies, you’re killing me here!” he cried, rubbing his hand over his face. He could feel himself harden again. It only took one stray hand to discover that poorly hidden secret.

“Killing you? Sure it isn’t all the blood rushing from your head to your.. well.. head?” Heather said coyly as she teased his bulge. She had her cheek resting against Grace’s, their eyes on him, amused by his bewildered expression. “You probably wouldn’t sleep well with this, would you?”

“No, I don’t think he would, would you, Marky?” Grace’s smirk was almost as big as Heather’s as she turned to delicately slide down Mark’s core to his hips. Heather followed her twin, her cheshire smile disappearing behind her hair just as his pajama pants were tugged down to his knees.

He bit his own lip as both girls presented their asses to him, swaying slightly as they whispered to themselves just above his cock. He could feel their breath on his prick as they giggled and peaked back at him.

Mark frowned at the giggles and brought his hands up to swiftly slap both of them on an asscheek. The girls yelped and quieted down for a moment, foreheads touching as they looked back wide eyed at him. Something clicked with him then, and he lowered his voice to a level that surprised them all, “Neither of you will sleep if I have this all night.”

The silence that followed his threat was heavy enough to make him question whether that was overkill or not but Grace nodded, then Heather did as well. When their gaze returned to either side of his shaft, he returned his hands to their asses. He could feel each of them flinch and it made him smile. That flinch felt good.

Grace kissed his head as Heather licked around his base. His hands were full of flesh as he squeezed and pulled at each sisters’ asscheek. Heather’s was amazingly tight and muscular, he could feel her muscles working under her skin as she adjusted herself to reach more of his package.

Grace’s ass was still firm but it had a softness that let him mould it however he wanted it to be. It was a little plumper too, not that that was easy to tell from anywhere other than on this very personal level. He spread their cheeks apart again to spy their hidden rosebuds. Mark eyed Heather’s and licked his lips. He had already had his finger inside there and he knew he’d have to have more of her soon.

Removing his hands from their backsides was more difficult than he had imagined. When they decided to listen to him, they slid down to tickle each thigh and delighted in the little squirms he received. Twisting his hands, his fingers traced just between the girls’ velvet lips.

“You two are so fucking wet.” He said in astonishment and was met by a soft choir of moans. Mark felt his head become enveloped by Grace’s soft mouth. Heather had pulled forward enough to lap at his balls while still remaining within his reach. She was rewarded by two fingers finding their way into her slit.

Pressing into their velvety holes Mark had them both squirming and at his mercy. Whenever he took one hand away to grope a plump asscheek they’d whine needily until he slipped back inside, stroking their tender flesh just as Heather had taught him.

They had traded spots, Grace’s mouth gently licking Mark’s balls as Heather tried to take all of him inside of her mouth, something she still hadn’t been able to do. She gagged around his girth and he slapped her ass without warning, making her yelp on his cock.

“Take me in enough so you can kiss Gracey. I know you want to, H. So do it and don’t come back up until you touch her lips.”

He wasn’t sure if she could do it but it sure was thrilling telling his sassy sister what to do. He spanked her again and heard what he could only assume was a string of muffled curses. He struck her ass once more to elicit another yelp as he scolded “Mom taught you better than to talk with your mouth full.”

She groaned and tried to swallow more of his shaft. His fingers inside Grace hadn’t stopped moving and she was panting fairly strongly by now. She also may have felt bad for Heather as she brought her head closer to Mark’s base. He saw that but allowed it to happen. He wasn’t going to push his luck much further than this and right now he felt pretty fucking lucky.

Heather choked as she pushed herself onto his last inch, almost headbutting Gracey with a kiss. The middle sister gasped and kept her lips mirrored with Heather’s as she came back up to Mark’s head to breathe. He put two fingers back inside of Heather and let his thumb tease her asshole as he praised her.

The two girls made out atop of Mark’s head, their lower lips and tongues caressing it as they reached for the other. He pressed his thumb inside and forced a groan out of the eldest sister. He then teased Grace with the same motion before forcing his way inside. Grace yipped and squirmed somewhat and she whispered she couldn’t take it anymore.

Her holes tightened around his fingers and he rubbed her to and over the edge. Her hot breath trailed down his shaft as she laid her head on his leg, the quaking too powerful for her to stay up with. When he withdrew his fingers, instead of licking them clean he brought it over to Heather’s leg and pulled it over his chest, forcing her to straddle him.

Grace shifted enough to make this easy for him and Mark took little time between Heather settling down on him for his tongue to slip into her ass alongside his thumb. She squealed with surprise and delight, pushing back on him just as both girls returned their oral assault on Mark.

They groaned in unison, it was almost a race to see who could get who off first. Mark fingered her holes as he slipped his tongue in and out of her rim. It was a different taste than Grace’s pussy and he knew he was growing addicted to it with every thrust. Grace hand repositioned herself between his legs and had resumed kissing and licking at Heather as her twin went back to throating his shaft. This time she was ready and when he started moaning into her ass she pulled back and the two of them licked and suckled his head until he burst.

There wasn’t as much cum as before but there were several strong spurts that rewarded each girl with splotches of it on their lips, chins and cheeks. He drove a third finger into Heather’s slit and with the other he pinched her clit dragging her down into ecstasy with him. His chin and neck were awash with her sex as she came just as hard as her sister, collapsing onto him.

They laid there in a tangled mess of bodies, their breath slowing down over time. The girls sat up, Heather dismounting shakily and they licked and kissed each other clean slowly. Mark grinned despite his exhausted state as he watched them swallow every last bit of his cum.

At last, each girl flopped down on either side of Mark, kissing him in turn.

“This was.. unbelievable, Gracey.. H.. how.. how is this even remotely possible I don-” Grace touched his lips with a soft finger, quieting him.

“Let’s just let it be for now, okay? We can talk about this in the morning.” she said, nodding towards Heather who was already passed out in the crook of Mark’s right arm. He nodded and kissed Grace one more time, and he wished her a goodnight.

The middle sister snuggled into her brother and wished him the same, sneaking her hand down her side to find his and lacing her fingers in between. There was a warmth that formed inside of his chest, one he hadn’t felt before and it helped carry him off to sleep.

The morning after, Mark woke up in his sisters’ bed with neither girl in the room. Rubbing his eyes, it took a moment for everything to come back to him and when it did it hit him like a flood, nearly knocking him out of the bed.

He went downstairs after collecting himself and his discarded clothes, expecting to see Grace there. Instead, his bowl of cereal was there, alongside a small plate of freshly made cookies. There was a note tucked just under the plate.

Mark picked it up and read it.

Don’t be late for school! Gracey and I are headed out for the day and we won’t be back until tonight. When we get back, try to last a little longer.

Xoxo,

Heather and Grace

Ps. Grace said you deserved cookies so she made them special for you. I think she is crazy.

Slightly disappointed about missing out on the promised morning blowjob he bit into a cookie and smiled, it was his favorite kind. He reread the note and set about daydreaming of the endless opportunities the future held for him and his siblings. Since he had the morning to himself, he figured he’d spend it updating his digital family album. That was, of course, after he enjoyed his treat.

Claire needed Sex 4.3 (3)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Claire’s body was glowing with heat; she was panting her desire when we finally relaxed back to the bed. I was fully aroused; my nuts were packed with another load for my hot little sister. I moved between her thighs and lay over her body.

It was about 10:30 Friday night and I had just gotten home from running with my friends. I was tired and a little drunk from three beers I sneaked at a party. My parents were still at the bowling lanes; they wouldn’t be home until after midnight. I didn’t know where my sister was but she was sixteen, I didn’t need to babysit her, and I didn’t particularly care where she was or what she was doing. I headed for my room and pulled out a XXX DVD and stuck it into my laptop. As I got ready for bed the video started. It was a favorite. A seventeen-year-old boy becomes a man with his step-mother, then he fucks a couple of her friends, and finally her sixteen-year-old daughter, his step-sister. The end of the video has my hero fucking both the mom and daughter as the light fades into darkness. I was eighteen and was still waiting to get my first piece of ass. I imagined myself in the video with those four hot women.

About the time the step-sister was giving my hero head, I heard a knock on my bedroom door. I jumped, startled by the interruption, then closed the lid of my laptop before snarling “Who is it?” I was irritated that someone had interrupted my self-indulgence. I was naked under the blanket and my boner was aching from the pressure of built-up lust.

The door opened a few inches and my little sister Claire stuck her head in and asked “What are you grouching about.”

“You’re bothering me. Go away.”

“What are you doing?”

“I’m trying to get some sleep, now get your bitch ass out of my fucking room.”

Not only did she not get out, but pushed the door wider, stepped inside, and closed it again. “I heard voices, you watching a movie?” She lifted the lid on the laptop and the video began to play again. Claire stepped back and watched as the kid on-screen rammed his hard meat into the girl and started screwing her, the step-sister’s boobs were bouncing all over her chest while she got fucked. My sister turned to me and said “I thought this is what you were doing,” then backed up and parked her ass on my bed and turned back to the screen, “Who is she?”

I wanted to shock her, to get her out of my room so I said “That’s his sister. She got too nosy so he’s raping her.”

“Don’t look like rape to me; she looks like she’s enjoying him a lot.”

“Damn it, Claire, turn it off and get your sorry butt out.” She didn’t move so I kicked at her but the blanket softened to blow.

Claire looked over her shoulder and smiled impishly, “Are you naked under there?” she quizzed.

Her question made me wary, “No.”

My sister stood up, grabbed the end of the blanket, ripped it off me then threw it on the floor, in half a second I was lying completely nude in front of her. She grinned hugely and said mockingly, “Oh Travis, you lied, you’re naked.” My erection had deflated a little but she looked directly at it then asked “I’ve only seen one live prick before, is that as big as it gets?”

I felt myself burning red with embarrassment but something else was happening to me. My cock started to grow larger again, reacting to Claire as she watched it. Her eyes were glittering as she glanced into mine and asked “Have you ever had sex?” I couldn’t answer her, I couldn’t make any sound as I looked back at her. My silence gave me away, “Me neither, I almost did with Jacob but he squirted all over my clothes when I touched it and I didn’t go out with him after that,” she said then added, “but I still want to.”

“You want to go out with him again?”

“No, I still want to have sex.”

My throat tightened but I managed to croak, “You’re only sixteen, that’s too young to be doing that yet.”

“What do you know about it? Maybe you played checkers when you were sixteen, but a lot of boys and girls my age play other types of games. Let me show you, you’ll see, I’m old enough” she began to unbutton her blouse.

Claire peeled off her blouse, she wasn’t wearing a bra. Her tits rose firmly from her chest in twin mounds of smooth flesh and skin. Her nipples extended from the light brown circle at the tip of them. She was flushed around the neck and face, her cheeks glowing in the dim light. I watched, fascinated, as my sister unhooked her skirt and let it fall to the floor. She looked me then turned in a full circle, showing me her body. At 5’5″ she weighed maybe 110 pounds. Her shoulders and back slimmed to a waist I could span with one hand then flared out as her hips and ass then rounded down to firm thighs. Her panties were white lacy high cut briefs that accented the curve of her thighs and butt. She finished the full circle facing me again. I could see a shadow of pubic hair hidden behind the thin lace.

My cock had exploded to full strength while she was putting on the show, my embarrassment burned out of me as a morning fog burns off from the sun. Claire stepped closer to the bed, looked at my hard-on which was aimed at the ceiling then put a finger in the band of her panties and pulled it from her stomach then offered, “You want to take them off me?” She let the elastic snap back against her skin.

This was too sudden; I couldn’t figure out exactly what was happening, “What the hell are you doing Claire?”

She pointed to the monitor where the kid was fucking the girl, “I want to do that and I don’t want to wait anymore.” She looked back at me, I saw her shiver, she said cautiously, “We can do it together.”

“I’m your brother, we can’t do that.”

Her moment of timidity faded and she announced firmly, “Of course we can, you have a stiff prick and I have the place for it, right here,” She put a hand into her panties and rubbed her crotch, and justified, “You don’t have a girlfriend, I’m not dating but we both want that,” she nodded to the monitor again. “I watch this stuff on my laptop and it’s fun, but I think it would be more fun if a boy was with me.”

That got my attention, “You watch porn too?”

“Sometimes, and guess what I found, and it’s something I kind of think about.” I was thinking blowjobs, but she surprised me, “I look at videos with brothers and sisters doing it.”

“Brothers and sisters, together?”

Claire sat on the side of the bed and put her hand on my thigh, a couple of inches below my erection, “They fuck and it looks like fun.” She nodded at the video where the step-sister was bouncing on the boy’s cock, “We can too if you want.”

I glanced at the monitor then back to Claire, my prick was as hard as it ever felt, it was thudding with pressurized lust. I was yielding to my sister, “You watch brothers and sisters doing it? Show me.” I grabbed my computer, shut off the video, and handed it to Claire. She smiled big then sat on the bed next to me, her tits bounced and swung back and forth, enriching my view and thoughts of her.

We sat side by side, she typed XNXX.com into the address bar and in moments the monitor was full of sex videos. Claire didn’t stop there, she went to ‘search’ and entered ‘brother and sister’ then a new set of videos popped up. “See, I bet not all of them are real brother and sister but I look for the amateur ones, they look more real. I looked at her, my mind was blank, who the hell was this girl sitting next to me?? Claire, my younger sister was missing, in her place was this strange girl, I didn’t know who she was.

She ran the mouse over a video, “This one looks real, she’s playing a guitar and starts talking to her brother then they fuck.” I looked at the screen to see a pretty blonde girl with really long thick hair, smiling and talking to the camera. Claire turned up the volume then I sat back and got my introduction to incest. The video ran for about twenty minutes and in that time the girl convinced her brother they should screw, then they screwed. All the way, the fading scene was her fingering cum from her pussy while she cooed soft affection to her brother. My sister didn’t say a word the whole time, she didn’t need to. When the show was over Claire asked, “You want to see more, or do you want to do that with me now?” My younger sister was sitting on my bed brazenly offering to let me fuck her and I was frozen with anxiety. She noted my uncertainty so continued by rationalizing, “If we do it together then we can have sex anytime mom and dad are gone. I think you could like the convenience of having me in the room next to yours. She leaned closer to my face and stated with bold determination, “I’m not some bitch getting paid to make a fuck video, I’m right here, I’m real and I’m horny.” She stood from the bed then repeated without shame, “I don’t want to wait anymore Travis, you don’t have to wait anymore.”

My hands were shaking as I reached for the waistband of her panties and pulled them over her hips and dropped them to the floor. I was staring at her tits which were shaking when Claire reached for my hands and held them against her hips then swayed her ass under my touch. I moved my eyes lower until I was looking at a real live girl’s crack for the first time ever, she said: “Set the movie back to the first time he fucks his sister; I want to see that.”

“It’s not his true sister, she’s the step-sister.”

“I don’t care who she is, back it up, I want to see when he puts it in her the first time.”

I sat up to reset the DVD and when I turned back, Claire was lying directly in the middle of my bed on her back. I sat next to her and began a close intimate inspection of my unexpected playmate. My prick was beginning to stretch the limits of the skin holding it together. She took my hand closest to her body and pulled it over her left tit and pressed it into the softness. Her skin was hot, I could feel her heart thundering under my hand, she was shaking like she was freezing. As I fondled her breast, she put her other hand between my legs and gripped my erection.

My entire body shuttered at her touch. My heart was hammering a thousand beats a minute and I could hardly breathe. Claire started pumping my cock which was spitting drops of clear fluid onto her fingers. She smiled up at me, spread her legs, and urged softly “Touch me down there, rub me and put your finger in me.” I slid my hand off her tit and over her stomach, through soft dark curls then down between her legs. When my fingers touched the hot lips of her sex, she arched her back and flexed her hips, rubbing her cunt on my hand. She hissed sharply when I extended a finger into her crack and felt for her hole.

I pushed my middle finger into the tender opening of her body. Claire was rolling her head back and forth, eyes closed, mouth partly open. She hissed softly every time I pulled my finger out and grunted when I pushed it in. I put my other hand on a tit and played with the nipple. While I was fingering her, she was trying to rip my bloated erection off my body. She reached for my hand and pulled it away. Claire opened her eyes and looked up at me. Moving her head back and forth had thrown her hair over her face, half of it was hidden behind the soft raven waves; one blue eye peered at me through the curls. Her eyes darted briefly to the video just as the step-sister was pulling my guy by his erection toward her pussy. Claire held her arms up and voiced almost silently, “Do it with me, Travis, now.”

I laid on the bed next to my smoking hot sister, she twisted around until we were lying face to face on our sides. My cock was pressed against her thigh. Claire lifted her leg and hooked it over my hip. My erection slipped between her legs and wedged itself against her body. I began to stroke along the lips of her pussy, mixing the fluids seeping from her with mine. She put her arms around me and held me tight, her tits were mashed on my chest. She was moving in waves, gasping for breath in my ear as I humped my ass. She was so hot she set me on fire everywhere we touched. I rolled her to her back, staying locked in her arms so I ended up over her, between her legs. Claire loosened her grip on me so I could maneuver the head of my prick between the sides of pussy. She told me she was a virgin so I asked “Will this hurt you?”

She managed to utter, “No, I used something.” She looked at my video just as the kid was putting the head of his cock into the girl. Claire locked her eyes on mine and urged one more time, “Put it in, I want to know —– I want to feel—–.” My sister rolled her hips and the end of my cock slipped into her. We were still; I could feel the pressure of her hole surrounding the end of my erection which pulsed each time my heart thumped. I bent my back, pushing further into Claire while she lay quiet, looking at me. My ass clenched tight which forced me even deeper into her; she moved her legs farther apart which gave me more room to move. My hands were pushing into the mattress on each side of her head, my arms stiff so I was angled from my head to where our groins touched. All of a sudden, I realized I couldn’t go further; my rock-solid erection was as far into my sister as it would go. Our pubic hairs were tangled, our bodies pinned together by my cock. Neither of us moved for a few seconds, we just looked at each other, then Claire began to smile. She licked her lips with the end of her tongue and flexed her hips, my cock slid out a couple of inches then back in. I returned the smile and pulled out of her until her pubic hair was tickling the end of my cock then thrust back into her. After a second thrust, which she met by pushing back on me, we were fucking.

We were both having sex for the first time so neither of us knew exactly what we were doing. For the first few moments, I was pounding into her while she slammed back on me but we were out of sync. We had no fuck rhythm so I kept slipping out of her. When I did, she would reach for me and help me put my swollen muscle back into her. I slowed down deliberately so she could move with me. It wasn’t long before Claire and I found a rhythm so we were climbing to higher and higher levels of excitement. I marveled at the feeling of sliding in and out of my little sister’s hot limber body. She was moaning softly, hands on my back, holding me close. Her tits were mashed against my chest, her stomach rubbing on mine. I watched her face, every time I shoved my cock deep into her, she gritted her teeth and hissed lightly. I could smell her, I could feel her, I felt her breath on my ear; I wanted all my senses to experience the girl so I bent my head and licked her neck. That final touch, my tongue on her skin triggered my orgasm. I couldn’t stop it; I couldn’t control it. I was hammering her cunt, forcing a flood of fluids deep into Claire. She felt me lose what little control I had and rocked harder with me, letting me fill her with cum.

We fell apart, side by side, neither of us saying anything, just trying to catch our breath. The girl on the video was crying “Fuck me, fuck me faster, harder!!” so I turned over and switched it off. Claire twisted her head to me and smiled, “That’s what we just did.”

“What’s that?”

“We just fucked fast and hard.” She rolled over and crawled over my body then laid full length on me. She reached between us and dipped her fingers into the goo leaking from her cunt, pulled her hand out, and studied the mess carefully, “I guess I should have told you not to do that.”

“What?”

“Finish inside, I want to have sex, not a baby.”

I panicked! “You’re gonna get pregnant!?”

My sister smiled, “You’re a boy, does it matter to you if I do?”

“Yesss!” I hissed; my heart was thudding with fear for my sister.

She wiped the cum from her fingers on my chest the assured me, “I don’t think that can happen right now, I’m supposed to start my period in two days. Sandy says that’s a safe time to screw all the way.”

Slightly relieved I asked, “Then why would you want me to pull out?”

“Because if we do this a lot you can’t think you can cum inside me every time.”

“We are going to do this a lot?”

Claire looked into my eyes, moving seductively against me, and replied, “Didn’t you like it?”

I put my hands on her ass and pulled her closer, pushed my still hard cock between her legs again, and said, “I didn’t know we could do this. That was the greatest thing I ever felt.”

She slapped my chest and said, “Let me up.”

I watched her when she got off the bed to clean up. I still couldn’t completely believe I had just had my cock inside her and stuff she was wiping off the inside of her thighs with my t-shirt was mine. She dropped the shirt then left my room. I thought she was done with me but about a minute later she came back carrying a bottle of water. She turned off the light and dashed to the bed like a little girl scampering for cover in the dark. She climbed back onto the mattress and wrapped her arms around my neck and kissed me squarely on the mouth, “Can you do it again?”

“You can’t stay here. Mom and dad will be home soon, you have to go back to your room.”

She pushed away slightly and took a sip of water, she offered me the bottle while talking, “No I don’t. When they get home, they always sneak around so they won’t wake us up. When is the last time you remember them looking to see if we were in bed? If they wake one of us, they think they can’t have sex, so they act like we are in bed and sleeping. It don’t matter if we are sleeping or not, they want to think we are, so they don’t chance waking us before they screw, I hear them sometimes. But, just in case they do look, I just put some extra pillows and blankets in my bed, in the dark, it looks like I’m there. I can stay here and they won’t know.”

She flopped to her stomach, wrapped her arms around a pillow then looked me up and down, “What are you doing here?” I asked, “Why aren’t you in bed with some guy?”

“I am in bed with some guy.”

“You know what I mean, you’re my sister. Why?”

Claire rolled to her back, giving me a full-frontal view of her nakedness. My cock was growing larger and harder. She put her fingers around it and stroked me lightly, “I’m not sure but I think it’s because you and me can do this and I won’t be a rumor in school. I’m don’t want to open myself up for slutty gossip from girls and don’t want a bunch of guys hitting on me for sex. I never ever thought I could do something with you, but Sandy changed my mind.”

“Sandy?”

“Yeah, she and I stole some wine from her mom and got drunk a couple of months ago. She got totally wasted then told me that Colin fucks her.”

“Colin, her brother?”

“She told me all about it, how they started, what they do and stuff like that. The next day when she remembered what we were talking about she got all fucking worried I would blab to everybody but I told her I wouldn’t. You are the only one I’ve told.”

“So now you think it’s okay to be in bed with me?”

Claire smiled, “Sandy is still alive and not all crippled and ugly from shame or sin, and seems to like what they do. After she got over the shock of revealing her secret to me, she started telling me how they do it, that she likes it, so I started thinking about us that way.” Her fingers on my cock were causing it to pulse with sexual tension. She squeezed me harder, “Haven’t you ever thought about doing this with me?”

“Well, yeah” I admitted, “but that’s like wrong or something. I’m your brother” I reminded her for the third time.

“It’s only wrong if one of us don’t want to. I didn’t exactly force you and I don’t know another boy that I want to fuck around with right now, you’re close and available.”

“Available?”

“Aren’t you?”

I sat up next to her, “You think you can stay here and mom and dad won’t know?”

Claire smiled, her clear blue eyes radiating delight, “All night,” she smacked my arm and grinned at me, “but only if you want me to.”

“We could watch my DVDs and do what they do, we could both learn a lot.”

“Or more online brothers and sisters. But whatever, I promise, whatever a girl does for a guy, I’ll do the same thing for you, but you have to do everything he does too.”

“Blow jobs and butt sex?”

“Blow jobs and butt sex.”

“We’ll have to spend a lot of nights screwing around if we do all that.”

Claire smiled; lights danced in her eyes, “If that’s what it takes.”

I reached for her but she twisted away and laughed, her eyes twinkling. I lunged for her and tried to wrap her up in my arms but she squirmed out of my hold and tackled me. We wrestled on the bed for several minutes, laughing, touching, caressing, kissing, and teasing as the friction of our naked bodies heated our lust, my erection was in agony from the force of the blood pounding through it.

Claire’s body was glowing with heat; she was panting her desire when we finally relaxed back to the bed. I was fully aroused; my nuts were packed with another load for my hot little sister. I moved between her thighs and lay over her body. She lifted one leg and crossed it over my back, “Kiss me” she whispered. I put my lips on hers and probed her pussy with the end of my erection. Her tongue slipped into my mouth at the same time my cock slipped into her.

Claire gasped, sighing out a slow but faltering breath while I held mine, overwhelmed by the feeling of having every inch of my cock cradled and squeezed in her warmth. Claire started moving, rubbing her stomach against me. I was surprised at the strength of the sensations caused by her total acceptance of my erection. My sister was getting more active, moving her hands to my sides and pulling on me as I moved. She moaned, light and breathy, but audibly. I looked down, again awed that this was Claire and not some other enthralling girl. I knew her so well but it was so strange. This was not the scowling, sarcastic sister I knew and was used to, but it was still clearly Claire. Her eyes were closed, mouth slightly open with the hint of a smile. Her body unlike I ever seen it, her breasts sliding up and down as she rocked. As I looked at her face contorted with passion, the full impact of the truth finally crystallized, I was fucking my little sister. That thought drove a spike of heat directly to my nuts and I damn near came again but paused to let the feeling recede.

She grabbed my waist with both hands, raised her knees to my side, then rolled her ass, urging me to start fucking her more. Trying to get better leverage, I lowered onto her, pressing my chest against her breasts then wrapped my arms around her back, pulling her closer while pounding her pussy with violent energy. The loud slapping of our groins broke my reverie and I reminded myself again that fucking Claire should be wrong. I looked at her profile, at my sister’s face that glowed prettily from the feeling of my erection in her, and the iniquity fled and I knew it would never return to haunt me.

Claire was lost in the moment. Travis’s grasp was so sure, his arms strong, their bodies meshed as they were designed to. His weight felt so good pressing down on her, his erection felt so right. As her passion grew, she knew that seducing her brother was right, the timing perfect. She had no doubts, felt no guilt for offering him her body. Her climax began as a sucking of air, a straining for oxygen as she stretched her head past his for breath, Travis kept thrusting into her, her body tensed then she held it taut, fighting against the cramps, the sensation of him in her overwhelming her completely. She was so immersed in her orgasm she was barely aware when her brother came in her again.

My sister was right about our parents. We were resting after our second fuck when mom and dad came home. Claire rolled off the bed to the floor away from the door just in case, but nobody looked in on me or her. After a couple of minutes, she slipped back to bed with me then we fucked two more times before she sneaked back to her room.

Claire and I started sleeping together whenever we knew we could get away with it. We set up my laptop and watched porn videos then acted out what we watched. Two weeks after we started fucking my sister got up enough courage to give me a blow job. I got her seriously hot by licking and fucking her pussy with my mouth then talked her into sucking me off. The first time, I sprayed her hair and face with cum but she got a taste when she licked the residue off her lips. She sucked my cock a few more times but wouldn’t let me cum on her tongue. Then one night she got more adventurous, more daring. We wrestled around until I ended up sitting on her stomach, her tits were cushioning my balls. I lifted slightly then put the bulb of my cock against her lips and pressed against her teeth. Claire’s eyes crinkled with fun and she parted her lips, letting me slip the end of my erection over her tongue. She reached under me and cupped my balls in one hand and wrapped her fingers around the shaft of my cock with the other. I started slow fucking my sister’s mouth as she squeezed my nuts. The feeling was incredible. Her pussy was hot and soft and I enjoyed screwing her immensely, but this was so much hotter. The longer I fucked her face the more she looked like she enjoyed me.

I reached one hand behind me and put it between her legs then ran my long middle finger over her clit and into her body. Claire jumped at the sensual intrusion and tilted her head a little more, giving me more mouth to fuck. I could feel her hand on my butt pulling on me, I slipped my cock deeper until my balls were touching her chin. Claire gagged and pushed me out. When she could breathe again, she said “Do it slower so I won’t gag.”

“What if I cum?”

“Why do you think we are doing this? The porn guy just fucked his sister’s mouth, now you get the same thing.” She kissed the head of my erection then guided me back between her lips. I slid over her teeth and into her throat again. Claire tilted her head and I could feel her throat muscles working on the end of the shaft as she tried to keep from choking. I started stroking slowly, pulling out far enough that she could catch a quick breath then plunged back between her lips. I felt her throat relaxing, allowing me to move my cock even more. Claire put her hands on my hips to help me hump her face. She expected me to cum so I didn’t try to hold back, my balls signaled the end, my cock filled and I groaned to my sister, “I’m losing it!” She closed her eyes and gripped my body just as the end of my dick blew the first shot of hot cum into her throat. She retched once then pushed me halfway out and settled down as I pulsed more hot salty fluid between her lips. Claire swallowed four times rapidly as I pumped my nuts dry.

As soon as she caught her breath, she pushed me off and to my back. She dry retched a couple of times then began to smile, “Okay, now we know how that feels.” Claire climbed over me and put her pussy directly over my face, her knees on each side of my head. I attacked her body slit with my mouth while she held on to the headboard of the bed and rocked. She was moaning and shivering as I licked her cunt. It took less than a minute of my mouth on her to send her into a body wrenching climax. She bucked her hips, I sucked on her crack as fuck fluids seeped from her.

We lay side by side, naked and sated. I propped up on an elbow and looked down at Claire, “Don’t you get worried about having a baby? I mean, we’ve been fucking like crazy for three months now and we aren’t always being careful.”

My sister colored red, “I haven’t told you yet, but after my last period, I told mom I was having sex with Harold Fritz. She got all bent out of shape and yelled at me but then told me I should get the pill or something because once somebody starts having sex, they won’t stop. She took me to Planned Parenthood and now I have some little thingy inside me that keeps me safe from thoughtless bastards like you.”

Her revelation caused my cock to regain its full glory almost instantly. Claire was caressing my chest with fingers while I ran my hands along her smooth warm legs, “So, when do you think you will fuck somebody else?” I quizzed.

Her body jerked when I pressed my middle finger on her crack, feeling for the tender, sensitive clit hidden there, “I don’t know,” she sighed heatedly, “I’m still having a lot of fun with you, but maybe soon because we have a plan” she hinted as she bumped her hips to drive home the point, my finger slid along her swollen pussy.

Moved away from me to push me to my back; Claire got to her knees over my lap then held my hard-on against the lips of her cunt. She started rolling her hips, I watched her pussy lips rubbing on my cock as I asked “Who is we, who has a plan, what plan?”

“Remember I told you Sandy screws her brother? Well, I got her to talk more about it, then I told her what we do. Now I’m supposed to ask you if you want to party with them somewhere. Brothers and sisters, we could have a lot of fun.” Claire lifted up and held my prick so she could sit on it, “I want you to watch me fuck him while you do her, then we want you guys to both fuck us at the same time, you know, two guys, one girl. She and me are ready for that.”

“What about you and her, while we jack off on your tits?”

Claire smiled sensually, “Maybe.” As visions of an incestuous bi-sex foursome danced in my head my balls donated another injection of semen to my sister.

The Shortest Skirt in School Part 01 5 (4)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Puberty hits Simone in an unusual way.

I guess that it started when puberty hit me when I had just turned 14. Yes, puberty hit me much later than all my friends at school and I was so relieved when I woke up one morning and realised that blood was seeping out of my vagina. I had started to believe that my parents or maybe my brother had been sneakily giving me some puberty blockers.

Anyway, I was having my first period and I was happy. I was also in some pain.

I jumped out of bed and ran downstairs to where I was expecting my mother to be and told her my good news.

“Oh right, they told you what to expect and what to do about it at school I assume?” My mother asked.

“Yes mum.” I replied.

“Off you go then Simone, you don’t want to miss the school bus do you?”

“No mum.” I replied as I dejectedly turned and walked back upstairs.

You see my mother, and my father didn’t really care for me, I was a girl and I had overheard mum telling Mike, my 16 year old brother, that they had wanted 2 boys, not one of each. That revelation had explained a few things to me, like why they were so distant with me. Things that I had got used to.

Thankfully, Mike is a good brother and he has always shown more interest in me than either of my parents. He spends time with me, helping me with my home work, playing games with me and it was him who taught me to swim in our pool.

Oh, by the way, I’m Simone or Si, dependent on who you are and if you want to annoy me or be friendly towards me. I’m skinny with shoulder length dirty blonde hair that I often wear up in pony tail. At that time my breasts couldn’t really be called breasts as I was only just starting to get little lumps under my nipples.

I guess that I should say that my parents both have good jobs that take them away from home a lot and my monthly allowance has always been quite generous, probably just to keep me off their backs.

In the last year or so, Mike has been particularly attentive to me, especially when Lizzy, my BFF was around for the day or even sleepovers. I didn’t realize it at the time but he got more attentive when Lizzy’s body started developing. He played games in the pool with us, and card or board games on an evening after Lizzy and I had changed into our sleepwear.

Looking back I guess that it was only natural, he was an older teenage boy and Lizzy’s body was developing nicely.

We had a live-in babysitter cum full time housekeeper until a couple of years ago when my mother decided that I was old enough to be left on my own when Mike wasn’t at home. Now, a cleaner comes in twice a week to do the washing and cleaning and an oldish man who comes once a week in the Spring, Summer and Autumn to do the garden and look after the pool.

We live in a nice house in the suburbs of a big city, mum and dad having an en-suite bathroom and Mike and me sharing the other bathroom. We have a small swimming pool that is great for when the weather is warm and I love swimming and sunbathing when I have nothing better to do. The house has neighbours but their houses are about 50 metres away and at the bottom of the garden, at the other side of the pool, is a wooded area that gives the pool man a lot of leaves to take out of the pool.

Anyway, I told my girl friends at school my good news and they were all pleased for me, Lizzy telling me that I should go and see my doctor and get put on the pill. She also tried to take some bets on how big my tits would grow before the next school year started in 4 months time. I’ve never been a fan of big breasts since I saw some older women with huge breasts that looked quite painful to me so I hoped that mine would grow no bigger than my mother’s which are a B cup.

Life went on for a few weeks with me checking my breasts every day to see if they’d got any bigger and me being disappointed that I couldn’t see any change in their size.

I made my own appointment to see my doctor and didn’t even tell my mother that I was going. I just knew that all she would say would be words to the effect of,

“Oh, right, okay.”

The girls as school that were on the pill didn’t tell me that the doctor would want to examine me and I was surprised when he poked and prodded my breasts and my pussy. My eyes opened wide when he was poking my pussy and I got a nice warm feeling as he did so.

As I was walking home I remembered Lizzy and other girls saying that they got all tingly when they touched their pussy and Lizzy said that she’d had what she assumed was an orgasm when she’d played with her little clitoris. Ms Johnson had explained things like that in our sex education classes and I had felt a little backward when I’d told Lizzy that I hadn’t even explored ‘down there’.

The doctor touching me had made me think about such things and that night when I went to bed I took my knickers off and explored myself with my fingers. It felt good.

The next morning I propped up a mirror between my legs and watched myself exploring. That was the first time that I really discovered my clitoris. The lump of skin near the front of my slit was definitely a lot bigger than the last time that I’d looked at myself, and playing with it as I watched felt nice, really nice.

The other things that I noticed was that the flesh at the sides of my pussy and the front of my slit felt a but meatier. I thought that I must be putting on weight and swore that I’d eat less. The other thing was that my slit and pubic bone appeared to me growing forward, getting more pronounced.

I didn’t put my knickers back on under my T-shirt when I went down to get myself some breakfast. I wasn’t exposed or anything because the T-shirt was a long one designed to be a nightdress. It did feel nice being without knickers in parts of the house that I had never been undressed in before.

Over the next few weeks I started to notice changes in me, not only my body which was turning more womanly instead of being straight up and down., but in my mind as well. I started becoming obsessed with my breasts, my pussy and the rest of my body. I had my first proper orgasm as I played with my growing lump of skin at the front of my slit. I discovered that I could pull the hood back to reveal another lump, my clitoris that was even more sensitive than the rest of my pussy.

Once I had that first orgasm I wanted more and started trying for orgasms every opportunity that I could.

I started sleeping without knickers or nightdress and it felt good, only putting a nightdress on to go down for breakfast.

As well as the above, I realised that I liked what was happening to my body. I’d noticed that some of the girls at school had got all shy and tried to hide their bodies as much as they could, even skipping the showers after PE. Me, I was the reverse. Stripping had never been an issue for me and when puberty finally hit me I liked what was happening to my body and I was proud of it. At the end of PE lessons I’d proudly strip naked and walk to the showers.

I’d often got a few nasty comments about my lack of, then the very small tits, from the unpleasant girls but I didn’t care. They’d started growing and I was proud of them.

When I noticed that a few pubic hairs had started growing I had a decision to make. Most of the girls at school removed their pubic hair, some bragging about how they shaved them off or plucked them out. One girl bragging that her parents had bought her a laser hair remover. I looked at the girls who had full bushes and didn’t like what I saw so I decided to get rid of mine.

The next time that daddy was at home for a meal I asked him if I could order something that I wanted from amazon. Without even asking me what I wanted he let me take photographs of his credit card so that I could use it. All he said was,

“Be sensible using it. I’ll get you a card of your own but if you abuse it I’ll cancel it.”

Three days later my very own laser hair remover arrived and was put into use that evening. I’ve been bald ‘down there’ ever since.

The other thing that I noticed around that time was that I became more aware of the clothes that I wore. Until then I’d just worn the clothes that I had, most of them being young girl’s clothes. Our school doesn’t have a uniform policy and I’d never heard of anyone being sent home for what they were wearing. Most of the girls in my class wear clothes designed for older teen girls, most of them wearing jeans.

I had some jeans at home but I have never been a fan of jeans or shorts, much preferring skirts and dresses.

The next time that my mother was at home I asked her if I could have some new clothes, clothes that were more appropriate for a teenage girl. Thankfully she understood where I was coming from and she let me photograph her credit card but gave me a similar warning to what daddy had given me. I went online and started shopping.

I looked at the models wearing teenage girl’s clothes and couldn’t help notice that most of them wore short skirts, their bare legs looking good. I wondered what I would look like in skirts that short. I stood in front of a full length mirror and experimented holding my skirt higher and higher up my thighs.

Giggling a little to myself I held the skirt so that my knicker covered pussy was showing and wondered what people would say if I wore a skirt that short. As I was studying myself I realised that my pussy and nipples were tingling. I started thinking about male teachers and older, cute boys at school seeing me like that. Then my brother, Mike, and even my father seeing me like that. My pussy was feeling good, really good.

Then, without even thinking, I lifted my skirt to my waist and pulled my knickers down and off, then pulled my skirt back up to where it had been, revealing my now bald pussy. I stared at myself for a good minute then fell back onto my bed and started rubbing my clit.

Two minutes later I had what was at that time, the best, most intense orgasm that I had ever had.

Al I lay there, my breathing starting to slow and my brain starting to work again, I realised that the thought of men seeing my bald pussy was a real turn-on for me and I started to imagine me being in school wearing a skirt that short with no knickers. My tingling got stronger and the fingers on my right hand started getting busy again.

After my second orgasm withing 30 minutes, my brain was still thinking about the teachers seeing my bare pussy when I heard a noise in the house. I got up, went and closed the bedroom door then went back to my online shopping. Although I only stopped browsing when I got to pages of models wearing very short skirts.

I ordered half a dozen skirts, the longest could be called a miniskirt, the shortest, a short microskirt. I also ordered some G-strings, all of them see-through to one extent or another. I was sick of the old granny style knickers that my mother had bought me and if anyone was going to see up my skirt and see my knickers I wanted them to see my pussy.

I also ordered some new tops made of thin material and in designs that I thought looked good on the teenage girl models.

Even though my breasts were starting to grow I never even considered buying some bras. I’d only ever worn a bra (of sorts) when mum bought me a little girl’s bikini and I had no intention of starting to wear one unless me breasts got big and unmanageable.

I spent the rest of that day wearing just a T-shirt that was knee length. It felt good being knickerless and I vowed to not wear knickers most days, even when I went to school.

My first knickerless day at school felt good to start off, but I soon forgot about being knickerless and only remembered when I saw boys or teachers staring at my legs, bare below my knees..

It was only when I saw a teacher staring at my bare legs as I sat on the front row in the classroom that I started thinking about the way girls sit. Although my mother had never said anything to me about always crossing my legs when I sat, I’d noticed that some of the girls had started crossing their legs and I’d started doing the same some of the time.

Until I saw that teacher staring at my legs I’d never even considered why girls crossed their legs. As I looked around the classroom I realised that nearly all the girls who were wearing short skirts were crossing their legs. I remembered looking at myself in the mirror when I’d held my skirt above my pussy and I remembered the nice feelings that I’d had.

Even though I was wearing a knee length skirt because my new ones hadn’t arrived, I opened my knees a bit and felt the fresh air on my pussy which started to tingle.

I looked around and saw the few girls that were wearing a skirt as long as mine. All of them were sat with their knees not crossed and slightly apart.

“I bet that they are all wearing knickers.” I thought and smiled to myself.

I saw the teacher look at my legs again and wondered just how far up my legs he could see. As I watched him looking at me I saw that his face looked as if he was concentrating on something. It could have been him just concentrating on the boring history lesson or it could have been because he was straining to see if he could see more of me.

I doubted that he could see my pussy but I decided that when my new skirts came I would be knickerless in his class and that I would sit with my knees apart. I was going to tease him.

A few days later my new clothes arrived and I rushed to my room to try them on. As I tried each one on I bent over in front of the mirror to see if I could see my bare butt and pussy.

I was trying them on in the order longest to shortest and it was only the second skirt that I’d put on when I bent over I could see my bare butt and bald pussy.

“Wow,” I thought, “I’m going to have to be careful when I’m wearing this.”

As I smoothed my hand down the back of the skirt I smiled and added to my thought,

“Maybe I could have some fun teasing the boys.”

I tried on the other skirts and when I put the fifth one on I wasn’t sure that I had the courage to wear it in public, especially without knickers. When I put the last skirt on I questioned my sense in buying a skirt that short. When I was stood up straight my butt and pussy were covered but as soon as I bent even a little bit, without knickers on, anyone who wasn’t close to me would be able to see the bottom of my butt, the front of my slit and probably my clit.

I put that skirt in the back of my wardrobe thinking that I would never wear it.

As I stood there, naked, looking at myself in the mirror, the thoughts of what I could easily show made me so horny that I lay back on my bed and rubbed my pussy to another orgasm.

That evening was typical for those days with Mike and I home alone and I had to get the tea ready so I put on my longest, new skirt and one of the tank tops and looked at myself in the mirror. My legs were bare to above mid thigh and my little breasts and nipples were making tens in the thin material of the top. It was the first time that I’d worn a top so thin and I was pleasantly surprised how big my nipples looked to be. I thought about the other girls that I’d seen after PE lessons and was sure that my nipples were bigger than all the other girl’s. I made a mental note to check again after my next PE lesson.

As I entered the kitchen I saw Mike sat at the table reading a magazine. I watched as he looked up, said hello, looked back at his magazine then looked back to me.

“Wow Sis, you look different.”

“What do you mean Mike?”

“Your clothes, and you’ve got some tits.”

“Only 2 I hope, and I’m a girl, girls grow tits.”

“Yes, I suppose that they do, but from what I can see with that tight top yours are growing nicely.”

“Thanks Mike, I think that they look great as well.”

“So you’ve got some new clothes then Simone?”

“Yep, mum let me photograph her bank card. The only problem is that she threatened to change it if I spent too much on clothes.”

“You can’t blame her for that, it’s only common sense that she keeps an eye on what you’re buying.”

“I suppose. Do you like my outfit then?”

“It’s cute, it suits you.”

“This is one of the longer skirts, I’ve got some that are obscenely short.”

“Going to flash your knickers to all the boys are you?”

“I bought some see-through G-strings but those are for emergencies. Most of the time I’m going to go commando.”

“Well you be careful Simone. Will you take a bit of advice from a caring brother?”

“If you mean you, yes.”

“If you are going to flash your tits or pussy then make it look accidental. That way there’s little chance of you getting arrested.”

“Who says that I’m going to flash my tits and pussy?”

“That top with no bra and a short skirt with no knickers does.”

“I was going to ask you to not tell mum but what’s the point.?”

“You’re probably right Si, but I’m not going to tell mum or dad what you wear or don’t wear anywhere. So are you going to wear those to school?”

“Yes, why not?”

“You do realize that lots of the boys will follow you up the stairs so that they can get a look at your butt and pussy don’t you?”

“Yeah, but I’ve discovered that seeing a boy, or man looking at my pussy makes me feel good.”

“Does it make you cum? You have had an orgasm haven’t you Si?”

”Yes I have, and I’m sure that if more than one boy or man was to stare at my pussy I’d cum without anyone even touching it.”

“That horny eh Sis?”

“Yeah, is that normal Mike?”

“Being horny is normal for teenagers.”

“You as well Mike?”

“Yep.”

“So if I were to lift my skirt up and let you see my pussy would you get hard and want to fuck me?”

“I’m hard just looking at you in that outfit Simone. There’s going to be lots of hard cocks at school tomorrow.”

I giggled a bit then said,

“So would you want to fuck me?”

“Yes, but you’re under 16 and you’re my sister so it ain’t going to happen.”

“Spoilsport, I was hoping that you might be my first. Do you want to see me naked?”

“Bloody hell Sis, yes, no, your my sister, of course I do, what teenage boy wouldn’t?”

I put my hand on the hem of my top and pulled it up and off, not feeling at all embarrassed, but feeling quite wet between my legs.

“Cool move Sis, yes, your tits are growing nicely, are they an A cup yet? I like the swell, the mounds that are growing behind your huge nipples. Jeez Si, they are way huge, are they hard, they look hard.”

“Touch them Mike.”

He did and I moaned as he rolled them between his fingers and thumbs and I felt bolts of electricity going from my nipples to my clit.

“Wow Sis, they’re amazing.”

“Yeah, I like them too, I’m sure that they’re bigger than those on all the other girls in my class.”

“I can believe that.”

I decided that it was time for Mike to see my pussy. He hadn’t seen it since we shared a bath when we were little. I unfastened my skirt, let it fall to the ground then jumped up and sat on the kitchen table.

“Wow Sis, no pubic hair, hasn’t it started growing yet?”

“I had a few but I used dad’s credit card to buy a laser hair remover.”

“Does he know?”

“That I used his card yes, he let me photograph it, but no, he doesn’t know what I bought.”

“Naughty girl.”

“So do like my bald pussy?” I asked as I spread my legs wide.

“How could I not like it. Actually, it looks very much like the last time I saw it all those years ago except that now it’s oozing your juices and you now have a clit. And what a clit, is that the hood sticking out or is that your actual clitoris?”

“It’s my actual clit, it’s too big for the hood to cover it.”

“Is it that big all the time or does it shrink when you’re not horny?”

“It does get a bit smaller and softer when I’m not horny.”

“So it’s like that all of the time?”

“Very much.”

“It’s like the end of a finger without the nail.”

“So is it bigger than most girls, it’s bigger than Lizzy’s., but it’s difficult to see the other girls in the showers.”

“I’d like to see Lizzy’s clit, but yours bigger than any that I’ve seen.”

“You’ve seen a lot of girl’s pussies have you Mike?”

“On the internet. Can I touch it?”

“Sure, but don’t be surprised if I cum.”

He did and I did, me shaking and jerking as I lay flat on my back on the kitchen table with my spread legs hanging off the side.

“Told you.” I said when I was able.

“Fuck Simone, that was awesome.”

“So will you measure my tits please Mike? I want to know how big they are and it’s pointless asking mum.”

“I don’t know how?”

“Neither do I but I’m sure that google will.”

We both had a little laugh then Mike said,

“Shall we get tea ready then? And maybe you’d like to put your clothes on.”

“Do you want me to.” I replied, “I’m not cold and mum and dad won’t be back tonight, or does me being like this bother you?”

“Hell no Simone, I just thought that you might want to get dressed. You could stay like that 24×7 for me.”

“I might just do that, you looking at me makes me horny.”

After a while Mike asked me why I was suddenly happy to, and wanting to be naked in front of him.

“I don’t know, it’s since I had my first period. Foe some inexplicable reason I just want to let people see my naked body.”

“Well don’t worry about it Simone, I’m sure that you’ll grow out of it but in the meantime I can’t think of one normal boy who wouldn’t want to see you naked.”

I did stay naked and after we’d cleaned-up after tea we went to the computer in my room and googled how to measure breasts. I was just shy of an AA cup.

“So do you want to show me your other new clothes Simone?”

“I can do that for you Mike. Sit on my bed at watch.”

I went through the skirts the same way as I had earlier, but putting on a new top that I thought went with that skirt. With each outfit on I bent at the waist in front of Mike and each time he told me that I was going to have to check who was around before I bent over.

Each time that I put a different skirt on, as well as bending over, I squat down with my knees wide apart and each time Mike made some comment about my clit being visible.

When I put on my shortest skirt Mike said,

“Fucking hell Si, if you go to school wearing that you’ll have to stand perfectly still all the time.. Walk to the door and back.”

I did and Mike repeated his comment about me standing perfectly still.

By that time I was feeling so horny that after I’s taken the skirt and top off I went and knelt in between Mikes knees and said,

“Mike, if you’re half as horny as I am right now you’ll let me give you a blowjob. I’ve never given one before but I’m sure that you can teach me.”

“Bloody hell Sis, I so want to but it wouldn’t be right, you’re my sister.”

“It’s not like you’d be fucking me so I don’t see a problem.”

Mike thought for a couple of seconds then he lay back and pulled his jeans zip down. I put my hand into his jeans and pulled his hard cock out. It was the first real, hard cock that I had ever seen and my first reactions and thought was,

“That will never fit in my hole.”

But that wasn’t the main thing on my mind. Instinct told me that I should put my hand round it and move my hand up and down. As I did that I was staring at Mike’s cock from close up. Some clear fluid was coming out of the end and I said,

“Is that your cum?”

“No, the clear liquid is pre-cum, when I cum it’s white and shoots out. Lick it Simone.”

I gingerly did and was surprised that it didn’t taste bad.

“Put it in your mouth and lick all round it Simone.”

I did.

Mike then taught me how to suck a cock properly and even how to take it into my throat. I didn’t have much time to develop my new skill because all of a sudden Mike said that he was cumming and my mouth filled with his cum. I tried to keep as much of it as I could in my mouth and let me properly taste it. I was about to spit it out when Mike told me to swallow it.

“That tasted okay actually.” I said, “Some of the girls at school said that boys cum tasted horrible and some said that it was nice. I think that I’ll join the nice side.”

“Would you like me to do the same to you Simone?”

“You can’t, I haven’t got a cock. Oh, ooooooooh, I see. Err yes please.

After Mike had sucked and tongued my pussy for a minute or so he said,

“Can we try something please Simone?”

“Is this going to be another first for me?”

“Probably.” Mike replied as he got to his feet and got properly undressed.

Then he surprised me as he climbed on top of me but with feet at my head.

“What are you doing Mike?” I asked.

“A 69.” Mike replied as his soft cock and balls hung over my face. “You’ll like this.”

I then felt his tongue run along my very wet slit.

“Oh my gawd.” I said just before the tip of his tongue found my face lips.

Instinctively my mouth opened and I took his soft cock inside. At first I found it difficult to suck his cock whilst his tongue was starting to drive me crazy, but wow, it was awesome what Mike’s mouth was doing to me. I soon found it difficult to concentrate on Mike’s cock because I had another orgasm rapidly approaching.

Somehow I managed to avoid biting Mike’s cock as the waves of my orgasm rolled over me but as they started to subside I really started to suck as he gently thrust down with his cock. Only once did he leave his cock in my throat for a long enough for me to think about breathing and that was when I felt his warm cum going down my throat.

Finally spent, Mike rolled off me and we lay there in post 69 bliss.

That was the first of our almost daily 69s. Sometime Mike would be on top and sometimes me. We never stopped until I’d cum twice and Mike at least once. We talked about us being siblings but we both agreed that as Mike never actually put his cock in my pussy it wasn’t incest. Neither of us wanted to go online to verify that.

Neither of us put any clothes on for the rest of the evening and I enjoyed watching Mike’s cock and balls swing around as he walked.

The next morning I was still naked when we were getting breakfast ready.

“I know that it’s Spring,” Mike said when I told him what I intended to wear, “and getting warm out there once the sun has had a chance to warm things up, but you’re not planning on going to school in just that new outfit are you Simone? Not that I’d mind seeing you in it that is.”

“Yes I was, do you think that anyone will say anything? I mean some of the girls will be wearing shorts that are just as short or even shorter than my new skirts.”

“Good point, Are you still planning on going commando?”

“Yes,”

“Well remember what I said about ‘accidents’ and I suggest that you wear a jacket to keep warm, at least for the bus ride there.”

“Thanks bro, I was planning on doing that.”

As we walked to where the school bus stops I could definitely feel the difference in the length of the skirts. The was a chilly breeze going straight up my skirt and tickling my pussy. I wondered if it was shrinking my clit.

There was another couple of kids waiting where the bus stops, one boy and one girl. After saying hello the girl asked if I was cold.

“Nice legs.” The boy said.

Mike got on the bus first, then me and I was followed by the boy.

“Fucking hell Simone.” I heard the boy say.

“What?” I asked as we walked down the aisle.

“Nothing.” The boy answered.

Mike and I usually sit next to each other and when I sat down I felt the cold plastic seat on my pussy.

“The seat’s cold.” I said to Mike.

“What did you expect Sis?”

“I didn’t think about the seats.”

“You’re going to find that problem every time that you sit down. If your pussy is leaking as much as it was last night you’re going to leave a little puddle on all the seats as well. Have you got any tissues in that bag?”

“Yes, oh well, I’ll just have to get used to that problem won’t I?”

“Yes, and maybe you shouldn’t have opened your jacket until you got into school, you’ve got your headlights on full beam.”

“What?”

“You’re nipples are trying to poke holes in that top.”

“Oh, oh well, I guess that people will have to get used to seeing them.”

“Simone, is all this, this exhibitionism caused by you changing because of puberty or is there something else going on?”

“It’s like I said, I’m not sure Mike, I’ve been wondering myself. I haven’t been able to think of anything else so I guess that it must be the puberty, they say that it affects different girls in different ways.”

“Well I wish that more nice girls would get affected like you, it would be great to see tons of naked girls walking about school.”

“I’m not naked Mike.”

“Not quite but you’re certainly going to attract lots of attention, especially when you wear your other new skirts. You could wear some knickers to at least cover your pussy”

“I don’t want to, I like having my pussy uncovered.”

“Shh, I think the boys in the seat in front are listening.”

I looked at the boys and they were both silent with their heads turned like they were trying to hear what we were saying. We stayed silent until we got to school but when I stood up and looked at the seat there was a little wet patch. I smiled and shuffled out to the aisle and followed Mike off the bus.

Lizzy’s bus had arrived in front of us and I walked over to her.

“Hey there Si, looking good girl.” Lizzy said.

I returned the compliment and Lizzy continued.

“Cute skirt but isn’t it a bit short for school? You’ll get all the pervy boys and teachers trying to look up it. You are wearing knickers aren’t you?”

“I know and no. I don’t know what’s got into me Lizzy, I’m horny all the time and I want people to see my goodies.”

“Well I’m horny all the time these days as well but I don’t want boys to see my pussy.”

“I think that there must be something wrong with me, maybe I should go and see my doctor.”

“And tell him that you want to flash your pussy all the time? Good luck with that girl, he’ll probably want to bone you right there and then.”

“He’s already seen me naked and poked his fingers inside me.”

“Oh yes, mine did that as well. Are all doctors paedophile perverts?”

“I actually enjoyed it.”

“So did I.”

By that time we were walking into the building and heading towards our home room. As we walked I looked at what other girls were wearing and I saw one girl whose skirt was about the same length as mine, and 2 girls wearing shorts, one of them being shorter than my skirt.

A couple of girls told me that they liked my outfit and I saw a couple of boys looking at me. As I sat down I looked down at my chest and saw that the bulges made by my nipples weren’t as prominent as they had been when I’d been out in the cold with my jacket open.

During the lunch break Lizzy and I went for a walk outside. It was warm but a little breezy and as soon as I got outside I said,

“That breeze feels good Lizzy.”

“On your pussy?”

“Yes, you should try it Lizzy.”

“I’m not taking my knickers off at school. Besides, my skirt’s a lot longer than yours Simone, and I’m wearing a bra. Everyone can tell that you aren’t.”

I looked down at my chest and saw that my nipples had gone all hard and were making 2 nice little wigwam tents.

“Maybe I should wear a see-through top to school.” I said.

“A bit obvious Si, that would definitely get you in trouble.”

“Yeah, you’re right, I’ll have to get some baggy tops and lean forwards a lot. Hey, that’s not a bad idea, Mr. Harvey wanders around the classroom and looks down at what you are writing all the time, a baggy top would give him a great view of my tits.”

“Jeez Si, you need to go and see a shrink.”

“Maybe, but it’s nice thinking of these things and actually doing them, it makes me soo horny.”

“I think that we should go and sit on the steps to trap your skirt Si, it’s blowing all over the place.”

We did, sitting on a concrete step near the top. As I sat down I said,

“The sun may be shining but that concrete was cold on my butt.”

“You should have worn knickers and a longer skirt.”

“No, this is the new me and I like it.”

We sat there until the bell went. We’d both sat with our feet on the step below our butts, Lizzy wrapping her skirt round her legs like I used to do, but my short skirt wouldn’t allow me to do that. I could feel the breeze tickling my pussy and it felt nice.

After about 10 minutes I noticed a couple of boys stood at the bottom of the steps looking up towards me. It took a few seconds for me to register that they would, and probably were, looking at my bare pussy. I didn’t say anything, or move, but I did feel my pussy getting wet.

As I talked to Lizzy I thought,

“Maybe I should steer Lizzy to these steps every lunchtime and put on a show for the boys. Maybe I could ask Mike to stand at the bottom and charge the boys, I wonder how much I could make?”

All too soon that damned bell rang and we got up and walked back into the building.

My day went well, I saw 2 teachers looking up my legs and skirt. They probably saw my bald pubes but I was sat up straight so they probably couldn’t see my slit or clit. I was going to save that pleasure for when I was wearing a shorter skirt and I’d got used to wearing short skirts.

Mike was right about going up the stairs to the science classroom. I saw a small group of boys lingering at the bottom of the stairs and they followed me up. I could hear a couple of them sniggering behind me.

By the end of the day I was getting more comfortable with what I was wearing at school, and also more confident. I even slid down my chair in my last lesson and sat with my knees well apart but the teacher never even looked at me. The rest of the time I tried my best to forget that I was wearing a skirt that was around half the length of the one I wore the previous day at school.

On the bus home Mike asked me if I’d left any puddles anywhere and I confessed that I never even looked. He also asked me if we could have some oral before dad got home.

“I thought that you’d never ask.” I replied.

I then went on to tell him about Lizzy and I sitting on the steps. He smiled and told me that he’d hang around there each lunchtime just to make sure that I was safe. When he told me that his friends Luke and Duncan would probably hang with him, I asked if they knew about my recent desires to expose myself.

Mike laughed and told me that the did, and that they’d be coming to visit him on the Saturday. He also added that mum and dad were going away for the weekend so we’d have the house to ourselves.

“They’re not expecting to fuck me are they?” I asked.

“Hell no, they know how old you are and besides, they are both good guys, they would never hurt you.”

“Yes, they’ve always been nice to me.”

After a VERY nice 30 minutes on my bed and 2 orgasms from Mike’s mouth and tongue we heard the back door open. Mike jumped up and went to his room and I put my skirt and top back on and went down to see daddy and help getting the tea ready.

Daddy didn’t comment on my short skirt or my pokey nipples.

After clearing up after tea I went and did my homework then got ready for bed. But instead of putting on my long nightdress T-shirt I put on just a much shorter one that only just covered my butt. I didn’t have any real interest in flashing my father but I liked the risk of an accident happening.

Back downstairs I watched the TV for a while. Both daddy and Mike kept coming and going, neither saying anything about how much leg I was showing.

Then I went to bed, discarding the T-shirt and bringing myself to another orgasm before finally going to sleep.

The next morning I got dressed in a slightly shorter skirt and a top and went down for breakfast. Both daddy and Mike were eating their breakfast and neither of them said anything about my outfit.

As soon as daddy was out of the door Mike said,

“Have we got time for a quick 69 Sis?”

I didn’t answer him, instead I took his hand and led him into the lounge, unfastening my skirt as we went. As soon as we got to the sofa I let go of his hand and pulled my top up and over my head. His jeans and pants were round his ankles within seconds and he was on his back within another second.

I jumped on Mike putting my knees either side of his chest and lowered my pussy onto his waiting mouth as my mouth engulfed his waiting, hard cock.

Five minutes, and one orgasm each, later, I was pulling my top back on and walking to my skirt. We both quickly finished getting ready and almost ran to the bus stop.

It was another chilly morning but I just held the sides of my jacket together but I had to let go of the sides when we go on the bus. I could feel my hard nipples trying to drill their way through my top and I noticed a few eyes looking at me as we made our way to the back of the bus. I again commented on how cold the seat was when I sat down.

“Is that skirt shorter than the one you had on yesterday?” Lizzy asked when I walked up to her after I got off the bus?”

“Yep, and I’ll be wearing an even shorter one tomorrow.” I replied.

“And I see you top isn’t any thicker.”

“Nope, I like looking down and seeing my nipple bulges.”

“I’m sure that the boys will notice as well. Have you remembered your PE kit Si?”

“Yes, but I’ve decided that I need a new PE skirt, a shorter one.”

“There’s nothing wrong with the one that you’ve got, it’s as short as mine.”

“True, but it’s longer than the skirt that I’m wearing right now.”

“Jeez Si, you really are turning into an exhibitionist. I’m assuming that you won’t be wearing any knickers for PE?”

“Correct.”

“And what if we do gymnastics? Now that the school has to do mixed sports you could be flashing your pussy to lots of boys.”

“That’s what I’m hoping, I’m just hoping that the teacher will tell us what to do and then leave us to it again.”

“Probably, all the PE teachers are quite lazy like that, more interested in coaching just the football teams than the rest of us normal people.”

I got a few boys looking at my pokeys as we walked from lesson to lesson but no one really took any notice of my short skirt. Again I saw some of the other girls wearing short shorts which showed just as much of their bare legs as my skirt did.

My English teacher took an interest in my legs as I sat on the front row in his lesson. I was sat with my knees about shoulder width apart and laying back on my chair. Mr. Wilson has a reputation for perving at the girls and that day was my lucky day. It was his lucky day as well as I opened my knees wider when I saw him looking at me.

He must have been able to see my slit and clit because I watched a bulge start to appear in the front of his trousers. At the end of the lesson I had a little panic when he asked me to stay back when the bell rang.

I was a little nervous as I walked to his desk but I needn’t have been, all he said was,

“Simone, it’s nice to ‘see’ you taking more of an interest in English, I hope that I’m going to ‘see’ a continued improvement.”

The way that he emphasized the word ‘see’ twice told me that he had seen my pussy and that he wanted to see it every lesson. I replied,

“Yes sir, I’m sure that you will ‘see’ more of an improvement, I’ve decided that I like people ‘seeing’ me take certain subjects more seriously. Is that all sir?”

I too emphasized the words ‘see’ and ‘seeing’. We both knew what we were talking about and we were both smiling as he told me that I could leave. I felt his eyes staring at me as I walked out smiling.

As I walked out of his classroom I realized that my nipples and pussy were tingling a bit and that my pussy felt wet.

Lunchtime arrived and we again went outside. Spring had definitely arrived and after a little walk I steered Lizzy to the same steps. As we approached them I saw Mike with his friends Duncan and Luke. Mike smiled at me as we passed them and climbed the steps.

Lizzy and I sat in about the same place, and in about the same way. I looked down to Mike and he was still smiling. So were Luke and Duncan. I guessed that I’d got the revealing position right.

As on the previous day just about everyone ignored us, the only exception being the few older boys that had discovered that they liked pussies and were out looking for a glimpse up a girl’s skirt hoping that they would have forgotten to put any knickers on.

And some of those boys had realised that a girl sitting on some steps sometimes got a little careless how she sat. It was their lucky day when they walked passed where Mike and his mates were stood and looked up my way.

I don’t know how many other boys saw my pussy but Mike and his mates were looking at it for going on for 20 minutes before the bell rang. I wasn’t paying that much attention to what was going on below me because I was in a conversation with Lizzy.

Knowing that Mikes mates would be visiting on the Saturday, and that mum and dad would be away all weekend I asked Lizzy if she wanted to come for a sleepover. Before she answered I told her that Mike’s mates, those who he was stood with, could be there.

“So you will be in the house with 3 older boys, flashing your tits and pussy to them and you want me to come and do the same?”

“Why not, it will make you horny and I’m sure that they’ll eat you out. They might even let you give them a blowjob. Hey, and if the weather is like this we can go skinny dipping in the pool.”

“I don’t know Si, I don’t think that I’m ready to do those things yet, I’m not like you.”

“No, you’ve got bigger tits and I’m sure that they’ll like them. Mike has already said that you have nice tits.”

“How would he know, he hasn’t seen them, or did you been take some sneaky photos of me on our last sleepover?”

“No, no, I would never do that, but if you want to pose for them, or just me, I’m sure that I can take some great photos.”

“Maybe just you and me if you promise not to share them.”

“I won’t, until you ask me to.”

“Si, as much as it sounds tons of fun I’m going to have to say no.”

“Okay, I’ll ask you again the next time that mum and dad will be away.”

“Thanks Simone, you’re the best.”

Our conversation changed to more mundane things and before long the bell was ringing. We went and got our PE kit and went to the gym.

As usual, I stripped naked before putting my PE stuff on and one of the less pleasant girls said,

“Hey girls, we’ve all seen that Simone has some big nipples but now but has some tiny tits behind them. But she hasn’t got a bush yet.”

I turned and let anyone who wanted to see my naked front then started putting my PE kit on.

“No knickers Simone?” the same girl said, “did you forget to bring any or do you just want to flash your little girl pussy to the boys?”

“Actually, I’ve decided never to wear knickers again.”

“In the skirt that you were wearing earlier you’ll be flashing your goodies all day long.”

I just smiled and walked passed the girl into the gym with Lizzy right behind me. As we waited for everyone Lizzy said,

“You’ve shaved your pussy.”

“No, I’ve used a laser to get rid of the hairs.”

“You do know that you’ll have new ones growing for a few years yet Simone?” Lizzy asked.

“Yes, but I’ll laser them as soon as I spot them, I want to be bald down there for the rest of my life.”

“Hmm, I’ll have to think about getting one of those.”

The lesson started and yes, we were having gymnastics. I felt my pussy tingle and get wet when I thought about what would be showing. It was quite common for a girl to be showing her knicker if she was wearing a skirt but those knickers were usually proper, thick, granny style PE knickers that covered more than if she were wearing shorts and not worth the boys even looking, but I wasn’t even wearing a G-string.

As usual, the PE teacher told us what we had to do then told us to get on with it and that they’d look in on us every couple of minutes to make sure that we were doing what we had been told.

It was a sort of circuit that we had to do, going round the gym doing different exercises. When we first started doing that months ago, I thought that people would start messing about and someone would have an accident, but that had never happened and no one had ever got hurt, maybe because a lot of the kids never put much effort into it.

Me, I was different, I understand how important exercise is and I wanted / want to keep my body nice and slim, so I always threw my all into it, and I wasn’t going to change just because I had no knickers on.

Off I set, doing cartwheels, squats, leg stretches, splits, and many more things. I was about half way round when I noticed that about half of the kids had gone quiet, stopped and were looking at me. I stopped and turned to face them then said,

“What?”

By then my skirt had fallen back to its proper position so nothing was on display, I looked just like the other girls in there that were wearing skirts.

“Nothing Simone,” one of the boys said, “we were just admiring your, err, enthusiasm.”

A couple of the boys sniggered and I wanted to invite them all to look at my pussy but I didn’t have the courage. Just then the PE teacher came back in and said,

“Come on, what are you all standing around for? Get on with it.”

My next exercise was what the teacher called ‘the hollow body hold’ We had to to it 10 times, each for a count of 20. I was till doing those, and not showing anything, when the teacher turned and left the gym.

With my stomach muscles hurting I went to the last exercise which was the walking handstand.

“Here goes,” I thought, knowing that my skirt would be inverted and that everyone who looked would see my butt and pussy.

My pussy was tingle like hell as I launched myself over and onto my hands. I heard a couple of gasps and when I looked around most of the class, girls included, were looking at me.

It was only 5 metres that I had to walk on my hands but it felt like 5 kilometres. The whole gym was silent and staring at me. I was loving it and actually a little embarrassed.

When I got to the line my legs dropped leaving me in the crab position before I collapsed down onto the floor, right in front of a boy that I thought was cute. I turned and looked at the still and silent gym and again said,

“What!”

No one said a word until the gym door opened again, the teacher saying,

“It’s too quiet in here, what’s going on?”

All of a sudden everyone was moving and the teacher gave up waiting for someone to speak.

I had to wait to start the circuit again, and as I stood inline I got a mixed reaction from the others waiting. A couple of the girls called me a slut, two more said that I was really brave. One boy asked me if I fucked as well and another asked me for a date.

My second and third circuit were both less eventful although I did see kids watching me when my skirt wasn’t covering my pussy.

I got similar comments from some of the girls in the changing room, especially when I stripped naked and walked to the showers, but I didn’t care. Lizzy told me to ignore them, that they were only jealous, although all the girls who called me a slut have bigger tits than me, hell, all the girls in my class have bigger tits than me but I no longer cared. I’d come to terms with my body and I was proud of the way it was developing.

I got called a slut again when one girl who was watching me get dressed saw that I didn’t put any knickers on. Again I just ignored her.

The last lesson of the day was uneventful as I was one of the last getting there and I had to sit near the back.

On the bus home Mike was amused when I told him about my PE lesson. Then I asked him about lunchtime and if there had been any problems.

“No, but a couple of boys said that they’d pay me if I could get you to let them have a close look or even a blowjob. They all liked your big clit.”

“Not going to happen.” I replied.

“But you’re going to let Duncan and Luke have a good look on Saturday, and give them a blowjob?”

“I didn’t say that I would do that.”

“And you didn’t say that you won’t Simone. Okay, we’ll see on Saturday, now tell me about your PE lesson.”

I laughed then said just one word.”

“Revealing.”

After a pause I continued and told him all the details.

“Good for you Simone. I bet that that shocked a few of them. Hmm, I wonder if you will have put the same idea in some of the other girl’s heads, it would be nice for there to be lots of knickerless girls in school.”

Mum was home when we got there and she didn’t say anything about my short skirt or my pokeys, in fact I don’t think that she even looked at me.

When we’d walked down the drive I saw that the front lawn had been cut and I guessed that it was the time of the year when Dave, the elderly gardener cum pool man was going to start his weekly visits. When I got up to my room I looked out and saw that the pool was uncovered as well and I wondered if the pool heating had been switched on.

I didn’t really know why we had a pool, never mind heated it, because mum and dad rarely used it. It was Mike and me, and sometimes his or my friends that used it in the summer months. As I looked at the blue water gently shimmering in the slight breeze I wondered what it would be like swimming naked.

I thought about the little girl’s one-piece swimsuit that I had and decided that I would never wear it again. Then I realised that I’d need a new swimsuit for school swimming lessons and for when I go on sleepovers to friends that have a pool. Then I thought about the once per year time when mum and dad had a barbecue with their friends and Mike and I were obliged to attend. I smiled to myself as I thought of me skinny dipping with all my parents friends there. I doubted that I’d get away with that so I needed to go online and buy a couple of bikinis.

Then I wondered what mum or dad would do to me if I walked out of the house totally naked and dove into the pool when all their friends were there. I imagined dad pulling me over his knee and giving me a good spanking.

My pussy got all tingly and wet when I thought about that last bit.

Back in the land of the living I got on with my homework then went down for tea. Dad had arrived home and we had a quiet family meal, no one commenting on my short skirt and top with 2 pokeys at the front.

Just as we were finishing mum reminded Mike and me that our parents were going away for the weekend the following day (Friday) and that they wouldn’t be back until the Monday evening. Mum told us that we could order food to be delivered if we wanted and she gave Mike her credit card details.

After Mike and I had cleared away I went to my room and stayed there for the rest of the evening. I stripped off and went on the internet looking for bikinis and found some designed by an Australian company that were very small and slightly see-through, and imagined me wearing them at school swimming lessons and at my parents barbecues.

After I’d ordered 3 of them I started browsing for dresses and skirts and tops. I ended up ordering more clothes, all the skirts and dresses being very short.

I’d just finished when Mike came in to my room..

“Oh good,” I said, “I was just thinking about coming to see you, my pussy is aching for attention.”

It was a good job that Mike’s cock was in my mouth when his tongue made me cum otherwise I might have had mum or dad running to my room to see who was murdering me.

Is There Life After Seventy, I’ll Never Tell 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

I take care of myself and stay in shape. Now I’m finding out that someone else is noticing me.

Until recently, I really never considered that I was getting older. It was something that I just never noticed. I’m Kenneth Jamison, I’m 70 years old. I’m 6 ft. 2 in. tall, I weigh 176 pounds, I have 6 pack abs and the rest of my muscles are all toned and look good. I run an average of 2 miles a day and lift weights for almost an hour a day….. I have always tried to take care of myself.

My wife passed away a few years ago, and for a time, I let myself go. I ate too much, drank too much and all the while, falling deeper into depression. We had been married for 40 years and our worlds both revolved around each other. My family had all became quite worried about me.

One morning, after I got out of bed, I looked at myself in the mirror. I didn’t recognize the man that stood there. I knew, right then, that I had to get my head out of my ass. I had to begin my life again and stop feeling sorry for myself. That was the first day of the rest of my life.

I got back into my training routine, I started eating right and taking care of myself. I began to spend a lot of time with my grandchildren…..and they, in turn, began spending a lot of time around me. After a year or so, I was back. I was in shape. I was happy, having put the past behind me, but not forgetting it.

My home is rather large, having about 6500 square feet and is located on 20 acres of land. I have a huge playroom, complete with pinball machines, a ping pong table, pool table, a fantastic sound system, 3 tv’s for sports and a full blown, professional, karaoke system. Outside, I have a custom swimming pool with a waterfall and an adjoining hot tub. The whole place is surrounded with large trees, over three acres of lawn and numerous flower beds. It took my wife and I many years to create this retreat.

As I walk around the property, I see different places where my wife and I had made love…. many times just a spur of the moment thing. We were very happy here. My kids keep telling me that this place is just too big for me alone and that I should sell it and find something smaller. I am happy here and have no intention of selling.

My grand kids and their friends all enjoy coming out here and entertaining themselves. I like them coming here instead of going to keggers and other clandestine parties and get-togethers that young people do. All of these young people have become my friends and know that they are all welcome here.

My favorite granddaughter, Aubrey, spends more time here than anyone. She is a freshman in a nearby university. Many times she stays here for several days at a time, commuting to school then coming back here. I don’t mind, I have 6 bedrooms and 5 bathrooms…..plenty of room.

I guess this is where this story actually begins. One thing I do every day, is swim laps in my pool. I like to go out early in the morning when the day is new and the air is fresh. I had just finished doing my 50 laps and was sitting on one of the lounge chairs, drinking a large cup of coffee. The sun had been up for an hour or so and a very thin fog was about to melt away.

I saw Aubrey coming out of the house, headed for the pool. With her was a very attractive young lady. One thing I have always appreciated is a woman’s body. No matter what age she is, if she has taken care of herself, I love to enjoy the vision of a beautiful woman.

“Good morning Grandpa, you’re sure up early this morning…..finished your laps already?”

“Yes, my dear, I have,” I said as I got up off of the lounge.

“Grandpa, I want you to meet my best friend, Jamie……Jamie this is my grandpa, Ken,” she said as Jamie extended her hand to me.

“I am so pleased to meet you Jamie,” I said as I took her hand and lightly shook hands with her.

“You certainly have a beautiful home Ken…….Aubrey has told me so much about you and this place. I was really happy when she invited me to come out here for the weekend…I hope you don’t mind.”

“Not at all Jamie, I’m always glad to have Aubrey’s friends come out here.”

The girls took off their robes and headed for the pool. I couldn’t help but notice Jamie’s body. It was immaculate….perfect in every aspect. She was about 5 ft. 8 in. tall, measurements about 36-26-36, long dark brown hair and not an ounce of extra fat anywhere. Just looking, I would say she works out. I can see her muscles are all toned. She is one beautiful woman. Her bikini accentuates her body. I can feel my cock begin to stir watching this vision of beauty.

Alongside of the pool, I have an outdoor kitchen. I love to cook and cooking out here just makes everything taste better. The girls were still swimming, so I walked over to the edge of the pool. “Would you gals like some breakfast? I can make anything you might want,” I told them.

They swam up to the edge of the pool and rested on their elbows. “That would be nice,” Aubrey said, “what are you having?”

“I think maybe eggs, some bacon…I have some fresh pineapple and orange juice.”

They both said, “That sounds great, we’ll have the same.”

While they continued to swim, I made breakfast. When it was ready, I called to them to let them know.

While we ate breakfast, I continued to enjoy looking at Jamie. Every time I would look over at her, I could catch her checking me out. I thought to myself, ‘it’s all my imagination’. After the breakfast dishes were done, I took another cup of coffee and went back out to the lounge to catch a little sun. It was Saturday and I had no plans for the day.

Aubrey said to me, “Grandpa, I need to run to town and make a deposit, do you need anything while I’m there?”

“Yes I do, matter of fact. I need several items from the grocery store and I need my cleaning picked up from the cleaners. I was going in later, but if you want to do it for me, I’d be happy to let you do it. My credit card is on the kitchen counter in my money clip.”

Aubrey replied, “I think I’m going to go ahead and go so I can get back by 1 or 2…….do you want to go with me Jamie?”

“Actually, if you don’t mind, I’d like to stay here and just hang out…..do you mind?”

“It’s no problem with me, you can keep Grandpa company.”

Aubrey went inside the house and Jamie and I continued to sit out in the sun and enjoy the morning. “You sure have a nice place here, Ken….I think I could just stay here forever….it is so relaxing.”

“Yes it is, I enjoy this place so much.”

Jamie sat up and stared at me. “You know, Ken, Aubrey has told me so much about you. What she didn’t tell me was how attractive you are. I don’t think I’ve ever seen an older man that is built as well as you…I mean, you look like you work out a lot….I find that really attractive, a man that takes such good care of himself.”

“Well, thank you Jamie. You know, you’re not any slouch yourself…if I were 30 years younger, I’d make some moves on you…….but, hell, I’m 70 years old…..a lot older than you.”

“Ken, I’m 21, and like they say, age is just a number. You know like wine, it just gets better with age.”

“You flatter me Jamie.” I told her.

My phone rang, which interrupted our conversation. It was one of my friends that I had grown up with. We call each other quite often just to shoot the shit and keep up with what is going on in our lives. I got off the lounge and walked to the house, leaving Jamie out by the pool.

My friend, Norman, was passing through the area and was checking to see if I was home. “I’ve got a little time so I thought I’d stop and say hi,” he told me.

“I would love to see you, come on by….you know the way,” I told him.

“I’ll be there in half an hour or so, talk to you then,” he said.

I hung up the phone and went to my bedroom to change out of my swim trunks into a pair of cargo shorts and one of my Hawaiian print shirts. I slipped on a pair of sneakers and went back out by the pool.

“I thought you had abandoned me,” Jamie quipped.

“No, that call was from a dear friend of mine. We started the first grade together and graduated from College together. You might say, he is the brother I never had. He is in the area and is going to stop by and say hi….I think you’ll like him.” I could hear a vehicle driving up and went out to greet Norman as he arrived.

Norman was getting out of his SUV as I came out on the driveway. “How the hell are you, you worthless bastard,” he said to me as he put a big hug on me.

“I’m doing great you old son of a bitch……better now that I see you. What the hell are you doing here, on vacation or something?”

“No, it’s a business trip. I am going over to Grand Junction to see a guy that wants to put our equipment in his produce shed. It will be a good payday for me if I can sell him, so I decided to come up personally and see him.”

“Let’s go out by the pool and visit, it’s more comfortable out there,” I said to him as I led the way, “plus, there’s someone there I’d like for you to meet.”

“Damn Ken, you’ve really got a nice place here, have you decided to continue living here or are you going to down size?”

“I’m going to stay here, I don’t think I’d be happy anywhere else.” As we got to the pool, Jamie was still laying out in one of the lounges, relaxing and catching some sun. She opened her eyes when she heard us coming.

“Norm, this is Jamie. She came out with Aubrey for the weekend.”

“Nice to meet you Jamie,” he said, “is Aubrey around somewhere?”

“Not right now, she had to go to town to run some errands. Hopefully, she will be back before you have to go…..I know she will be happy to see you.”

I went to the fridge and got a couple of glasses of iced tea and went back and sat down. We talked for a couple of hours before Aubrey returned. When she saw Norman, she came running up to him and gave him a big hug.

“Uncle Norman, this is a wonderful surprise. When did you get here?”

“I’ve been here for a while. I was passing through the area and decided to stop by to see Ken. It’s a real bonus to get to see you too while I’m here….it’s been way too long.”

I interrupted their conversation, “You know, it’s past lunch time, why don’t we all go into town and have lunch, we can talk some more there….Jamie do you want to go with us?”

“I’d love to, let me go inside and change……it will only take me a minute,” she said as she headed for the house with Aubrey behind her.

Norman was watching them walk away. “Damn Ken, those are two very beautiful women. Aubrey just keeps getting more beautiful and her friend is really something else. Too bad you’re not 50 years younger,” he said laughing.

We had lunch and caught up on everything that was going on in our lives. Norm said he had to get on down the road, but would be back by before he went back home, then left. Aubrey, Jamie and I just hung out around the house the rest of the day. That evening, I grilled steaks and made some of my “world famous” margaritas for us.

After dinner, we all continued to sip on my margaritas and watched a movie. When the movie ended, I excused myself and went to my bedroom and went to bed. It had been a long day and I dozed off to sleep rather quickly.

Sometime in the early hours of the morning, I woke up. I could feel the presence of someone in my bed. Then I felt someone move up very close to me. I could feel the body of a woman pressing up against me.

“What’s going on,” I said.

“Ken, it’s just me, I wanted to be with you….I hope you don’t mind. I waited till I knew that Aubrey was asleep before I came to you. I want to make love with you…..I want to make you feel good…really good……”

Immediately I recognized the voice as that of Jamie. I could feel her naked body pressing against me. My cock was as hard as a rock and pressing into her stomach. I ran my hands over her body and felt her soft skin, her full breasts and her squeezable ass. I pulled her closer to me as I kissed her. I felt her tongue enter my mouth and begin to dance with mine. Her hands were stroking my hard cock. I was feeling something I had not felt for a long time…..desire.

My cock is a delight to most women. My wife used to tell me that it was a really comfortable size. It is just over 8 inches long and about 2 ½ inches in diameter….enough to fill most pussies comfortably. “That’s really a nice piece of meat you have there,” Jamie told me. “I am going to make you feel really good.”

Jamie pushed me over onto my back and crawled on top of me, continuing to kiss me. She rose up onto her knees then moved down and removed my boxer briefs. I felt her lips encircle my throbbing cock. I grasped her head and pulled it down until my cock was in her throat. She began to bob her head up and down on my cock, sucking on it as hard as she possibly could. Then she began to lick my cock, going further down on it till she took my balls into her mouth, one at a time. I felt her finger probing my ass hole as she continued to pleasure me with her mouth. I had not felt such pleasure for years. Before I knew it, I was spewing a load of hot cum into her mouth. She continued to suck as she swallowed everything I gave her.

“I’m sorry,” I said, embarrassed that I had not been able to control myself.

“That’s alright, it’s what I wanted….I wanted to taste you…I wanted your warm cum in my stomach. The night is young lover….we are not finished.” She moved up over me again, kissing me. I could taste my cum on her tongue.

I grasped her ass and told her, “Bring your pussy up here to my mouth…..sit in my face….it’s your turn to be pleasured.”

She straddled my head. I began to lick her wet pussy. Her juices were flowing and tasted wonderful. Her clit was standing out like little hard cock. I began to suck on it probe her hole with my tongue. After a few minutes, I felt her tense and begin to shake. I knew she was cumming….I knew she tasted great and I wanted to give her all the pleasure I could.

I could feel my cock beginning to harden again. I knew I wanted to be inside her. I wanted to feel the warmth of her wet pussy wrapped around my 8 inches of throbbing meat. I wanted to fuck her like she had never been fucked before.

“Do you want me to wear a condom?” I asked.

“I’m on the pill, I want to feel you shooting hot cum inside me. I want you to fill my belly with your seed.”

Jamie lifted her body above my hard phallus and impaled herself. In one move, I was balls deep inside her. I could feel the head of my cock against her cervix. My hands were full of her tits as she moved up and down on me. The pleasure I felt was immense. Jamie was moaning, softly saying, “Ah, you are fucking me so good, you feel so good inside me….you are all man, Ken……all man……fuck me good Ken!”

It’s been years since I felt the warmth of a woman. I am so turned on by Jamie, there is no way I’m going to stop…I don’t care about the age difference….I’m going to fuck this woman and fill her with cum…..then I’m going to fuck her again.

I wrapped my arms around Jamie and rolled over so I was on top of her. I continued to pound her hot cunt. She had her legs wrapped around my ass pulling me into her body while grinding her ass into me, working my cock in ways I had never felt before. I felt like a mad man as I fucked her hard while she screamed for me to keep fucking her.

Then I felt it, a sudden surge of pleasure from my balls. Cum was surging through my cock. I felt it explode inside Jamie, painting the walls of her vaginal canal. It had been so long since I had ejaculated inside a woman…..it felt so good, like I wasn’t ever going to stop. I felt Jamie clamp down on my rod and knew she was cumming also.

I could hear the squishy sounds as my cock plunged in and out of her sopping wet pussy. Jamie had gone limp under me, breathing deeply like she was out of breath. I rolled off of her, straining to catch my breath.

“That was absolutely the best fucking I’ve ever had,” Jamie said to me still breathing heavily. “I never knew any man could make me feel this good.

We laid there for some time before we both recovered. Jamie was laying on her stomach. I moved into a position straddling her ass and began to give her a massage. She was a beautiful sight, laying out flat with her arms spread out. I heard her moan quietly as I began to rub her shoulders, then her back. Her tight body felt so good to the touch. My cock began to come to life again.

I continued to work on her back moving my hands on down to her beautiful ass. As I squeezed those fleshy orbs, I pulled them apart slightly and could see the wetness between her labia. I moved my cock closer, just touching her wet pussy and began to move it up and down her wet slit. Jamie moaned and moved her ass in response to the stimulus. Soon she was raising her ass, waiting for penetration.

Slowly, I pushed my hard rod between those puffy lips and into the depths of her warm pussy. She felt so good enveloping my hard cock. I began to thrust, my hands on her shoulders……Jamie was moaning and groaning from the pleasure I was giving her. Her ass moved in rhythm with mine…I felt her body tighten, then begin to shake. She said, “fuck me hard Ken…give me all of your cock…fuck me harder, harder…..ahhhhhh yes, yes, yes !!!!!!!!!

When she started screaming, I pushed into her till my balls rested on her clit. Again, I filled her belly with my creamy seed, collapsing on top of her.

The door to my room burst open. As I looked around, there was Aubrey looking at us with a shocked look on her face, which slowly changed to a big smile. “I heard Jamie scream and thought something was happening to her, so I ran to see what was the matter.”

I rolled off of Jamie as Aubrey walked toward the bed. Jamie had rolled onto her side and said, “You needn’t worry Aubrey, I was in very good hands….I’m sorry I awakened you with my screams, I couldn’t help myself…..it felt so good.”

Aubrey was still grinning, “Well Grandpa, I am so glad to see that you have started to move on with your life….and with one of my favorite people in the world. Aren’t you glad that I brought her out here with me this weekend? Oh, and by the way, you really look hot naked. I wouldn’t mind it if you fucked me too….I mean, Grandpa, you are hot.”

I couldn’t easily cover up as Jamie and I had kicked all the covers off of bed. I saw that she was looking directly at my semi-hard cock. Aubrey never ceased to surprise me. I can still remember the day that my daughter and her husband finalized her adoption. She was 6 years old and the cutest thing I had ever seen. She and I had become best buddies after that. Now, I was having a hard time getting my head around what she was saying. Jamie was laying on her back giggling.

“Now Aubrey, I just don’t think………” I stopped in mid sentence as I watched my beautiful granddaughter pull her pajama top over her head and discard it, followed by her pajama bottoms. She began to crawl into the bed with Jamie and I. “Now…Aubrey, I think……….” She pushed me onto my back and straddled my stomach. Her body was gorgeous, at least 36D tits, shaved pussy and a fantastic figure. She leaned down over my face and put her index finger over my lips.

“I don’t want to hear anything from you……Ken….after all, you know I am adopted….so just shut up and enjoy…..this is going to be fun.” Then, she kissed me fully on the lips. I could feel Jamie taking my hard cock into her mouth and sucking me. Aubrey positioned her pussy above my head and lowered it to my lips. She was dripping pussy juice onto my face as my tongue instinctively went inside her and my lips closed on her pussy……she tasted wonderful. Then, I felt my cock enter a hot pussy….Jamie had mounted me.

All of a sudden, I had no problem with what was happening to me. Lust had overtaken me and I had stepped over a line that I had never even considered. I knew that this shouldn’t be happening, but I was unable to stop.

Aubrey lifted off my face and turned to face backward, then lowered her wet pussy back to my face. I could tell that she and Jamie were kissing as I fucked one and ate the other. Aubrey’s juices were flowing into my mouth. My cock was so hard it felt like it was going to split.

It surprised me when both women got off of me. I watched as they traded places…Aubrey positioned my cock at the entrance to her cunt and lowered herself down on it while Jamie straddled my face and lowered her sopping wet pussy down to my mouth. My tongue dove into her. I could taste and smell our co-mingled fluids as they dripped into my mouth. It didn’t taste bad, like I always thought it would. Perhaps it was just the heat of the moment….anyway, right now…I didn’t really care.

When I felt Jamie cum, it excited me more. I pushed my cock into Aubrey as far as it would go. My hands were grasping Jamie’s tits and I could tell she and Aubrey were kissing again. I felt Aubrey begin to shake violently… she was cumming. I was beginning to feel my orgasm building as Aubrey continued to rise and fall on my cock. Suddenly, I unleashed a geiser inside my granddaughter. Hot, sticky cum was spewing from the head of my dick, drenching her insides. I had no idea I was capable of generating this much cum. Jamie had moved off of my face and stretched out beside me. She was squeezing my balls and kissing me as I unloaded inside Aubrey. Cum was seeping out of Aubrey’s pussy, around my cock, with each thrust. I felt Aubrey cum again then lay forward on top of me. She kissed me gently, all the time staring deep into my eyes. “She whispered, “I always knew it would be this good!” Then she rolled off of me onto her side. I was lying there, smiling with a limp, wet cock and two hot women snuggling up to me on either side. It can’t get much better than this.

The sun was just beginning to come up when we drifted off to sleep. I was extremely tired after the bedroom romp that had just happened. Sleep and sweet dreams…..mmmmmmmmm.

I woke up about 10 am and eased out of bed and left the girls sleeping. I went out to the pool and began swimming some laps, trying to wake myself up. All the while, I was remembering the events of the early morning hours. I know I want to continue this…I had no idea what I was missing. As I got to the end of the pool I saw Jamie and Aubrey coming out of the house and walking towards the pool. It was a pleasing sight, they were both totally naked.

“Good morning ladies,” I smiled at them.

“Good morning Ken,” they both said in unison.

I stepped up out of the pool and hugged both of them. “I want to thank you both for a wonderful morning….it was fabulous.”

Jamie put her hand behind my head and pulled me to her lips, kissing me deeply. “Ken, I want you to know, last night was just a beginning. I plan to make you a happy man. Just know one thing, I am not looking for anything serious, I just want to be your fuck buddy.”

I pulled her close to me and kissed her. “I want the same thing,” I told her.

Aubrey interjected, “Now listen you two, I want to be included too…I have never been screwed that good. The one thing I do know is to hell with these young guys…give me an older guy anytime. I’ve wanted to fuck you for a long time. I saw you naked once….never was able to get the sight of your cock out of my mind.”

“Well, my dear, you can have it any time you want it. I’m going inside and take a shower. I have an appointment this morning in town and will be gone for a while. Maybe when I get back, we can have an encore performance.”

“I was planning on it,” Aubrey replied as she stepped off into the pool.

I saw my chance and took Jamie by the hand and led her over to a couch that was nearby. My cock was hard and I wanted to put it somewhere warm. “Just lean over the back of this couch, I’ll take care of the rest. Jamie was smiling as she leaned forward onto the back of the couch and spread her legs wide. I could see she was wet and I knew that I could slide inside her with ease.

I stepped up between her legs and put the head of my cock between her moist lips and pushed forward. I watched my cock slid inside her, inch by inch, till my balls rested on her pussy. Jamie moaned and spread her legs further apart. I felt her push back against me till I felt my cockhead press against her cervix. I grasped her hips and started to thrust. I would pull my cock back till just the head was inside her, hesitate for a short amount of time, then push back inside her. Her pussy felt like velvet.

“Fuck me hard Ken…give it to me hard and fast,” Jamie said to me.

So I did. The sound of skin slapping echoed across the yard. I fucked her as hard as I possibly could. Shortly, I felt Jamie begin to cum. I continued to ram my cock in her as hard as I could. Jamie continued to cum and all the while screamed her head off. Aubrey was hanging on the edge of the pool watching us with a big grin on her face.

I continued to fuck Jamie at warp speed….soon I began to deliver hot cum deep inside her. I pulled her pussy as close as I could and let my cock pulse, shooting hot ropes of sticky cum inside her as she screamed and moaned. When I pulled out of her, I watched cum slowly seeping from her gaping pussy and down the insides of her legs. I have no idea how I manufactured that much cum. I just know there were thick streaks of white semen flowing all the way down to her ankles.

She stood up and kissed me saying, “Thank you……damn I like the way you fuck me! God that felt good.” I watched as she scooped up cum from the inside of her leg and licked it off of her hand. “Mmmmm, your cum tastes so good…it’s really sweet.”

“My wife used to tell me it was because of all the fruit that I eat.”

She smiled and continued to lick her fingers.

“I need to get going so I can get done before sundown. You two gals enjoy yourselves today, I’ll see you later.”

I went inside and got dressed. I was in the kitchen finishing breakfast when Aubrey came in. “I came in because I want to talk to you in private. I must confess that I brought Jamie out here to try to bring you out of your shell. After grandma passed, you withdrew from everyone you knew. You are a real good looking guy and I hated to see you just wasting away here alone. I thought that you needed female companionship and I knew if the situation was right, you and I could become very close and I used Jamie to help get it started. Jamie does like you a lot and Ken, I do too. There’s no need for any of the family to ever know about you and I. Just know that I will always be around to take care of your needs…….and for that matter, my needs also.”

I kissed Aubrey, knowing I was doing something I shouldn’t, but at this point, I don’t care. I’m going to pleasure her young body and at the same time, fulfill all my dreams. These two beautiful young women are going to be my fuck toys and me, theirs.

“Aubrey, if the rest of the family ever finds out about us, you can bet that we will both be excommunicated, and probably shot.”

She looked at me seriously and said, “I know that all too well. It will be our secret.”

I left the house and headed to town to take care of some business. Life was about to become a lot better for me.

When I got to town, I needed to go to the bank to talk with my banker about an investment I wanted to make. As I got to the front door of the bank, my phone rang….it was Norman.

“What’s going on you old fucker,” I answered my phone.

“I’ve finished my business here in Grand Junction and am headed back over to your place. Have you got room for me for a few days? I think we need to get down to some serious drinking and tell some lies to each other.”

“You bet, I’ve always got room for you. The girls are out at the house, I don’t think I’ll be back there till about sundown….I’ve got a lot to do in town today. I’ll let them know you’re coming today.”

“Ok pal, see you later.”

I called Aubrey. “Hey darlin’, I wanted to let you know that Norman will be arriving sometime today. He’s going to spend a few days with us. Think you two can keep him entertained till I get home?

“Really, Uncle Norman is coming here again and staying a few days…..that’s great. Don’t worry ‘bout that aaaat all….I think we can keep him very well entertained till you get home,” she laughed slyly then hung up.

As I went into the bank, her comment suddenly became very clear to me. ‘Oh, shit,’ I thought to myself, ‘Norman is in for a big surprise’. I was laughing as I went into my banker’s office.

“What’s so funny?” Gerald asked. “Am I dressed funny or something?” he laughed.

“No, just something I was thinking about as I came in….private joke.”

“Well, Ken, I’m glad you’re in a good mood……what can I do for you today?”

“I’ve got an idea I want to run past you, something I’ve been thinking about for a while. Last year when I was in Atlanta, I was looking for some gifts for my girls. I came across this shop at the mall I was in. I thought it handled high end women’s clothing and accessories. After I entered I found it to be much more. Along with the clothing and accessories, there was a coffee bar that put Starbucks to shame. There was also a day spa that did all kinds of things. Manicures, pedicures, massages, facials, hot rock treatments and much, much more. There was a fitness center in there with trainers….I mean, it looked like just a little shop. And the main thing, it was full of women, spending money. I want to build one just like it here. I can cover the cost of the whole thing, but I don’t want to stretch my cash position, so I will need to borrow around a quarter million. I think I can get the whole thing built for around a half mil. Think you could handle backing me on this?”

Gerald leaned back in his chair with a thoughtful look on his face. “Ken, you have come up with a lot good ideas through the years and have done well with all those startups. When you sold those businesses you have made a small fortune and while doing that, you have made this town very prosperous. I’m inclined to go along with you. Why don’t you get me a prospectus, for this venture, put together and let me look at the projections. If the numbers work, I can’t see why I can’t go along with you on this venture.”

“Thanks, Gerald. I’ll go by my accountant’s office today and have him put some numbers together for you and I’ll try to get it to you later this week. I think it’s a gold mine for this area. We have so many women that go to Denver or Colorado Springs to do their high end shopping, then you throw in the day spa and coffee counter….I think many of them will hang out there a lot…..spending money. I’m going to look for a location today and see what I come up with.”

“I think it sounds great,” Gerald said to me laughing. “I know a lot of husbands that are not going to be real happy with you. Get me the numbers and we’ll go from there.”

I left the bank and decided to drive around looking for an existing building or a location to build. I started laughing to myself again when I thought about what Norman was going to walk into……blind.

As I looked around town, I found that there were no buildings available that would be appropriate for what I wanted to do. I had found a couple of places I could build and decided to go that route. It would cost me a little more in the long run, but I think it will be worth it. I found a contractor I had done business with in the past and sketched out and explained what I wanted. He told me he would have me a preliminary layout done early next week.

I stopped at Appleby’s for lunch and ran into an old friend waiting to be seated. “Mary, it’s so good to see you. I know it’s been a while.”

“Well, Ken…..it’s so nice to see you. I don’t think I’ve seen you since Chelsea’s funeral……I just don’t get out much since Dan went into the home with his dementia. I spend a lot of time over there.”

“Why don’t I buy you lunch, it’ll give us a chance to talk and catch up.”

“That would be nice,” she said.

Mary is probably around 65, but, for her age, she is a knock out. She is a large framed, athletic woman about 5’10”, maybe 160 pounds, not an ounce of fat on her, big tits and a really nice ass. I can tell by looking at her arms and legs she works out…..man those legs…..wow. The heels she is wearing accentuates them. As we are being seated, I can see there are no grey strands in her dark brunette hair. She really looks good.

“So what have you been doing for yourself Mary?” I asked.

“Not much,” she replied, “I spend a lot of time at the home with Dan….but, it’s getting so bad that I’m not going to be going over there very much. The grandkids keep me busy. I work out a lot and spend quite a bit of time jogging. That’s one place I can clear my head and keep myself in shape…..by the way, Ken, you look exceptionally good. Do you spend time working out?”

“Yes, I swim a lot and lift free weights. I don’t seem to have the time to go run anymore. I think that swimming is my passion. It helped me to clear my mind after Chelsea died.”

The waitress came and took our orders. Our conversation continued. After some time, Mary said, “You know Ken, I’d love to cook dinner for you sometime, that is if you’d like to come over.”

“That would be nice, I think I would enjoy that. It would give us time to catch up. I’ve not wandered too far from the house during the last three years, it’s time for me to get out more.”

We finished our lunch and left the restaurant. As we left the building, she said to me, “Call me this week and let’s set something up. I really want to do this.”

“I will, Mary. It’s been really nice visiting with you. I look forward to dinner at your place. I’ll call you.”

I had to get my truck serviced so I went to the Ford dealer for my appointment. Then I had several small errands to do. By the time I finished, it was about 6:oo pm…..time to go home and see if Norman has, “gotten into” anything. I laughed again.

When I arrived home, Norman’s Expedition was parked in the driveway. I parked in the garage and got out of my truck and, seeing no one outside, I went inside. I could hear moaning and groaning coming from one of the downstairs bedrooms, so, with a smile on my face, I went to investigate. I peeked around the corner into the room. I had to grin when I saw what was happening to Norm. He was naked, tied to the four corners of the bed eating Jamie while she sat on his face, facing Aubrey, who is grinding on his cock and kissing Jamie. I only wish I had a camera.

I continued to be the voyeur for quite some time. As I watched, Jamie and Aubrey both came several times, all the while, Norman was holding his load, waiting till the last moment to fill Aubrey’s pussy with hot cum. Then it happened, Norm grunted, lifted his ass off the bed, pushing his cock into Aubrey as deep as he could. From my vantage point, I could see his balls pulsing as he pumped cum into Aubrey’s depths.

Jamie had dismounted Norm’s face and moved down between his legs. Aubrey was leaning forward, giving Jamie access to her cock filled vagina. She was licking up cum oozing from Aubrey’s pussy and down Norm’s cock, as fast as she could. Aubrey continued to lay on top of Norm as his softening cock slipped out of her, releasing a torrent of thick, sperm laden semen. Jamie began feasting on this thick, rich protein, noisily slurping up every drop. Jamie locked her lips onto Aubrey’s pussy and began to suck Norm’s cum out of her, pushing Aubrey into another orgasm. After several minutes of this, they all three were sated and drifted into a restful sleep.

All of the action was over for a while. My cock was as hard as a rock and I really wanted some release after watching the spectacle that had unfolded in front of me. I could see that Jamie was laying bent over the end of the bed, her cunt exposed. I decided to go over and give her a good fucking. Her legs were spread and I could see cum between her puffy lips. I dropped my jeans to my ankles and pushed the head of my cock into her gaping hole. It didn’t wake her, she only moaned and shifted her ass a little. I could feel Jamie begin to move her ass in sync with my thrusts. She was quietly moaning as I continued to fuck her. Her body began to quiver slightly as she moved into an orgasm. Jamie was semi-conscious while I fucked her. Once, she looked back at me then drifted off to sleep again.

I continued fucking her for a short time then unloaded my balls deep inside her. Jamie was moaning while in a deep sleep. I pulled my cock out of her, then stopped and admired my work. A small wad of white jizz was laying between those puffy pussy lips. I always like to see a nice creampie on a woman after she has been fucked.

I decided I would let them sleep for a while. In the mean time, I would go fix some dinner. I know they will all be hungry when they wake up. I decided to do a pork loin on my Traeger with chili beans and mashed potatoes, plus the aroma generated by cooking it will drift throughout the house and bring them in.

I wasn’t wrong. In about 45 minutes the aroma had awakened the crew and they were beginning to wander into the kitchen one at a time.

Norman arrived first. He had kind of a sheepish look about him as he came in. I just smiled and shook my head. “Did you have a good time,” I asked him.

“Good time isn’t an accurate de***ion of what I just went through. Did you know this was going to happen to me and not warn me?”

“Oh, I suspected something like this might happen, but, I didn’t know for sure……pretty damn good fucking isn’t it?” I asked him.

“Damn good. How long has this been going on. If I had had any idea I would have been here to see you a lot sooner.”

“Well, Norm, it only started a couple of days ago…..quite to my surprise. Jamie just showed up in my bed early one morning. She told me she wanted to fuck, so I obliged her. She is a little vocal and woke Aubrey up. She came into my room and found me fucking Jamie. She took everything off and got in bed and joined in. She reminded me that she was adopted and that she had wanted me for a long time. I think you can figure out the rest.”

Norman looked at me smiling, “Well, old friend, let me tell you what happened when I got here today. Jamie met me on the driveway when I arrived. She told me that she was supposed to show me to my room. Well, when we got in there, she sat the suitcases she had down and totally came on to me. We ended up naked and fucking like a couple of dogs in heat. Like you said, when she starts to cum, she gets a little vocal. It didn’t take long till Aubrey showed up. She watched us fucking for a while then I saw her strip and come to the bed with Jamie and I. I’ll say one thing for that young lady, she can suck a golf ball through 50 ft. of water hose….I felt like she was going to suck my balls out the end of my dick. She’s one damn good piece of ass too.”

“Norman, you know what? I’m too old to worry about fucking these young women. If they want me, I’m going to deliver. I want to live out my years being between the long beautiful legs of a young woman, and I don’t care who she is. If she wants to fuck, we’re gonna fuck.”

Aubrey had made her way from the frige to where Norm and I were talking. “What are you two talking about so seriously?”

“Welllll, to be honest, we’ve been talking about fucking you two and how good it was,” I said to her. “Now, we’re wondering what we are going to get into tonight.”

Aubrey just smiled and said, “I am absolutely sure that you two are going to get into Jamie and I tonight. You two are a couple of hot guys and we thoroughly intend to fuck you two till the sun comes up. Better get ready for a fucking marathon.”

I just smiled at Aubrey and said, “Bring it on babe, it’s gonna be a long night”

Norm and I went out by the pool and pulled a couple of beers out of the frige and sat down. “Norman, I think that it’s time we teach those two what it is to be fucked.” I opened a drawer behind the bar and pulled out a bottle of pills.

“This is our secret weapon, my friend. 5 mg pills of Cialis. We’ll take two of these babies and we’ll be hard all night and into tomorrow. We need to take them around 5 pm. That will give the stuff time to go to work. Believe me, Norm, when you get stimulated, you’ll be rock hard every time you even think about it. I’m going to take a little nap so I can stay up all night, I suggest you do the same.”

I gave Norm his two pills and went to bed for a while. I’m going to show Aubrey what an old guy can do……it’s going to be fun.

After about an hour nap, I felt great. I went to the kitchen and pulled some steaks out of the freezer for all of us. I popped the two Cialis I had and put some potatoes in the microwave and some asparagus into the steamer. I got a bottle of Merlot out of the cooler and sat the table. The steaks went onto the grill and I poured myself a Makers Mark and went to work putting the dinner together.

After a while I sent a group message out to Norm and the girls and told them that dinner was ready. They all arrived in a few minutes. We all chowed down and drank two bottles of wine with dinner.

Aubrey got up from the table, raised her glass of wine and said, “Here’s to one hell of a night!” We all toasted, drank the wine down and went to the living room. We paired off….Norm and Aubrey and Jamie and I. Jamie said to me as she began to take her clothes off, “No sense in wasting time with a lot of foreplay let’s get to the sex.”

I stripped and saw that Norm and Aubrey were doing the same thing. Jamie put a lip lock on me and my cock immediately came to attention. Jamie grasped it and began stroking it while we kissed. Jamie was on her knees in front of me sucking my hard cock down here throat and squeezing my balls with one hand and tickling my ass hole with the other. It felt so damn good that my knees were getting weak.

The only light in the living room was from the fire in the fireplace and one small lamp on a table. Aubrey had pushed Norm down on a couch and was kneeling between his legs, licking his balls and cock. Norman’s hands were on each side of her head pulling and pushing it on and off his big cock. Norman’s cock is bigger than mine. It was probably about 10 inches long and as big around as a can of Campbell’s soup.

My knees were about to give out so I sat on a couch. Jamie smiled and turned around, backing up to me, lowering her wet box down onto my 8 inches of throbbing meat. This position gave me a great view of my dick sliding in and out of her toned body. I laid my head back on the couch, grasped her hips and enjoyed the ride.

For a young woman, Jamie certainly knew how to fuck. For the longest time, she continued to slowly rise and fall on my phallus. The Cialis I had taken was doing its job, my cock was so hard it hurt. But, the inside of Jamie’s pussy was so hot and slick I felt nothing but the pure pleasure she was giving me. After a few minutes, she dismounted, straddled my midsection and sat back down on my dick. Her tits hung in front of my face. I squeezed them both as I took a nipple in my mouth and gently chewed on it. Jamie was moaning, her eyes had rolled back in her head as she began an orgasm. I continued to chew on her nipples and thrust up into her body. Jamie was moaning, the pleasure taking control of her whole being.

I was feeling so good, but I didn’t want to blow my load too quickly. I wanted to enjoy this young, beautiful woman to the fullest. To take my mind off of the pleasure, I watched my best friend fucking my granddaughter. She was on her back with her legs spread, one on top of the back of the couch and the other off the edge. Norman was between those long legs fucking her like there was no tomorrow. I could hear the squishy sounds made by his cock pounding her spread pussy. Her arms were wrapped around him, pulling him to her as close as she could. I heard her moan as Norm pushed his cock deep inside her and began to fill her belly with cum. Norman continued to pump her pussy, moaning as he continued to shoot his seed inside her. I watched as he collapsed on top of her, Aubrey wrapping her legs around his ass holding him inside her.

The vision of them fucking had pushed me to the edge of cumming. The pleasure of Jamie’s hot pussy wrapped around my hard cock was overloading my brain. Jamie was beginning another orgasm when I felt a torrent of sperm laden cum rushing toward the end of my hard dick. It exploded inside her and I could tell that she felt it squirting against the walls of her vagina. I pushed inside her body as far as possible, feeling my cock deliver one rope of cum after another into her pleasure hole. I could feel our co-mingled juices running down my shaft, onto my balls. Jamie laid forward onto me, moaning and groaning from the pleasure she was experiencing.

After a few minutes of recovery, Jamie kissed me very passionately. My cock was still rock hard and wanting. I positioned Jamie onto her hands and knees on the couch and told her, “Now Jamie, I’m going to take your ass.”

She had a frightened look on her face as she said, “Ken, I’ve never done it this way, I don’t know if I can handle your cock.”

“Jamie, just relax your ass, I’ll be gentle with you….I promise you, it will feel good after a little discomfort….trust me.”

Jamie presented her tight ass to me. I lubed my fingers with the mixed juices from her pussy and slowly worked two fingers into her ass, lubing it well. I pushed my cock into her pussy. It came out with a mix of cum and pussy juice dripping from it. I place the head of my shaft at her ass hole and began to push slowly. The head popped inside her and I felt her tense. I knew she would feel a little pain. I could hear faint sounds of pain coming from Jamie as I slowly pushed my hard rod deeper and deeper into her colon. I would stop periodically and let her get used to my size. Inch by inch I continued to push inside her body till my balls rested on her pussy lips. I stopped and let my cock soak inside her while she overcame the pain. I knew it was hurting her, but I also knew the pain would pass.

I slowly began to fuck her, pulling out till just the head of my prick was still inside her, then push slowly till I was fully inside her. When I heard her moaning with pleasure, I picked up the speed till I was fucking her at a steady pace. I could tell that Jamie liked the feeling of me in her ass. She would push back toward me, taking my cock as deeply as she could, moaning in ecstasy with every stroke. I felt her cum three times before I injected her guts with another huge load of semen. Jamie collapsed onto the couch with me on top of her, both of us breathing hard like we had just ran a marathon.

“Damn that was good. It felt so good to have you in my ass. Now I know what I have been missing.”

I pulled out of her and sat on the edge of the couch. Jamie raised up and kissed me. I grinned at her and said, “Darlin’, there’s something else you need to feel. You need to have a dick in your ass and your pussy at the same time. Believe me, you will love it. You will never feel as filled as you will when this happens. Before this night is over, you will experience it. Norman and I will both be inside you at the same time…..believe me, you will like it.

“Gee, Ken, I don’t know about that. That’s a lot of cock to be inside me….at the same time. But, if you say it will be good, then I believe you…you haven’t lied to me yet.”

We leaned back on the couch cuddling, watching Norman and Aubrey. He had her bent over the back of the couch, fucking Aubrey’s ass like there was no tomorrow. Norman had reached around her hips and was playing with her clit while he pounded her ass. Aubrey was screaming for him to fuck her harder and harder. We watched them both cum at the same time. When he pulled out of her, they both walked around the couch and sat down. We could see streaks of cum running down her legs as she walked. Norman’s cock was still hard.

“Hey Ken, I need some more pussy. I think I want to fuck Jamie for a while. Aubrey said she wants to fuck you, so let’s trade partners and take advantage of these hard cocks…..man, I haven’t had this much fun in years.”

“I know what you mean, but I just don’t know if I can cum again for a while. I’m think that I’m gonna just sit here for a while and recuperate,” I said.

Norman pulled Jamie to her feet and headed for his bedroom. “I’m going to go in here where it’s more comfortable, see ya later buddy.”

Aubrey sat down next to me and started stroking my hard cock. She looked like she had been rode hard and put up wet. “I’ll say one thing Ken, Uncle Norman certainly knows how to use that tool. I mean, he damn near fucked me to the point of passing out. He literally filled me with cum. I need to go take a shower and douche out my pussy and ass…..I want to be clean for you….ok?”

“Yeah, ok….I think I’ll just go with you and clean up myself. Let’s go to my bathroom, it’s got a shower with room enough for both of us.”

Aubrey and I got into the shower. She had retrieved a douche bag from her room. She cleaned herself inside and out while I showered too. We both stood in the hot water and held each other. She looked up at me as the water fell on both of us. “Ken, Grandpa, you know I love you don’t you?”

“Yes, I do,” I told her.

She turned off the water and led me outside the shower. She took a towel and handed me one. As we each dried off, she said to me, “I want you to take me into your bed and make love to me, don’t just fuck me, make love to me…..please?”

When we finished drying off, I took her by the hand and led her to my bed. I pulled all the top covers off the bed, then crawled on it. I held my hand out to her and brought her onto the bed with me. I kissed her passionately as we held each other close.

I moved down on her body and began to caress and kiss her breasts. Her nipples were hard as a rock. I continued on down to her pubic mound. I took her erect clit between my lips and sucked on it as I pushed my finger into her lubricated hole. I moved on down between her legs and began to lick her pussy as I grasped her ass cheeks. I felt her legs tighten and felt a rush of her juices as she began to cum. I moved up over her beautiful body, positioning myself behind her, spooning her. She raised her leg up over mine, allowing me access to her wet pussy.

She groaned as I penetrated her. I fondled her tits as I pushed in and out of her body. Her juices flowed freely. I kissed her shoulder as I continued to plunge into her depths. My left arm was under her neck and my hand was squeezing her left breast. My right hand was free to wander across her body. Her skin was soft and smooth. My hand laid on her belly, I could feel the indentation of her navel. She was breathing so hard as I continued to use her body for my pleasure. I could feel the muscles of her abdomen tense and knew she was experiencing another orgasm. She was whispering to me, “Ooooh yesssss…..you’re screwing me so good Ken…..soooooo damn good…….ah yes, yes, yes, yes. I love your cock inside me….it fills me….it makes me feel complete.”

I moved my right hand further down and found her engorged clit. I took it between my thumb and forefinger and began to squeeze it. She went into another orgasm. Her stomach muscles tightened as she began to cum again. My cock continued to move in and out of her body. I felt my balls twitch as I began to pump stream after stream of my fertile cum into her belly. She moaned as her body reacted to the feeling of hot cum coating the inside of her vagina.

When my cock stopped pulsing, we lay there together not moving, my cock still buried inside her. She turned her head to me and we kissed, our tongues dancing together. I pulled my semi hard shaft out of her. She rolled over and we embraced….holding each other tight as our emotions ran wild. We continued to kiss and hold each other till we fell asleep.

When I awoke, the sunbeams were streaming across the room. It was so quiet I could hear Aubrey’s heart beating. I looked at her naked body laying beside me….she was so beautiful. I was thinking to myself that I really shouldn’t be doing this with Aubrey, but, I wasn’t about to stop. Yes, I loved her as my granddaughter, but I also loved her as my lover. We both had crossed a line that we couldn’t go back across. If our family members ever find out, we will both be ostracized beyond belief. Our secret has to be just that….a secret, something only she and I will ever know about. We have begun a sexual odyssey that cannot exist outside these walls.

Aubrey was waking. She looked at me and smiled. She moved her hand behind my head and pulled me to her. Our kiss lasted for several minutes as our eyes looked into the others. She rolled over on top of me and guided my hardening penis between her soft pussy lips. I slid inside her and we fucked slowly and deliberately, feeling every move, feeling every inch of penetration. She fucked me slowly, staring into my eyes as my cock moved inside her body.

I could see the feeling of urgency in her face as she fucked me faster. I could feel that familiar twitch in my balls. She smiled and her eyes closed….her mouth opened as she took a deep breath and held it…….I exploded inside her…..we were both cumming….together, feeling that intense feeling as the world stood still for a few fleeting moments. Our bodies became one.

She collapsed on top of me. My arms surrounded her and I held her close. We drifted off to sleep, a feeling of peace and contentment within each of us.

Aubrey and I awakened just before noon. We were hungry, so after we showered, we went to the kitchen. Aubrey was laughing and joking around as we walked. When we got to the kitchen, Norman and Jamie were already there. Norman was cooking pancakes and sausage. Jamie was joking around giving him a hard time.

“Well look who finally decided to get out of bed,” Norman said grinning at us.

“We got hungry and needed something to eat, it’s sure nice of you to be cooking,” I jabbed him back.

“Yeah, yeah, yeah,” he quipped.

“So Norm, what are your plans?” I asked him.

“I have to get out of here today and get home. My secretary sent me a text this morning telling me of a problem that has come up at the office, so I need to get home and take care of it. After yesterday, I really wish I could hang around here for a while and have a little more fun, but, business calls.”

“I really wouldn’t know what you’re talking about,” I laughed, “I’ve been out of the business world long enough to have forgotten what it’s like.”

“I’m going to miss having you around Uncle Norman,” Aubrey said as she walked over to him and kissed him on the cheek.

He patted her on the ass and said, “And I’ll miss you, my dear.”

“Now listen here, you two promised to fuck me at the same time…..I want to know what that’s like. Are you going to do that before you leave here Norm?” Jamie asked.

“I don’t have to leave here till around 2, so if Ken is available, I guess we can do you before I leave…..what do you say Ken, are you up for it?”

“I guess so….. I think I’m up for it.”

We sat down to eat, everyone was in a good mood and still joking around. When we finished eating, we all went into the living room. Jamie took her clothes off and sat down on the couch. I stopped by my bedroom and retrieved a bottle of lube. Norm and I stripped and Aubrey settled down in a chair to watch.

“Norm,” I said, “you want the pussy or ass?”

“I think I’ll take the ass,” he replied.

“Ok Jamie, lean over the back of the couch and spread your cheeks, I need to lube you up.”

Jamie complied. I took the bottle of lube and put a generous amount on my hand. I rubbed it up and down her crack, then pushed my index finger into her rectum. I added more lube on my fingers and put two fingers all the way inside her asshole, stretching her sphincter muscle.

“Just relax Jamie, the more you fight it, the more it will hurt, so just relax your ass more.”

I worked more lube inside her rectum until I felt her finally relax her sphincter. I tossed the bottle to Norm so he could lube his cock. When he got it nice and slick, I had Jamie sit on his lap, facing away from him. Jamie hovered above Norm’s hard rod. He put the head against her little brown hole and pulled her down until the head of his dick popped inside her. Slowly she impaled herself on his cock. Norm grasped her by the hips and began to thrust into her.

Jamie was past any pain she may have felt. I lubed my cock and moved between their legs. I slowly I pushed my hardness inside her warm pussy and began to fuck her. I could feel Norman’s cock moving inside her rectum as I fucked her pussy. Jamie had laid back onto Norman’s chest. She was breathing hard, trying to comprehend the feelings she was having from the two rather large cocks inside her at the same time. Norm had cupped her tits and was squeezing them and tweeking her nipples while I was thumbing her erect clit.

It didn’t take very long before Jamie was having one, almost continuous orgasm. It felt so good. I didn’t know how long I could continue till I had to dump the load in my balls inside her. Norm was thrusting, I was thrusting, Jamie was screaming, “OH MY GODDDDD, THIS FEELS SO FUCKING GOOD……KEEP FUCKING ME, FUCK ME FASTER, FUCK ME FASTER, FILL ME WITH CUMMMMMMM……AHHHHHHH SHIT….FUCK MEEEEEEEE……..”

I felt cum rushing through my dick and gushing into Jamie’s pussy. I could feel Norm’s cock pulsing, doing the same thing inside her colon. Jamie was still cumming also. My knees were weakening so I pulled out of her and found a chair, a long string of thick cum following my cock as it left her gaping hole. Jamie was totally spent, still laying on Norman’s chest, trying to catch her breath. I could see Norm moving, so I knew he hadn’t died from the exertion. I watched as his cock softened and fell out of her ass, thick streams of cum stretching toward the floor.

Aubrey was sitting, watching the whole thing, her eyes were huge and her mouth was hanging open, somewhat unable to believe what she had just witnessed.

“Think you want to do that honey?” I asked her smiling.

“I don’t think so….I don’t know if I could handle it.”

“It…..was…..a …..piece…..of……cake,” Jamie uttered, still trying to catch her breath. “It felt fantastic….”

Jamie slowly got off of Norman, cum still dripping from her holes. She laid down on the floor trying to regain her strength. Norm was smiling from ear to ear.

“That was fucking great,” he said fully pumped. “I really hate to go, I’d like to give that to Aubrey too.”

Aubrey just smiled and said, “I’m afraid I’ll decline for right now, maybe some other time.”

Norm got up and went to his room to clean up and pack his clothes. Jamie had fallen asleep on the floor and Aubrey and I went to my room while I cleaned my cock.

“I have to go to a class this afternoon, but I’ll be back tonight, if it’s ok,” Aubrey said to me.

“That will be fine, my dear, just leave Jamie at school, I want to be alone with you tonight,” I seriously told her.

“Me too,” she replied as she went to her room to get dressed for her class.

I heard her waking Jamie and telling her to get up and get cleaned up so they could go to school. Jamie was still weak, but got up mumbling to herself. After a short while, Aubrey stuck her head in my room and told me she would be back by 6. I waved at her and blew her a kiss.

I went to the kitchen to get a glass of tea and found Norm there sipping on a glass.

“Well, old buddy, it’s been great. I really hate to have to go. Hopefully, I can get back up here soon…maybe we can go fishing or something.”

“Come on back when you’re ready, you know you’re welcome anytime.”

He got up off the bar stool and shook my hand. He grabbed his suitcase and headed out the door with me following. He started his truck and pulled out of the drive way onto the county road.

All of a sudden, I was there alone. It felt great. I went into the living room and cleaned up the mess, then went on to all the bedrooms and changed the sheets. I started the laundry and settled into my recliner and fell asleep…..I just realized how tired I was.

In a little while my phone rang, it was Aubrey.

“I just wanted to tell you, this weekend was great…..and….I do love you Ken. I’ll see you in a while.”

I just smiled, remembering everything that Aubrey and I had done. That girl is special, I was thinking to myself. I went to the laundry room and moved the laundry around then went back to my chair and dozed off again.

I finished the laundry and got it all put away. It was approaching 5 pm, so I decided to fix Aubrey and I some dinner. I put a couple of chicken breasts on the JennAire and some asparagus in the steamer. A couple of baked potatoes, some salad and a bottle of Zinfandel and I was all set.

At 6, I had the table set and the meal prepared. I opened the bottle of Zin, sat down at the breakfast bar and waited for Aubrey to arrive. In a few minutes, I heard her car pull up in the driveway. When she came in, she put her books down and came straight to me and kissed me.

The dinner looks fabulous and I’m starved. I’ve looked forward to getting home all afternoon. I led her to the table and seated her. After dinner, we did the dishes and went into the living room and sat on the couch. Aubrey leaned over to me and kissed me again.

“I guess we should talk, a lot has happened.” She said to me.

“I suppose you are right….a lot has happened.”

We talked about the weekend and everything that had happened. We talked about our night together and how we felt about it. We both knew that we had to keep it a secret….no one could ever know. We knew it might be hard, but it had to be this way.

Aubrey and I went to my room, she undressed and got onto my bed. I undressed and lay down next to her. We kissed as our hands explored the other’s body. I moved between her long legs and pushed my hard cock inside her. I made love to her slowly for the next hour. After we both climaxed, we lay close to each other, our bodies again becoming one.

Aubrey has awakened me, sexually. We love each other in a way that the world would frown upon. But, we will continue to be together, hiding our feelings for each other from everyone…..no one else can ever know what happens within these walls. I don’t know if it is good or bad, but it is the life we have chosen to live.

End

Tomboy – 1 5 (3)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

A sweet little story about Danni, her brothers, and their friends

Story Summary – Danielle plays with the boys.

Disclaimer – This is a work of fiction, make-believe and fantasy. You must be 18 or over to read this story. In real life, incestuous relationships, particularly when an under-aged person is involved with a parent or adult, often causes deep psychological damage. This story is provided for entertainment purposes only. The author does not condone any sexual activity with persons under 18 in real life.

Note – It is OK to have fantasies, but turning a fantasy into reality can destroy lives. Don’t be a dick with other people’s lives!

Danielle Parker was a tomboy. Everyone knew she was more boy than girl, at least on the outside.

Growing up with her two older brothers, Noah and Justin; she quickly learned to love playing with toy cars, baseball, wrestling, cops and robbers, dirt bikes and mud. She often came home with scuffed knees, scratches, scrapes, and more that her share of bruises. She was never afraid of a worm or a snake and had more courage than most boys her age.

Her mother and father had tried to get her interested in ‘girl-things,’ like dolls and pretty dresses, but she would have none of it. Her preferred attire consisted of blue-jeans, tennis-shoes, t-shirts and baseball-caps. The pretty clothes and dolls she received as gifts from well meaning Aunts and Uncles collected dust in the back of her closet, untouched and unwanted.

And poor Noah and Justin – they always had to take their little sister with them everywhere they went. If they tried to leave without her, she would catch them sneaking out and whine to their parents, “I want to come too!” and their parent’s answer always seemed to be; “Take your little sister with you!” and her brothers’ sad reply? A whining, “Aw, Mom!”

Noah and Justin finally accepted her, as did their friends; but sometimes only after a fight with one of Danni’s brothers, or a quick wrestling match with Danni herself, leaving the losing boy begging for mercy and agreeing to let her play. Besides, she was a good ball player, fun to be around, and being younger, they could cajole her into doing things they didn’t want to do, or she could do better – like poking a dead animal with a stick, or sweetly asking someone’s parent for a snack or a cold sweet drink on a hot summer day.

Her short brown hair, bright green eyes, and freckled cheeks often confused people who met her for the first time. She was too pretty to be a boy, but she sure acted and dressed like one. Her teeth were white and her face was tanned from playing outside. She was lithe and muscular; not the bulging muscles of a boy, but the well toned muscles of an active young lady. Her legs were long, her waist was flat and her ass was round and tight. She was in fine shape from riding her bike, playing in the creek, wrestling with the boys, and running through the fields, chasing butterflies and lightning bugs.

Puberty visited Danni about the same time it did her brothers. She first noticed her breasts getting sensitive and swelling a bit, then, a short while later, her nipples began to enlarge and puff out. Her little cunny seemed to need a lot of attention lately and she began to get ‘extra’ good feelings when she rubbed it against things, like the thick, metal poles on the monkey-bars at the play-ground, or the big, round, wooden, ball at the foot of her bed, or a strategically placed baseball-bat or bicycle-bar. She would absentmindedly rub her little kitty often, trying to be discrete, especially after her mother once admonished her for rubbing her itching pussy against the corner of the produce bin at the grocery store.

Danni was fascinated with her little hole. She was amazed at how her slit would open when she slid her finger up and down her zippered-crack. She would feel the slippery discharge between her fingers, not knowing the cause of it, but grateful for the lubrication it provided.

Lying awake at night and rubbing her little, bald pussy, was the only time she was happy to be a girl. She felt superior to her brothers and their friends, knowing they didn’t have such an amazing toy to play with at night. She was curious about the things between her brothers’ legs though. She had seen them when she was younger; watching her older brothers getting ready for their bath, or covertly spying on them when they peed, slightly jealous at their ability to stand while she was mostly forced to squat. Danni and her brothers had grown more modest with their genitalia recently, both with the onset of puberty, and with their parent’s insistence on separate bedrooms and bath times.

However, Danni’s growing breasts soon presented a problem for her. Wearing her favorite t-shirts, she could no longer hide her budding bosom. Danni adamantly refused to wear a training bra, so she and her parents compromised by buying her loose fitting tops. That only solved the problem for a little while; Danni’s breasts continued to grow, and when summer arrived, her fat nipples and swollen flesh became the subject of quiet whispers between her brothers and their friends.

On the first warm day of summer, the neighborhood kids were playing in the huge backyard at the Parker’s home, when Danni’s breasts again became the topic of conversation.

“I can see her tits and nipples through her shirt!” Conner whispered to Danni’s brother Noah. Conner Copeland was Noah’s age, and like Noah, already had some hair on his balls. Both boys were jacking off and shooting their sperm whenever they had the chance, which was never often enough.

Noah had noticed his sister’s breasts before but never gave them much thought, until recently, that is. Lately, he found himself staring at his sister’s chest, wondering what her developing titties looked like naked.

“I’d suck those fat nipples until she creamed her panties,” Caleb said. Caleb was Conner’s older brother. He always pretended to know a lot more about sex than he actually did. The younger boys looked up to him. He was smitten by Danni.

“Knock it off, Caleb,” Noah said, “She’s my sister!”

“So what?” replied Caleb.

“You are just being a jerk because she beat you at wresting last week!” Noah said, trying to stick up for his little sister.

“Whatever,” Caleb said. In actuality, he had suggested a wrestling match, just so he would have an excuse to fondle and grope Danni. It worked too, and no one suspected a thing, even after he cupped her butt and ‘accidently’ felt her tits. He finally admitted defeat, with Danni sitting on top of him, her breasts heaving from exertion and sitting on his hard pecker, which he ground into her ass while pretending he was trying to wiggle free. It didn’t bother him being teased about it, besides, he planned to ask for a rematch and straddle her next time.

“Look at how hard her nipples are!” Calvin said to Justin. Calvin was Justin’s age. He didn’t have pubic hair yet, like his older brother Noah, but recently noticed a couple wild hairs in his arm-pits and he played with his hard little dick whenever he was alone. He couldn’t ejaculate yet, though not from lack of trying. He had started getting funny feelings when he often spied on his sister in the morning, as she walked across the hall to the bathroom without a shirt on, her fat nipples on display. He knew she was changing and growing up, just as he and his brother were.

“Let’s have a water-gun fight!” Caleb suggested, grinning evilly. Caleb couldn’t help but notice Danni’s breasts developing a few months ago and would shyly stare at them when he thought no one was looking. He had begun to observe how pretty her eyes were, how the sun made her hair shine and how long and sexy her legs were getting in her tight, demin shorts. It amazed him that Noah’s stupid, little, tomboy sister was causing him to get hard and painful erections whenever he was near her.

The water-gun fight soon ensued, with riotous laughter, slips and falls on the wet grass and shrieks of alarm as the icy cold water landed on a warm back or a happy, sun-kissed cheek.

Caleb took special delight at chasing after Danni. He would blast her face, chest and ass at every opportunity. Caleb took a perverse delight in watching the long, fat stream of water splashing against Danni’s pretty butt or intriguing breast-lumps. Soon, Danni was soaked and her loose t-shirt was plastered to her breasts, her nipples were taut from the cold water, and her heaving chest only accentuated her small, developing titties.

Soon, shouts of “Truce!” and “Time-out!” were called, and the boys and Danni, exhausted from their play, sat in a circle on a dry area of the yard, beyond the trees and far way from prying eyes, nearly into the un-mowed field that bordered the short stretch newer homes, on property recently converted from rich farmland.

They all caught their breath, laughing and reminiscing about their game; whether it was a certain covert attack, a perfect water-blast to the face, or an awkward, hysterical fall. The boys soon grew quiet and each of them in turn stopped and stared at Danni’s wet t-shirt; her hard, pointed nipples were sitting atop her swollen areolas and the budding flesh behind them. They were hypnotized by her deep, rhythmic breathing which caused her newly developed titties to rise and fall repeatedly. Danni was oblivious to their gaze. Her eyes were closed and her pretty face was turned to the sun, basking in the heat and letting her hair and clothes dry in the warm summer sunshine.

As the boys often did, they took off their cold, wet shirts to feel the sun on their bodies. Danni heard them moving about and opened her eyes to see the four shirtless boys. She had never noticed how firm their chests were and how slim and handsome they were getting. For some reason, she felt a small thrill as she admired their bodies. Seeing their eyes upon her, she too pulled off her shirt, misinterpreting their stares, and spread her shirt on the grass next to her to dry. She again closed her eyes and attempted to relax in the warm sunshine.

“Danni!” Noah’s harsh voice scolded her. He looked at his friends and brother apologetically, embarrassed by his little sister’s actions.

“What?” Danni, asked, opening her eyes and seeing the shocked faces of her brothers and friends. She looked at the boys intently, wondering what was going on. Justin and Connor began smiling and staring at her chest. Noah looked angry, and Caleb had the most stupid, happy and dazed expression on his face. As if he had never seen her without a shirt on before.

“Put your shirt back on!” Noah yelled, waving his hand and pointed at her discarded clothing.

“Why should I?” she asked, confused, “It’s all wet!” Danni and the boys often played without their shirts and couldn’t comprehend her brother’s consternation.

“Your breasts!” Noah hissed, now pointing at Danni’s chest.

“You’ve seen them before!” Danni s shot back, “What’s the big deal? You guys see me without a shirt all the time!” Danni looked at the five shirtless boys and became indignant. “You guys have your shirts off… And, why are you all staring at me like that?”

“Your breast…, your breasts are different now!” Noah said.

“So what?” Danni said, looking down at the swollen lumps where her smooth, boyish chest used to be. “I can’t help what they look like!”

“But, you can’t go around with your tits hanging out!” Noah said exasperated at his little sister.

“Is it because they’re weird and bumpy?” Danni said, suddenly getting embarrassed and hiding her breasts with her arms. ‘Oh no!’ She was so different now! ‘Her friends probably thought her lumpy breasts were ugly!’ Danni looked like she was about to cry, but, she made it a point to never cry in front the boys. Her lower lip began to quiver.

“It’s not that! Girls just…, you know…, keep themselves covered up!” Noah told her. “Did you ever see mom walk around the house without a shirt, and her tits flopping around?”

“No…, but it’s hot out here!” Danni whined. “And my tits are not flopping around!” She pulled her wet shirt to her chest and said defiantly, “I’m telling mom that you guys won’t let me take my shirt off!” Danni knew she only had to threaten her brothers with tattling on them, and they would give in to her demands. Especially if they said she couldn’t do something with them because she was a girl!

“Go ahead and tell!” Noah said.

“I will!” Danni stormed off towards the house with her wet shirt in her hand.

Caleb ran after her and grabbed her by her shoulder. Danni spun around, her naked, small breasts slightly jiggling. “What!” she screamed.

“I…, I think your b…, breasts are pretty, Danielle,” he stuttered, staring at them.

“Don’t call me that name!” Danni said, pushing Caleb to the ground and storming off.

Danni arrived at the back door to her house and cautiously decided to put on her shirt before tattling on her brothers.

“Mom!” Danni yelled, stepping into the house from the back deck. “Mom!” she yelled again, a little louder, slamming the door and searching for her mother.

“What Danni?” Her mother jumped up from the couch and met Danni as she marched into the room. She was pleased to see her daughter was not hurt, only soaking wet. “Are you OK, Danni?” she asked.

“Noah and Justin told me I can’t take off my shirt, but all the other guys have their shirts off!” Danni tattled. She expected her mother to get angry, like she always did when the boys didn’t let her do the same things they were doing. Instead, her mother was smiling at her!

“Oh, Danni…,” her mother sighed, holding back a giggle.

“You have to tell them that I can take off my shirt anytime I want to!” Danni said, “Right mom?”

“Oh honey, I’m so sorry,” Danni’s mother Cheryl said. “Let’s go get you some dry clothes and then we will have a little talk.” Danni and her mother went to Danni’s room where Cheryl motherly explained to Danni that now that she was maturing, societal norms did not allow young girls with budding breasts to walk about uncovered.

“That’s not fair!” Danni exclaimed, pulling off her wet clothing.

“I know dear, it is definitely not fair, but that’s just how it is,” her mother told her. She went on to explain to Danni how naked breasts on young girls can have ‘peculiar’ affect males, both young and old, the same with her naked kitty, or butt. She told her about men and their erections and how puberty affects both boys and girls. She also reminded Danni about their ‘Birds and Bees’ talk last year and went over it again in detail, but returned to the subject of keeping her breasts covered up, lest she get the boys ‘too excited’.

“Boys are weird!” Danni exclaimed, “Getting erections just from seeing a girl’s titties!” She remembered the last time she saw her brothers’ penises and tiny ball-sacks, and imagined their little ‘things’ getting hard. She vaguely remembered her brother Noah’s penis once sticking out like a little pinky finger, back when they used to share baths together. Her mind briefly imagined the other boy’s penises, and wondered if they got hard when they looked at her breasts and nipples. She was sure Caleb would have gotten an erection, as she remembered the funny look he gave her and how intently he had stared at her breasts when she took her shirt off. She smiled, recalling he said he liked her small breasts.

Danni was sitting on her bed naked. Her wet clothes lay in a heap on the floor. As she bent over to pull on a fresh pair of panties, her mother casually examined her daughter’s breasts. She noticed how hard and full her daughter’s nipples were, thinking a lot of dirty old men and horny young boys would like to get their lips around them.

“Let me see your breasts a second, Danni,” she said. Danni pulled up her panties and stood in front of her mother for her examination, but not before rolling her eyes in exasperation.

“Your breasts are growing nicely, Danni,” she said, noticing their asymmetry, “They still have some growing to do, and will get nice and round like mine, soon I’m sure.” She glanced down to her daughter’s bald pussy and added, “You will be growing hair down there soon… and getting your period…”

“Oh, boy. I can’t wait,” Danni said sarcastically, but contemplated her changing body. She was very curious and wondered what would become of her. She wanted to know more.

“Uh, mom?” Danni hesitated, biting her lower lip. “Can I see your breasts?” Danni asked impulsively. “…to know what mine will look like… someday…?”

Cheryl looked at her daughter’s face and watched it glow pink with embarrassment. She decided to humor her tomboy daughter, and casually glanced at the door to make sure it was closed tightly. Her boys were still outside and her husband Tom was out running errands. She was safe from prying eyes. “Sure, I guess so,” Cheryl said.

Cheryl smoothly pulled off her shirt and reached back to unclasped her bra-strap. Her breasts strained against the cloth as she tugged and worked at her strap. Cheryl pulled her bra away and let it fall. Her full, round breasts tumbled out. She cupped them gently and hefted them up, putting them on display while slightly regretting what three children, Mother Nature, and gravity had done to her once perfect breasts.

“They are pretty, mom!” Danni said, staring at her mother’s large titties. “Will mine get that big?” Danni cupped her own small breasts.

“They will get bigger because you are still growing yet. How big? Who knows…? It depends…,” Cheryl said. “Your grandma on your daddy’s side has smaller breasts than mine, but you never know…, and, thanks for the compliment. You are sweet to say they are still pretty.” She started to put on her shirt then stopped suddenly.

“Watch this,” Cheryl said. She reached her arms up slowly and cupped her breasts again. She gave them a gentle squeeze before gripping both of her soft nipples between her fingers and thumbs and gave them a firm pinch, then a couple tugs, and ended with a firm, nearly painful twist. She took away her hands and showed her daughter her rock-hard nipples. Her areolas had tightened and her nipples stood out firm and taut.

“Wow!” Danni said.

“That’s not what I wanted you to see…” Cheryl said. She put on her shirt, leaving her bra on the bed. After pulling her long, brown hair from inside the shirt, she tossed her head and pressed her shirt flat on her belly. Her hard nipples poked thru her shirt, firm, fat and proud.

“See. That is why I wear a bra most of the time,” she explained to her daughter. “Just like a boy’s penis, our nipples can get hard at anytime, sometimes for no reason at all.”

Danni looked down at her nipples. They were fatter than her mom’s and always seemed to be getting hard.

“That’s the reason young ladies like you should wear a bra, Danni.”

Danni realized what her mother was trying to tell her; she had been inadvertently displaying her hard nipples and breasts to the boys, exacerbated by her steadfast refusal to wear a bra.

“Do you still have that training-bra I bought you Danni?” her mother asked sweetly.

“Yes, mom…” Danni replied and plodded to her dresser. She pulled out her white, pull-on training bra. Her mother helped her put it on.

“Do I have to wear it all the time, mom?” Danni whined.

“No, of course not,” her mother told her. “When you are outside playing, or going to the store – yes. At home – no.” She watched her maturing daughter examining herself in the mirror. “And, if your brothers tease you about it, you let me know, OK?”

“OK.” Danni said. “And mom?”

“Yes?”

“Can I see your kitty too?” Danni asked, not quite as embarrassed as before.

For an answer, her mother quickly pulled down her panties and shorts with one quick motion. She stood there for three full seconds then pulled up her clothes.

“You have a lot of hair!” Danni said, watching her mother’s thick, brown triangle of curly hair disappear behind her shorts.

“Yes, but it is the same as yours underneath, Danni.” Cheryl said. “Some girls even shave their hair off. I like to keep my trimmed….”

“I’m going to shave mine,” Danni declared.

“I see…,” she said, before adding, “Anything else?”

Danni looked at her mother. She was so pretty, she thought. Long hair, pretty, a smiling feminine face with a woman’s soft, sensual body.

“Would you show me how to put on make-up?” Danni asked.

At first, Cheryl wasn’t sure she heard her Danni correctly. Then she smiled. “Absolutely,” she said. Cheryl was so happy; her pretty little daughter was finally acting like a girl!

They went into the master bedroom. Cheryl had Danni sit down in front of her make-up mirror where Cheryl giddily instructed Danni on the finer points of make-up artistry. Danni had a lot of questions about the different cases, pencils, brushes and colors. Cheryl dutifully explained everything, and between the two of them, applied some understated blush, eye-liner and lipstick to Danni’s pretty face.

“Wow,” Danni said, “I look different…” She admired herself in the mirror.

“You are beautiful, Danielle,” Cheryl told her, wiping away a tear. Danni’s mother was almost ready to sob with joy, seeing her little tomboy transformed into a pretty, feminine lady. “I can give you some of my extra make-up, and we can go shopping for more, if you want…

“Do you want to try on a skirt, Danni?” her mother asked her, hoping beyond hope, “Or maybe a dress?”

Danielle gave out a resigned sigh. “OK.”

“Noah, who’s that cute girl on your back deck?” Caleb asked, seeing a pretty lady in a pretty yellow dress sitting on a chair on the Parker’s large, wooden deck. The boys had finished drying in the sunshine and with Danni gone, had spent their time talking about tits, pussies, fucking and other sexy stuff, and were now heading back to the house, tired, thirsty, hungry and horny.

“I don’t know,” Noah said, “Maybe a cousin or something.” He peered at the girl’s face, trying to discern who it was.

“She’s hot,” Conner said.

“I’d fuck her,” Justin said.

“That’s Danni!” said Caleb.

“Danni! No way!” said Calvin.

“It is Danni!” said Noah.

“You just said you’d fuck your own sister, Justin!” Calvin teased his friend.

“Well, I would!” he stammered, “I mean, if she wasn’t my sister and everything!”

Still giggling, the boys climbed the stairs to the deck, not taking their eyes off of Danni. She was sitting pretty with her legs crossed demurely. Her hair was slightly curled and hanging over her bright green eyes. Her soft make-up was flawless and her long legs extended well beyond her short sundress. She had noticeable ‘breast-bumps’ underneath her cute dress.

“Lemonade, boys?” Danni asked, teasing her friends.

The boys were too busy looking at Danni to notice the platter of glasses and a pitcher of lemonade on the table beside her.

“Sure!” they all responded. They watched Danni pour out the glasses of lemonade and then they watched as she picked up each glass delicately from the platter. Her pink, painted fingernails and warm hands provided a cold glass to each of the boys.

“Thanks!”

“Yeah, thanks, Danni!”

“What gives?”

“What’s with the make-up and dress?”

“Yeah?”

“Oh, mom and I were just fooling around,” Danni said, starting to feel a little silly.

“You look nice.”

“Yeah.”

“Really nice.”

Danni smiled. “You really think so?”

“Yeah…”

She smiled brightly.

They slurped their lemonade, sucked on ice cubes and watched Danni’s long legs rocking underneath her dress. They talked about what they were going to do this summer and then Danni asked if they had any plans for tonight.

“Oh, no, nothing,” Noah lied. He and the boys had just finished discussing how to ditch Danni and have a sleepover in Caleb, Conner and Calvin’s tree-house. Their father was a master carpenter and had built his sons an impressive clubhouse in a huge oak tree in their backyard. It had a ladder, a pulley system for hauling up whatever they needed, and even electricity! It would have made a great ‘boys only’ clubhouse, but of course, Danni and her parents insisted that Danni be allowed to play with her brothers and their friends too.

Tonight was going to be special though, and Noah definitely did not want Danni there. Caleb had received a new laptop computer for his birthday last week and was telling the boys about all the pornography he had been watching on the internet. Tonight, they were going to watch porn together.

“What if we get boners?” Conner had asked.

“Jack-off, dumb-ass,” Caleb told his younger brother bluntly. “I’m going to.”

“Me too,” said Noah, although he wasn’t sure about jacking-off in front of his friends.

“Me too,” said Justin, trying to fit in.

Noah had been excited about seeing porn, but was worried how they was going to sneak away without Danni trying to tag along.

Then, in front of Danni, his friend told Danni everything!

“How about a sleepover in the tree-house?” Caleb suggested, “It will be warm enough tonight.”

“Caleb!” Noah chastised his friend. He was wrecking their plans! How could they watch porn and jack-off with his little sister there?

“Sounds like fun!” Danni said.

“Danni, you can’t come!” Noah said.

“Why not?” Danni was already getting angry at her brother and ready for a fight.

“Boys only!”

“Oh yeah?” Danni stood up, ready to tackle her older brother wearing her pretty dress or not!

“Let her come,” Caleb said quietly.

“What?” Noah said, and then whispered, “What about the porn?”

“Porn?” Danni said, her keen ears hearing every word. “You guys are going to watch pornography tonight? Ooooh! I want to watch it too!”

“But Danni!” Justin said, “We might end up jacking off and stuff!”

“Jacking-off?” Danni said quizzically. “Oh, you mean masturbating! I like to masturbate!”

“You do?”

“Yeah!” In actuality, Danni had just learned that word from her mother, less than an hour ago. “Mom says everybody masturbates!”

“She did?”

“Yeah, mom told me even she masturbates!”

“Wow… your mom masturbates, Justin,” Calvin said. “I wonder if my mom masturbates…”

“OK, you can come.” Noah said, thinking it might be fun to have Danni there after all.

Noah, Justin and Danni left the house an hour before sunset, cutting through a couple of backyards and through the adjacent field to the Copeland’s tree-house.

Their mother was only slightly apprehensive about Danni spending the night with five young boys, but, since her brothers were there to protect her, and they had all slept together many, many times before, she allowed her daughter to go. Danni even insisted on wearing her pretty yellow dress, telling her mother she would change into her pajamas once she reached the tree-house. Her mother sighed, foreseeing many dirty and torn dresses in her future. Danni was still a tomboy at heart, she knew, putting on a pretty dress and make-up wouldn’t change her overnight, but, it was a start.

Caleb, Conner and Calvin were already at the tree-house, hoisting food and drink up through the trapdoor. The sleeping bags and other supplies the Parker’s brought soon followed, and the younger boys scampered up the ladder. Caleb held Noah and Conner behind, and extended his arm to Danni.

“Ladies first,” he said, bowing to her.

Danni looked at him in feigned disgust but began climbing the wooden ladder. Caleb quickly motioned Noah and Conner over to him, pointing upwards. The boys peered up intently, and from their vantage point, saw Danni’s white cotton panties. Noah pushed Caleb and called him a ‘pig’, but kept looking at his sister. The others soon followed her, Caleb in the lead, nearly sticking his head up her skirt to peak at her.

They congregated nervously after setting up their sleeping bags. It had been nearly nine months since they had last sleep outside and things seemed more awkward than before, mostly because they were nervous and excited to watch pornography together. The toys and games tucked away on dusty shelves seemed childish now.

The tree-house was impressive and built to last. It wrapped around the trunk of the old oak tree, providing 360 degree views. It had sturdy railings, walls, windows and a cedar roof. A large room sitting on a massive branch provided a play area, where six sets of sleeping bags were now spread out. To pass the time, they took turns spying on the neighborhood with binoculars, spitting over the rails, drinking sodas, eating snacks and watching the glorious sunset, until it was nearly dark, and time to get ready for bed.

Usually, they would all change in front of each other, easily stripping down to their underwear to put on their shorts and pajamas – but tonight was different. Caleb was first. He brazenly kicked off his shoes and socks and dropped his pants. Danni pretended not to glance at the boy-bulge in his briefs.

The other boys soon followed his lead, quickly dropping their trousers and putting on long, soft pajama bottoms or soft shorts and tee-shirts. When finished, they all glanced at Danni expectantly. She was so interested in watching the boys undress, she now realized she was the only one not dressed for bed and all the boys would be watching her. However, she had undressed in front of them many times before.

This time, though, she turned her back to them before pulling off her dress. The boys stared long and hard at her white cotton panties and bra. In her haste to be modest, she had forgotten her bed clothes were still in her backpack. ‘Oh, well’, she thought. Danni turned to face everyone again and bent over to get her things.

Seeing Danni in a bra was new to the boys, and they all wished she would display her naked breasts to them again, even her brothers. They peered at her crotch, noticing the peculiar lack of lumps, bumps and balls. She pulled on her soft, cotton shorts, holding her large tee-shirt in her hands. There was no way she was going to wear her bra all night.

“If I take off my bra, you guys won’t get boners or anything, will you?” she asked.

“No,” said Justin and Calvin lied.

“From looking at my stupid sister, no way,” added Noah.

“Maybe,” said Caleb, “I’m not making any promises.” For some reason, his comment made Danni smile. It excited her to know she could have such an effect on boys.

“I’ll try not to, Danni,” Conner said, “I really will, but…” Conner knew he couldn’t control it when his pecker got hard.

“Boys!” Danni exclaimed, not understanding the opposite sex at all. “No peeking!” she said. She turned around again and slipped her training bra over her head. The boys looked at the red impression marks left by the tight, stretchy material.

“Aaaahhh!” Danni sighed, loving the feeling of finally being able to remove her bra. She didn’t know how she could continue to wear such a confining garment all day long. She dropped her bra to the ground and groped her breasts, lifting them, tugging at them and rubbing her hands under them, where her bra had dug into her sensitive skin.

The boys watched her from behind. A long moment passed. Her arms and elbows were visible from the back, as she continued to massage her aching breasts.

“Can I play with them too?” Caleb asked. The boys chuckled. Danni turned red and quickly slipped on her shirt.

“Uh, I got carried away,” Danni said, now facing them. “But you try wearing that stupid thing all day long!”

“It looks like you were enjoying that a bit too much,” Caleb said. His cock was already getting chubby.

“Well, it did feel nice…” Danni said.

“Who’s ready for porn?” Caleb said suddenly.

“We are!” or “I am!” everyone exclaimed.

Caleb sat down next to a small table in the middle of the room and loaded his favorite website. “This site is great,” he said, “They have full length movies and everything!” He found a movie and announced, “This one looks good.” He pressed play, set the movie to full screen and adjusted the volume to they could all hear without the sound traveling too far into the night. He pulled the chain on the single overhead light, sending the tree-house into darkness, except for the bright glow from the computer, and sat down to watch the movie.

They started reading off the names of the porn-actors and giggling at their obvious sexual implications.

“Melanie Melons!” they snorted.

“Tiffany Suckwell!” they sniggered.

“Lance Hardwood!” they laughed.

“Shhh! The movie’s starting!”

It was typical porn with lousy music and bad dialog. A large breasted woman walked to a house and knocked on the door. A man answered and they soon started making out on the couch. She quickly removed her shirt and her large double-D’s tumbled out.

“That must be Melanie Melons!”

“Look at the size of those tits!”

In the movie, Melanie allowed Lance to suckle her breasts, with Danni wondering how nice it must feel, while hoping her breasts never got that big! How could she play baseball with those things getting in her way?

Melanie pulled out Lance’s cock and immediately began sucking on it. It grew to eight inches, fat and hard. “Look at the size of his cock!” the boys said, feeling inadequate. Danni stared, mesmerized.

Before long, Lance began to lick and suck Melanie’s pussy. He opened her up and licked her from top to bottom before plunging his face into her hot hole. The boys glanced at Danni, whose attention was riveted to the screen.

After a screaming oral orgasm, Lance pulled away from Melanie’s cunt and the two began fucking. Lance fucked her long and hard while Melanie moaned in fake ecstasy.

“Wow.”

“Shit.”

“Look at that!”

“So that’s fucking!”

It grew quiet in the tree-house, except the sound of Melanie Melons groaning, moaning and begging for more. The camera showed close-ups of the actors’ contorted features, bouncing breasts, driving cock, juicy-pussy and swollen balls.

Small hands surreptitiously slid into underwear. The boys fondled their hard dicks. Danni rubbed her wet pussy. They all wanted to cum – they were so turned on and so aroused, but they restrained themselves, not daring to orgasm in front of each other.

On the screen, the two actors continued to fuck and skillfully and smoothly changed to the doggie position. Melanie’s breasts swayed grotesquely as the two sweaty adults grunted and moaned.

The boy’s cocks got harder. Danni’s pussy got wetter.

Lance suddenly pulled his hard cock from Melanie’s cunt and began jacking-off to Melanie’s opened mouth.

“What’s he doing?” Danni asked.

“You’ll see,” said Caleb.

Danni made an audible gasp as a huge blast of cum erupted from Lance’s cock and splattered Melanie’s face. Spurt after spurt filled her mouth and painted her face. She looked into the camera, rolling the fresh spunk around with her tongue before swallowing it down and sucking on Lance’s slimy cock again until the screen went dark and a new scene began. More bad dialogue ensued. They all turned to each other, sheepishly pulling their hands from their underwear.

“Did you see how much he shot?” Calvin said.

“Do all you guys shoot that much sperm?” Danni asked.

“No,” replied Noah.

“I shoot a lot, but not that much!” added Caleb.

“He had a big penis!” Danni commented, wondering how such a big thing would fit in her tiny hole.

“I wonder how a blowjob feels,” Conner said.

“I have a boner.” Justin said.

“Me too,” said Calvin.

“Me too,” said Conner.

“Me too,” said Noah.

“Me too,” said Caleb.

“My pussy is really wet,” added Danni.

“Do you guys want to jack-off now?” asked Caleb.

The rest looked around at each other. Their faces were flushed, their genitals were engorged and they were all extremely horny. There were several grunts of “OK.” “Sure.” and “I will if you.”

Caleb stood up. His hard erection was making a tent in his shorts. He pulled down his clothes all at once. His hard erection bounced free. His cock was about five inches long, fat, hard and leaking pre-cum. He pulled off his shirt so his ejaculate would not get on his clothes. His brother Conner followed his lead, then Noah, Justin and Calvin.

Five naked boys with hard peckers nearly surrounded Danni. She glanced from cock to face and from face to cock. She noticed her brothers’ cock-heads were covered with skin, while the Copeland boys’ penises were exposed. She licked her lips nervously.

“Well?” Caleb said. “You said you were going to masturbate with us, Danni…”

“I…, I….,” Danni said, feeling a little scared.

“If you aren’t old enough to play with us boys, why don’t you go home and play with your dolls?” Noah said. That was Noah’s favorite insult for Danni. It always worked.

Danni stood up and dropped her shorts and panties. They boys stared at her naked twat. It was shiny with moisture where she had been rubbing it.

No one said anything. Caleb stared at Danni and began to stroke his cock. He smeared some pre-cum on his cock-head and fondled himself slowly. “Your shirt too, Danni,” he added breathlessly.

“Yeah, Danni,” Noah said. He wanted to see his sister’s tits again.

“It’s only fair,” Justin added.

“Fine!” Danni pulled off her shirt, exposing her breasts. Her nipples quickly hardened in the cool, night air. She flopped down with her legs closed and pretended to rub her slit.

The other boys sat down too. Calvin attempted to slide into his sleeping bag, but his older brother stopped him. “No hiding your junk!” he said. He didn’t want Danni to have an excuse to hide too.

They watched the movie. Two women had been talking and now were making out. Soon, they were sucking each other’s breasts and then eating pussy.

“I want to see more cocks, not pussies,” Danni uttered, looking at the screen then glancing around the room to see her friend’s hard dicks. Most of them were covered by their hands, so she couldn’t see them clearly.

“Do you want to see my cock, Danni?” Caleb said.

Danni looked at him. She did want to see his cock – up close. She was so horny and so curious. She nodded imperceptibly.

Caleb stood up and walked to Danni. Danni sat up, her legs crossed. Her pussy opened up a little from the tension of her spread wide thighs. Caleb stopped in front of her. His straining cock inches from her face. Danni peered at his hard cock, admiring the flared head, bulging veins and dangling balls. It was so different from her genitalia.

Caleb watched her staring and barked out, “Turn on the light.”

Noah jumped up and pulled the chain. The room flooded with light. Danni blinked a couple times and continued to stare. Noah stepped over to watch his little sister stare at his friend’s cock. Danni stared at her brother’s cock too.

“Don’t they hurt?” she asked, “All swollen up like that?” Their penises were so hard and painful looking.

“No,” Caleb answered. “It feels really good when I’m naked and my cock is hard.” He stared down at Danni’s inquisitive face. He stared at her breasts and naked pussy. “When I’m hard, it makes me think of girls and pussies and stuff. Something comes over me and I just have to jack-off and make it shoot, or else I think I’ll go crazy.” His cock throbbed and bounced in front of her. Danni’s eyes opened wide in surprise.

”Do you want to touch it?” he asked, pushing his cock towards her a bit more.

“Kinda…, yeah…, sure.” Danni said. “It is OK?”

“I want you to touch it,” Caleb said.

Danni tentatively reached out her manicured hand and touched it with a single finger. She pushed it down and watched it bounce back up, hard and firm.

“Wow.”

“Go ahead and grab it, Danni,” Caleb encouraged, “You can’t hurt it.”

Danni gripped his shaft delicately and then gave it a firm squeeze. A drop of pre-cum oozed out.

“What is that?” Danni asked.

“Pre-cum,” Caleb said. “It is really slippery.”

“Like my pussy…” Danni said, thinking about hard cocks, slippery pussies and intercourse.

“It tastes good too, try it,” he said, hoping Danni would lick his piss-slit.

“Gross!” Danni said. Then, she was surprised when Caleb scooped up a fat drop of pre-cum with his finger and licked it.

“See?”

Still, Danni wasn’t ready to taste Caleb’s pre-cum. Besides, there was none left. “So, why are your cocks different,” she asked Caleb and Noah.

“I’m ‘uncircumcised’ Noah answered, “They cut the skin off Caleb’s pecker when he was a baby.”

“Wow, boys are strange…” Danni said. “Can I touch your penis too, Noah?”

“I guess so…” Noah thrust his hard cock in front of his sister and shivered when she gripped it. She played with it a bit before pulling the skin back firmly until his cock-head was exposed like Caleb’s. She let it go and was surprised to see the skin stay behind her brother’s fat, flared cock-head. The two penises were so alike but completely different. Caleb’s cock was a little longer while Noah’s cock was thicker.

“Wow, your cocks are so cool,” Danni exclaimed, now gripping two hard cocks. She was amazed at how a boy’s penis went from small and soft to hard and big – really big!

“Conner, show Danni your cock too,” Caleb suggested. “You too, Calvin!”

“Justin, come on!” Noah prompted. “Let Danni see what all of our cocks look like.”

The other boys had been peering wide-eyed as Danni played with their brothers’ cocks. They quickly stood up, their penises straining and surrounded Danni with hard, boy-flesh.

“Wow!” Danni giggled, peering at all of her friend’s hard little peckers. She had to touch each one of them and fondled everyone’s balls. She knew to be gentle with their balls, having seen her friends doubled over in pain, caused by an errant baseball or elbow. All this time they had been friends and she had never considered playing with their cocks before.

“I have to pee,” said Conner, breaking the mood.

“Me too,” admitted Noah.

“OK, let’s take a quick piss break,” Caleb said. He paused the video.

The boys went outside to the railing to pee over the edge. Danni usually climbed down the ladder and squatted under the tree-house where the boys couldn’t see her, but tonight, she followed the naked boys outside to the deck. She could see their hard peckers and naked bodies in the moonlight. It felt so naughty to be naked! She felt the cool breeze on her naked body and shivered.

“Can I hold someone’s penis while they pee?” Danni asked. She had always seen the boys peeing from behind, and jealously watched them laughing while shooting their streams high in the air. Since she already held their penises, she figured she might as well ask if she could hold their cocks while they pissed.

“Sure!” Caleb said, interrupting the other boys who were also eager to volunteer.

Danni stood next to Caleb and watched as he pushed his still firm, but softening penis between the spindles of the railing. She reached around and gripped his cock. She waited. She waited some more.

“Aren’t you going to pee?” she asked.

“It is kind of hard to pee with you holding it!” Caleb said.

Danni felt his cock hardening beneath her fingers. “Yeah, I can tell its ‘kind of hard’ she giggled, squeezing his thick, hard shaft. Caleb turned red and tried to pee with all his might. His stream finally began to flow, arcing high due to his erection.

Danni felt his penis come alive and laughed out loud as she watched his urine flying into the sky before falling to the ground below. She aimed it to the left and to the right. Her brother Noah began to pee next to them, and they playfully dueled their streams against each other.

“This is fun!” Danni said, giggling. All too soon, Caleb emptied his bladder. He pushed one or two more spurts out and then stopped. Danni reluctantly released her grip and she watched Caleb shake it dry.

“Do you want to hold my dick, Danni?” Conner asked. He had held back, in spite of his full bladder, wanting to feel Danni’s fingers on his cock again.

“Yeah!” Danni said, and grabbed Conner’s cock, pressing her breasts into his back. His penis also hardened beneath her fingers. She tugged it a couple of times to encourage him. Finally, she gave a whoop of joy when he began to pee. She was so happy to play with another pissing penis. She arched his stream and was amazed at how far it went and forceful his urine was. His cock felt so strong in her hands. She almost wished she had a penis.

All too soon her fun ended. “That was cool!” she said. “Any more?” She looked around hopefully but all the boys were finished. “Aw,” she sighed, “But let’s do that again!”

“I still have to pee!” Danni announced, to no one in particular. She didn’t want to climb down the ladder. “I wish I could pee up here, like you guys,” she moaned, and started to climb down the ladder.

“I’ll go with you,” Caleb said. He wanted to watch.

“I’ll go too,” said Noah.

“Let’s all go!” said Conner, “It will be fun to walk around naked!”

They all climbed down the ladder and watched Danni squat and piss into the grass. She stood up and impishly pushed Caleb.

“Tag! You’re it!” she screeched, and ran away naked in the moonlight. Soon, the others were running and screaming, naked as the day they were born. Their penises flopped, a pair of breasts jiggled and naked, pale asses shone in the bright, grey light. They grabbed at each other, cupping butt cheeks, grabbing breasts, and fondling both hard and soft cocks along with yells of “You’re it!” and “No, you’re it – no touch-backs!”

Suddenly, they heard a door slam in the distance. They looked towards old man’s Fletcher’s house and saw his back-porch light flick on. His big, mean dog started barking and they all scrambled back up the ladder in mock terror, laughing and pushing at each other’s asses to encourage them to climb faster.

Danni felt a hand grip her naked butt and felt a couple fingers softly push against her kitty and slip into her wet slit. She didn’t mind. Besides, she was sure it was a mistake. When she got to the top of the ladder, she waited for to see who was behind her. Expecting to see Caleb, she was surprised to see her brother Noah climbing up behind her. She noticed his cock was hard and his face was flushed. He rubbed his nose while sniffing his fingers. Danni smiled.

Caleb turned on the video again just in time to see the two women finger fucking each other and eating each other to orgasm. Danni wondered what it would feel like to have a wet tongue in her pussy. They all sat down to watch.

“I never knew two girls could do it,” Justin commented.

“Or why not two guys…?” Danni suggested.

“Or a girl and two guys,” Caleb said, as the next scene began, with Melanie, Lance and another actor. They watched intently as Melanie found another excuse to take off her shirt. Before long, she was sucking both cocks, alternating between them, sucking one and stroking the other.

The boys again sprouted hard, throbbing boners. Danni’s pussy was soaked.

“I wish someone would suck my cock,” Conner said, humping his hard pecker into an imaginary mouth.

“Yeah, me too,” Justin said.

“I bet it feels great,” Calvin commented.

“Almost as good a fucking, I’ve heard,” Noah added.

“Can you imagine a hot, wiggling tongue up in your pussy?” Danni added, trying to fit in. “Uh, no, I guess you can’t!” she giggled. The others laughed too. Eventually, it grew quiet – even Melanie the porn star was quiet, except for all of the slurping. She had her mouth full of hard cock. Nervous and horny energy filled the room like steam after a hot shower.

Breaking the silence, Caleb said quietly, “I’ll lick your pussy for you Danni.”

Everyone looked at Caleb in surprise.

“Don’t you want to feel a hot, wiggling tongue up your snatch?” he teased. “And feel someone sucking on your pussy, like those two girls did in the video?”

Danni was horny, wet and eager. She did want to feel all of those things. She wanted to know what it was like to have someone between her legs. She wanted to feel her friend’s penises again and stroke them with her hand until she felt their powerful cocks erupting and spraying sperm, just like she had felt their urine surging up their shafts a short while ago. She wanted to know what it was like to suck a cock and longed to feel a hard penis sliding into her and fucking her pussy…

Danni paused and thought furiously. She was surrounded by her horny friends and knew they loved her. ‘Why shouldn’t we be able to have sexy fun together?’ she thought. ‘So what if her brothers were here. They were more like best friends than family. All of these boys were her friends! They had grown up together,’ she rationalized. ‘Besides, being a girl, she had equipment they didn’t have. It was only right that she share her body with her friends, so they could learn about sex together! It was perfect! Her friends would never tattle on each other for playing naughty, sexy games!’

Danni looked at Caleb, smiled naughtily and nodded. She imitated one of the porn stars and spread her legs and opened her cunt-lips with her fingers. “Come here and eat my pussy, Caleb,” she said huskily.

Caleb dove between Danni’s legs. He looked at her juicy, pink pussy shining wetly in the harsh light of the incident light bulb. “Hand me your pillow, Noah!” he said. Caleb grabbed the pillow and shoved it under Danni’s ass, positioning her cunt level with his face. Everyone crowded around to watch Caleb lick Danni’s pussy. Their cocks were ready to burst, it was so exciting! They were going see real sex, up close!

“HOLD IT!” Danni said sternly. Everyone stopped, hoping Danni hadn’t changed her mind. “We can play sex together, just like we do baseball and other stuff, but you guys have to pinky-swear not to tell anyone!”

“Pinky-swear!” every one exclaimed, agreeing to her demand at once. The punishment for breaking a pinky-swear oath was too horrible to contemplate. One by one they hooked pinkies with Danni, looked her in the eyes and said, “I pinky-swear!” Caleb was last. He reached up from his position between her wetness, hooked pinkies with Danni and said, “I pink-pussy-pinky-swear!” and began lapping at Danni’s pussy.

Danni felt his tongue licking her from the bottom of her slit to the top. Electric jolts went through her as his tongue hit her swollen clit. He plunged his tongue deep into her hole and wiggled it.

“Oooohhh!” Dannie moaned, closing her eyes and reveling in the feelings coursing through her. “Mmmm, that feels wonderful, Caleb!” Danni ground her ass against the sleeping bag and humped Caleb’s face with her steaming pussy, pressing her clit against the bridge of his nose. His hot tongue felt so much better than her fingers! She opened her eyes and saw four sets of eyes staring at her and four hard cocks being neglected.

“Someone give me their cock!” Danni groaned, reaching out her hand, “And another pillow.” Danni placed the pillow behind her head and wrapped her hand around one of the offered members. She recognized Noah’s cock and began to stroke it. His pre-cum oozed from his piss-slit and she rubbed it over his thick cock-head, sliding his foreskin back and forth. “Is this how you do it, Noah?” she asked.

“Uh-huh,” he grunted, watching his little sister stroking his hard cock. He stared at her hard, fat nipples. He heard Caleb slurping his sister’s juices. He wondered if he was having another wet dream.

“Let me have your cock too, Justin,” she moaned, seeing her brother on the other side of her, looking sad and left out. She gripped Justin’s cock and began to stroke him off too.

Melanie Melons began to groan loudly in the video. “They are fucking her ass-hole now!” Calvin told everyone. “One dick is in her pussy and one is in her ass-hole at the same time!”

Danni groaned too, wondering what it would be like to have a hard cock in her pussy and her ass and her mouth and in her hands! She wanted to massage her breasts, but both hands were busy. “Someone suck my titties!” she groaned.

Calvin immediately crawled over and latched on to her breast. “I want one too!” Conner said, and pushed everyone out of his way over to begin sucking the other one.

Danni was on fire! She had had good feelings before from rubbing on her pussy and squeezing her breasts, but this was a thousand times better. Her pussy began to tingle, her thighs began to twitch and something big began to happen!

“Unnnhhh! Unnnnhhhh!” she moaned. She felt something wet land on her cheek and looked towards Noah. She felt his cock pulse in her hand and watched huge gob of sperm shoot from his cock and splatter her face. She blinked her eyes and flinched. Another spurt and her pussy began to convulse as Caleb sucked her gash. Her body felt like it was ready to burst with all of the intense, good feelings washing over her. She opened her mouth to moan out loud and saw another spurt erupt from Noah’s cock and felt the wet splash on her lips and tongue. It was salty but tasted good. Another wave crashed over her.

She felt Justin wiggling and heard him groaning too. She watched him orgasm, shaking his body so sweetly as he came. She felt wetness dribbling from Justin’s throbbing cock. She felt Noah’s sperm dribbling down her other arm. Another wave rolled over her.

She saw stars when she closed her eyes and grunted loudly as the boys sucked her titties. Her orgasmic groans drowned out Melanie Mellon’s fake ones. “Nnnnnaaa, nnnnnaaaa, oh, oh, oh, oh!” she moaned, “Aaaaaaahhhhhh-mmmmmm-pppphhhh-fu-fu-fu-FUCK!” Wave after glorious wave washed over her until she fell back weakly, pushing Caleb away from her quivering pussy. The sucking mouths were pulled from her teats and she released both of her brothers’ spent cocks. She curling up into a ball as the tingles in her pussy slowly faded away.

Danni lay there a long while, catching her breath. She finally came to her senses, and feeling the cum on her hands, curiously sniffed and then licked the thick, white goo. “Not bad,” she exclaimed, and licked the remaining sperm from both hands and wrists.

“That was the first time I spermed, Danni,” Justin said, proudly. “Thanks!”

“Cool, Justin, I’m happy for you,” she said, tousling his hair.

“How was it, Danni,” Caleb asked, his face still shining from her juices. For an answer, she sat up, wrapped her arms around him and kissed him sloppily, long and hard. He kissed her back, and they fell to the floor. She gripped his shaft and jacked it impatiently. She was just getting started.

“Can I suck your cock, Caleb?” Danni asked sweetly, knowing what his answer would be.

“Yes, please,” he said.

“Me too!” said Calvin.

“I want my cock sucked!” said Conner.

“Would you suck mine too, Danni?” Noah asked her.

“And mine?” Justin added.

Danni smiled. It was going to be a long, fun night.

To read my other stories, click on my profile at the top of this page, and don’t forget to check out the UndeniableUrges Patreon page for even naughtier stories!

© Copyright Undeniable Urges, 2015 – 2021. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from the author is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Undeniable Urges, with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.

T O N G U E – – T I E D 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Wife finds out hubby cheated so she returns the favor. She finds a young lover with a special talent.

Renata was in a foul mood, although a satisfied smile did curl her lips as she peered at herself in the full-length mirror. She looked damn good, she thought. She knew she had a good body, anybody would. Slim, five-seven, pretty face, glistening shoulder-length black hair, firm not-too-big tits, flat tummy, toned upper body and long, lean legs. She was thirty-nine years old but people often took her for much younger. She knew she was hot.

Her Cleopatra costume showed off her bod tremendously, she thought as she eyed her reflection, which was exactly what she wanted it to do this night. Shiny, metallic crop top, accentuating her sexy cleavage, and its matching headpiece and leggy, slit skirt, and golden sandals. Her bare midriff with sunken navel on full display. Multiple gold bangles on her wrists, and a long, gold asp curled around her upper arm. Cleopatra would be catching eyes like flies tonight. Her husband Owen was dressing up as Mark Antony, but he hadn’t worked too hard on his costume. He looked more like an overage frat boy on his way to a toga party.

Renata and Owen were headed out to a Mardi Gras party, an annual fundraiser hosted by the chief benefactors of a local dance and theater company. It was a popular event that had grown in size and stature over the years, was fun for all concerned, and raised a lot of money in the process. Every year hundreds would purchase tickets and assemble at the estate home of Samuel and Eloise Hollingsworth, a couple of older, wealthy, artsy-fartsy music and theater buffs. The party was first class all the way, and took place at their large Victorian home, the backyard terrace and pool area, and the tented, torch-lit grounds. There was top-notch music, catered food and drink, and the parties were known to be wild and crazy, a final blowout before lent, for those who observed. Guests had been known to let it all hang out, so to speak, and would sometimes do things they might not normally do, and go farther than they might usually go. Part of the reason for that was the simple party rules: All must wear a costume, and all must wear a mask.

They’d anticipated this evening for weeks, but as they dressed and prepared to leave, Renata and Owen were not happy campers. They should have been looking forward to a fun night, dressing up and partying with friends like Leah, her best friend since high school, and Leah’s husband Luke. But Renata was not in the mood to go anywhere with her husband, and she wasn’t interested in seeing Leah anytime soon, either. She was pissed, madder than she could ever recall, but was determined to go and have a good time despite her husband, and didn’t care if he went to the party or not.

The reason Renata was mad was because of something she’d found out the night before, quite by accident. She and Owen were drinking wine and watching a movie on cable. There was a scene where this couple were making love on a beach and a small plane above was flying low and buzzed them over and over as they fucked. And Owen slipped up.

He said, “You remember that time we were lying on the beach and that 747 did that fly-over right above us at like five hundred feet? Shit, scared the hell out of everybody. We thought it was going down.”

Renata didn’t say anything at first, because she didn’t remember any such thing. But she did vaguely recall an incident years before where the beach town had arranged the fly-over as part of a weekend festival but didn’t get confirmation in time to notify the populace. It had frightened everyone and had them running for cover. There was a big public backlash over it, a lot of blame was thrown around. That had to have been twenty years ago. She remembered because she and Owen were engaged at the time and she’d been perturbed that he’d gone away for the weekend without her. Something with his family, he’d said.

“I don’t remember that,” Renata said. “Must have been somebody else.”

Owen immediately knew he’d stepped in it. His brain was wine-fogged, and he tried to cover for his mistake but he only made it worse. As he stammered along and dug his hole deeper, Renata was thinking back to when they were engaged to be married and later as newlyweds. Owen had raised the prospect of them getting into a swinging lifestyle, and Renata had wanted no part of it. He had mentioned that maybe they could swing with Leah and Luke, since they were all good friends. Renata had told him that if he wanted to swap with them, fine, she’d take Leah and he could go fuck Luke. That had shut him up.

“It was Leah, wasn’t it?” Renata said, interrupting Owen’s babbling.. “You were with Leah. You had an affair with her, didn’t you?”

Owen’s reaction left no doubt. He wasn’t getting out of this one. Gradually, it all came out. Through the tears and screams Renata learned that yes, it had been Leah, and it had gone on for some time when Leah and Luke were already married and she and Owen were still engaged. It was not a one-time drunken episode, which might have been forgivable. It had gone on for months and the two of them had kept their secret, and lived their lie, for twenty years. Renata didn’t know who she should be more pissed-off with: Her husband for fucking her best friend, or her best friend for fucking her husband.

“Does Luke know about you two?” she asked.

“I don’t know. I don’t think so.”

“How many other women have you fucked since then?”

“Renata…”

“How many?”

“None. That was the only time. I…”

“Oh, bullshit. Why should I believe that? Cheat once, you’ll cheat again. I’d bet this house it wasn’t the only time. You’ve been lying to me for twenty fucking years.”

“It’s the truth. She was the only one. It was wrong, I’m sorry. It happened by accident…”

“Accident? Oh, shut the fuck up!” she shouted at him. “Was it by accident you did it again and again for months? I don’t want to hear any more of your shit.”

“Renata, calm down…”

“Calm down?” she shrieked. “You fucked my best friend, for Christ’s sake! Do you have any idea how much that hurts? Do you have any idea how many times men have come on to me over the last twenty years? Dozens. Maybe a hundred. And I could have fucked any one of them, or all of them, if I’d wanted to. But I didn’t. Know why? Because I was faithful to my husband. And I thought he was faithful to me. I didn’t know my husband was a cheating, lying sack of shit!”

Renata had gone to bed, slamming doors along the way. Owen slept on the couch. She hadn’t spoken to him since.

Renata looked in the mirror again. Her costume was killer. She brushed her hair and put on the mask. It was gold and covered her forehead, eyes and cheekbones and curled over the tip of her nose. She was applying lip gloss when Mark Antony tapped on the open bedroom door.

“Are you ready to go?” he asked.

“Almost,” she said. “You go on ahead, I’m going to go by myself. I’ll see you there.”

“Honey, please…”

“Don’t, Owen. I don’t want to be around you right now. I need time. I’m very angry at you. You cheated on me, you’ve let me down. If you can’t understand that, and how much it hurts, and give me the space I need, then so be it. But I don’t want to be with you. Not now, not yet.”

Without another word, he left. Renata peered one last time at her image in the mirror. She sighed, took a deep breath, and shook her head. She thought of Leah and Owen, trysting, holding each other in bed, kissing, fucking, sucking, screwing, coming, sneaking behind the backs of her husband and his fiancee for months. And for twenty years she hadn’t had a clue. And over those years they had proven to be pretty good actors, and their secret had been safe. Could she trust either one of them again? If she didn’t know her best friend and husband of twenty years any better than that, could she ever really know anyone?

Renata heard a car horn blow. She pulled the window curtain aside and saw the Yellow Cab in the driveway. Right on time. She locked the door and got into the taxi. She didn’t want to drive tonight. She was mad, feeling vengeful, but loose as a goose, maybe a little reckless, ready to have a good time, ready for whatever. She had no idea what was going to happen tonight. She also had no idea what she’d say to Leah if and when she saw her at the party.

Renata paid the cabbie and got out of the car. The band was already in high gear, the dance music loud and tight. Instead of entering through the front door she walked around the side of the house, opened a gate and followed the walkway to the terrace out back and made a beeline for the bar. After a short wait she ordered two vodka martinis, each with two huge olives. She ate the olives first so she’d have some food in her stomach. The first martini went down in three or four swigs, but she nursed the second.

She stood off to the side and scoped out the scene. The lighting was subdued but she could see the terrace was scattered with tables, quickly filling up. People surrounded the pool as well, although no one was swimming. Beyond the pool, on the vast lawn was a large party tent, under which were more tables, more partiers, and a dance floor full of dancers digging the jams of an eight-piece horn band.

She admired the various costumes as the guests moved around. Some were elaborate, some were simpler, some were just simple. But all wore masks, which added to the intrigue and made a person wonder who was behind each one. There was a werewolf, Dracula and his daughter, Morticia and Gomez, Dorothy and the Scarecrow, a cop, a fireman, Beetlejuice, Herman and Lily Munster, Charlie Chaplin, the Flintstones, Tarzan and Jane, an astronaut. Mostly couples. After a few minutes Elvis Presley, wearing huge tinted glasses covering half his face, walked up and started hitting on her, singing ‘Love Me Tender’. She stopped him mid-verse and told him not to get All Shook Up, but she was a Hard Headed Woman and to please take his Hunk a’ Hunk a’ Burning Love elsewhere.

As Renata sipped her martini, she kept an eye out for a bloody nurse and doctor. They would be her ex-best friend Leah and her husband Luke. If she saw them first, maybe she could avoid a confrontation. If she didn’t, maybe not.

After gazing at all of the costumes and taking it all in for twenty-five minutes or so, her second drink was gone so she went to the bar for one more. The tender had just handed it to her when she heard a familiar voice as she turned to her left.

“Hello, Renata, is that you?” Catwoman said, as Batman handed her a drink.

It was Flo and Joe, a couple who were very active with the theater group. Flo had a part in nearly every production and Joe was involved behind the scenes and directed a show every now and then. There was no doubt it was Flo, despite the cat mask and the painted-on whiskers. Her voice was nasally distinct.

“Yes, hello Flo,” Renata said.“Nice costume.”

“Oh, thank you dear. Yours is quite nice as well,” Flo said.

“Yes, it sure is,” Joe added, with too much enthusiasm. Renata could see his widened pupils in the eye holes of his mask.

“Whoa, down boy,” Flo said. “Or I might have to take you back to the Batcave.”

“Thank you, Joe,” Renata said.

“Where is Owen?” Flo asked.

“He’s here somewhere.”

At that moment Renata glimpsed a bloody doctor and nurse emerging from the back of the house.

“Excuse me,” she said to Flo and Joe, and walked off, across the terrace and past the pool.

Renata wanted to avoid her husband and Leah and Luke if possible. She was angry and did not want to create a scene. She wanted to save her confrontation with Leah for another time. So she headed for the tent to get lost in the crowd, the music and the strobe lights. She wanted to get laid.

Renata knew Owen wasn’t much of a dancer so she wouldn’t have to worry about him hanging around the dance floor, he’d rather hang around the terrace near the two bars. She found a spot next to one of the tiki lamps and soaked up the music while she watched the crowded floor. With her sexy body and her revealing costume glinting in the torchlight and moving gently with the groove, she knew she’d get noticed.

It wasn’t long before guys started hitting on her. The Big Lebowski Dude was first. Not her type, but what the hell, she thought, one dance won’t hurt. She didn’t want to shut him down in case other men were watching. They danced one tune but the Dude’s bathrobe kept coming untied and his gut hung over the front of his shorts. When the song ended Renata thanked him and went back to her spot.

A hockey goalie was next. The uniform was loose and bulky, so she had no idea what his body was like. She hesitated, but went along with it. Again, one song. Then an inebriated Mafia Underboss slurred an invitation and she was about to accept when a female police officer came up and arrested him.

“Please excuse my husband,” she said, and took his hand. “I’ll take him back to the slammer so he won’t bother you anymore. Come on, Charlie.” She cuffed him and led him away.

Renata laughed, as did several people nearby, including The Lone Ranger. She’d noticed The Lone Ranger standing there watching her for a while, checking her out, enjoying the show. She admired his costume in the flickering light. White cowboy hat, black mask over his eyes, gray lace-up shirt with collar and matching pants, red neckerchief, gun belt, boots. He had a good body, too, she could see that, because the clothing was snug and molded to his broad shoulders and lean, athletic frame. She could tell he was younger, by how much she had no idea, but thought so what, what the hell, maybe this is the one, it’s a one-and-done anyway. She caught his eyes staring into hers. It felt like time.

She took three steps and was directly in front him. She leaned in and spoke above the music.

“I like your costume, Kemo Sabe,” she said.

“Thanks. I like yours, too,” he replied. “You look tremendous.”

“Thank you. So, where is Tonto?”

“No Tonto.”

“How about Trigger?”

“Trigger?”

“Your horse.”

“Oh. You mean Silver.”

“That’s right. Sorry. Hi Ho Silver. Trigger was Roy Rogers.”

“I put Silver out to pasture.”

“Ah,” Renata said, looking from side to side. “So. Are you really a ‘lone’ ranger tonight?”

“I’m here by myself, if that’s what you mean.”

“So am I. Wanna dance?”

“Yes,” he said. “I’ve been working up the nerve to ask you.”

“Come on,” she barked. She grabbed his hand and pulled him onto the dance floor.

She took him all the way to the center of the large cluster of dancers. Renata wanted the camouflage of all the bodies around them in case Owen or Leah or Luke happened to come into the tent looking for her.

Now, what she wanted was to do some dirty dancing with this young man in the Lone Ranger suit. And hopefully it would be foreplay.

The Lone Ranger could cut a pretty good rug, Renata thought, and she was moving pretty well herself, too. The band was hot. The rhythm section was tight, the horns were bright, the drummer was in the pocket, and they played a nonstop set, segueing one upbeat dance number into the next, keeping the dancers on the floor. They danced to five soul and Motown hits in a row, bumping butts and grinding groins more and more with each tune, and worked up sticky sweats in the process. Then the band cooled it down and went into a slow blues. It was ‘I’d Rather Go Blind’, apropos for the two of them, both wearing masks and unidentifiable to the other.

Bodies all around them meshed for the slow dance. They stood there for a moment looking at each other. The Ranger’s dick was hard so he wasn’t going to let Cleopatra get away from him. He took her hand and pulled her into his arms. She nestled in close, wrapped her arms around him and their damp garments and flesh melded together.

The song was not a short one. Over six or seven minutes of searing vocals and guitar and sax solos, they danced closely and firmly, cheek to cheek and mask to mask. Her knee slipped between his legs on occasion and gently brushed his balls. He did the same to her, his knees caressing her thighs and teasing her twat. Renata’s breasts pressed into him and she could feel the rigidity of his prick against her navel.

As the song drifted through a long coda, impulsively Renata pressed her lips onto his and kissed him. She didn’t care who might see. He had virile but supple lips that felt good against hers. She liked that. But what came next almost blew her mind.

A moment after the kiss, as the band kicked into an uptempo dance song, he pulled her to him and kissed her hard with open lips. His tongue was like a launched projectile, propelling through her lips and teeth in an instant, and licking the back of her throat. It was big and strong, filled her, and she wrapped her jaws around it and tongued it back as best she could. What a mouthful. French kissing this guy was like sucking cock.

“Wow,” she said.

“Come on,” he said, and took her hand.

They walked off the dance floor and he led her out of the tent and around to the shadows behind the bandstand. In the darkness they kissed again. Renata was somewhat ready for his tongue this time. She tried to head it off at the pass as it slithered in, but it was too big, too long, too strong, so she did her best deepthroat. His hands roamed over her back and butt and she slipped a hand between his legs. The kiss was deep and long, and by the time it ended she was wet with desire.

“I wish there was someplace we could be alone,” she hissed, short of breath.

“I know a place,” he said.

“Where?”

“Come with me.” He took her hand again and led the way.

The property extended another fifty yards behind the big tent. They crossed the lawn quickly into the darkness and came to a small building, maybe the size of a one-car garage. It was bordered by a tall hedge.

“What is this place?” she asked.

“It was a music room. It’s soundproofed. So they could practice their music anytime and not bother anybody.”

“How do you know this?”

“I used to be in a band with their grandson and we used to practice in here. Nothing fancy, but private.”

He opened the unlocked door. The light switch didn’t work, but in the dim residual light from the half-moon and the party across the way they could make out a mostly-empty room with storage boxes stacked and a couple stuffed chairs. Good enough.

“Have you ever fucked with masks on?” she whispered into his ear.

“No,” he said.

“Kiss me.”

He did, another dive bomber, long and hard and wet, scraping along the walls of her mouth and tickling her throat. As they kissed she unbuckled his gunbelt and tore open his pants.

“I want to suck your cock,” she moaned.

She pivoted around and sat on one of the chairs. With his groin in front of her face, she shoved his pants and briefs down to his ankles and latched onto his erection. He was good sized down here too. Without hesitation she fed his cock into her hungry mouth. With one hand cupping his balls and the other palming his right butt, she sucked him like a junkie needing a fix.

In an instant they shifted into high gear. She kneaded his nuts with her wiry fingers, squeezed his tightened butt, and sucked with a vengeance. He helped, holding her head and swinging his cock into her mouth for maximum depth. They fell into a hard, steady rhythm together and in the dark, stark room The Lone Ranger’s ecstatic groans and Cleopatra’s slurpy moans echoed off the bare walls.

He reached down and slipped a hand inside her top and found her bare breast. It was firm and flexible and fit nicely in his hand, and she pushed into it to give him a better feel. The nipple was like hard rubber and she oohed with a mouthful of cock when he pinched it softly between his thumb and forefinger.

She backed off a bit, so that only the head of his cock was in her mouth, and started jerking him with her hand as she continued her power-suck.This lasted only another minute before his midsection quaked and his cock shimmied between her lips. He grunted thunderously with release and he came in a fiery stream.

Renata was amazed at the volume of cum that slung into her mouth. He again had both hands holding her head so there was no escaping. She tasted spears of hot semen, spasm after spasm. She swallowed twice but his slimy seed still coated her tongue and mouth and hung on the back of her throat. He pulled his drippy cock out of her mouth and knelt before her.

He put his mouth against hers, and here it came again, that monstrous tongue, slithering like an electric eel into her slippery, cum-flavored mouth and the top of her throat. She pressured her mouth around it but her jaws wanted to cramp, unaccustomed to such oral callisthenics.

His hands wandered downward and found the open slits in her skirt, and then her drenched panties. He shoved her body back deep in the chair and spread her legs. In the dimness he saw she wore dark panties that contrasted her light skin. He nosed her crotch and sniffed her dewy funk. Nice. He looped her legs over his shoulders and lifted her soaked cunt to his face, pulling her panties aside. He licked her thighs and the softness surrounding her pussy and tasted her pubes. His tongue tickled her labia and he kissed her clit and gave it a long, wet suck. Then he rammed it inside her.

Renata screeched like a car with bad brakes. Jesus, his tongue again, she thought, it’s amazing, filling her cunt like a torpedo in its tube. She felt new pressure on her buttocks from his clenched hands, and in reflex her body tightened up and her pussy walls chomped down on his wet, reaching tongue, as it jabbed her in and out. Goddamn, she thought, as she moaned with each cushiony poke. I’ve had cocks in there that never fucked me this good.

After a couple minutes of relentless tongue-fucking and her hands squeezing the shit out of her own tits, Renata was on the edge of rapture. She didn’t want him to stop but her cauldron was about to boil over. She let out a low-pitched wail when she started to come.

“Oh, God…”

Her body shook wildly. Her pussy unleashed hot, buttery cum that immersed the luscious tongue that filled her. He tasted her tang as he withdrew and it continued its flow onto his lips and chin and the seat of the chair. When her shudders were farther and fewer between he lapped up the leakage on her thighs and rose to kiss her. She sucked his tongue like a cock.

As their mouths frolicked he eased his body up, an uneasy task with his pants and skivvies wrapped around his ankles. Using both feet he was able to get one boot out from the bondage which gave him a little more agility for what was next: Fucking this fine woman. Whoever she is.

His dick was like cured concrete, ready for seconds. He wriggled into position and took her ass in his hands and lifted. One more minor torso adjustment and the angles matched up. He put the head of his dick between her split lips.

“Put me in,” he croaked.

She’d already had it once, with his tongue, strong but pliable, and now she was going to get it again with his cock, long and stiff.

She guided it into her drenched opening and as it filled her twat, his tongue again filled her mouth. He commenced to fucking her. He didn’t hold back.

In a split second she was getting it two ways at once. The slick, leathery tongue sliding into the depths of her mouth, and the thick, hard penis banging in and out of her vagina, worked together. He grunted as he fucked, and Renata moaned with each big push, as her ass was being body-slammed into the chair and the top of her throat was getting plunged.

After a couple minutes of that, The Lone Ranger’s gun was about to go off. He grunted even louder and put some extra oomph into his thrusts, and soon came for a second time. Strings of sperm were jettisoned from the head of his cock, into her. He was dripping sweat when he backed out.

“Damn, that’s good,” he rasped. “Turn around.”

He helped turn her body around, rather roughly, so her knees were on the seat of the chair and she was facing away. He opened her skirt slits and yanked her panties down several inches over her thighs. He spread the cheeks of her ass apart and found her asshole with the tip of his tongue and tickled her rim.

“Oh, My God,” she screeched thinly, short of air.

This was a first for Renata, nobody had ever licked her asshole before. At first she tensed up and pinched it. For several minutes he rimmed her and she moaned into the back of the chair. She could feel the fabric of his eye mask in her asscrack every now and then. Gradually she relaxed, and her unpuckered hole welcomed it, she pushed back, and floated on its feathery bliss. Then, without warning, she felt that big old tongue jet all the way up inside her ass.

“Oh, shit!” she bellowed.

It filled her up in an instant with a wet, cushioned pressure, and as a reflex she squeezed her asshole around it. It felt weird, but wonderful. It went all the way in, then half back out. Again and again. By the time the shock wore off she realized she was being fucked up the ass. By this guy’s big, fucking, magical tongue.

She couldn’t believe the feeling. How erotic it was. How much it was arousing her, and what a turn-on it was that this man was doing it to her. His tongue had been everywhere, she’d had it in all three of her holes, back-to-back-to-back, and it was amazing. He kept at it. She swayed her ass in time. It was almost like a dream. Then she felt the rush.

“Oh God, I’m gonna come…” she blurted.

She came in a torrent. Her ass bucked and her upper body buckled. Her cum sprayed out of her, coating the chair. She kept shaking as she released, slowly abating for a while as her body relaxed. It was an orgasm like she’d never before experienced. That tongue coming in through her rear had pushed her most intense climax ever out of her front.

They detached themselves from the chair and each other and stood up. She hadn’t said much during their encounter because most of the time she had had his tongue or dick in her mouth.

“That was amazing,” she said. “Thank you.”

She was suddenly afraid. What had she done? She wiggled her panties back in place and straightened her scanty costume.

“I gotta go,” she said, and ran out the door.

The Lone Ranger was left standing there with a red hot boner and his pants on the floor wrapped around one foot. Renata didn’t realize until later that she had left her headpiece behind.

A couple hours later, Renata lay in bed alone. After running away, calling a cab, getting home and taking a long, hot shower, cleansing her body all over, in and out, she now was spent. She’d been bad, but after getting over the shocking realization of what she’d done, she felt damn good.

Reading a book or watching TV was out of the question. All she could think about was her liaison earlier that evening. It was brazen, scary, dangerous. But God, it was exciting. Now she was sorry she’d run out. Her brain was abuzz thinking about it, reliving it. His tongue, that fierce prowler, in her mouth, her pussy, her asshole, like an electric magnet, pulling orgasms out of her like she’d never had before. No man had ever made her come like that, her body out of her control, quivering, melting like heated jelly. It was almost like she’d watched it from above, out-of-body. She shivered, almost came again thinking about it.

Who was that masked man?

Owen came home from the party late to a dark house. He slept on the couch again. In the morning he woke to the sound and aroma of Renata brewing coffee. He went into the kitchen and attempted to make conversation.

“Good morning,” he said cheerfully.

“Good morning,” she said blandly, her back against the counter. She was barefoot and wore a heavy terry cloth robe, her black hair shiny-wet from a shower.

“I didn’t see you at the party.”

“Yeah, well I wasn’t in much of a mood to be a social butterfly. I didn’t stay that long.”

“Oh.”

The silence was blaring for a long, awkward moment.

“I fucked a guy,” she said, and let it hang there.

Owen stared at her, speechless, mouth agape, unsure of what to say because nothing he could say would make things better.

“You fucked a guy,” he finally uttered. “Are you serious?”

Renata nodded.

“Who?”

“The Lone Ranger.”

“The Lone Ranger? Come on Renata, this is not funny. Who was it?”

“I have no idea.”

“You have no idea?” he gabbled, almost spitting. “How can you have no idea?”

“It was dark,” she said. “We had masks on.”

Owen had to lean on the back of a chair for support. “You had masks on.”

“Yeah. I’d never done it with masks on before. It was very erotic. He had a big dick. I swallowed and I came twice.”

He sat there light-headed, in a daze. He’d come into the kitchen hoping to start the process of bridging the gap that had opened between them, but instead the gap was widening before his eyes.

“Why are you telling me this?” he asked.

“Oh, I don’t know. Maybe because I wouldn’t want it to slip out accidentally twenty years from now. In case we’re still together.”

Owen sat there shaking his head. He didn’t know what to say, and even if he did he knew this wasn’t the time to say it. They didn’t talk much longer. Renata asked him to go live someplace else for a while, she needed her space. He didn’t fuss about it.

Later that morning Leah called. Renata let it go to voicemail and listened to the message. It was ‘Hey, Renata, sorry we missed you at the party, it was a blast, hope everything is all right, blah blah blah’. Renata knew Leah well and could tell by the message that she had no clue her twenty-year secret was out. She also knew Leah would call again.

And she did. After their initial hellos, Renata let her have it. She told her no, she didn’t want to see her at the party, and she didn’t want to see Owen, and if she’d seen either one of you, there would have been a major scene. Because now she knew all about the affair Leah had with Owen and their lies and play-acting and twenty-year cover-up, and she couldn’t believe what a cheating sleazeball Owen had been and what a lying, back-stabbing cunt Leah had been to have an affair with him, fucking over her husband and her best friend simultaneously, and if she had seen her and Owen at the party every guest at that party would know about their lurid treachery.

Leah had started crying halfway through the tirade. When she did finally speak there were no denials.

“I’m so sorry,” she repeated several times between sobs.

“You’re sorry?” Renata sniffed. “Must be easy to be sorry after lying about it for twenty years. “Does Luke know about this?”

“No,” Leah said softly. “Are you going to tell him?”

“I don’t know,” Renata said. “I could tell him. Or I could fuck him. Which would you prefer?”

“Oh, Renata please…”

“It’s up to you. Let me know what you decide.”

Renata ended the call. She had no intention of telling Luke, and she sure as hell had no interest in fucking him. But at least it would give Leah a little well-earned angst.

Renata and Owen had never had children. They’d assumed they would someday become parents, but they were young when they married and decided to wait until they were older to have kids.

They had watched from the sidelines as most of their friends had children, including Leah and Luke, who had a son and a daughter. They also witnessed from afar all of the problems and difficulties their friends had with those kids, and how worn out they seemed from dealing with them. Health problems, behavioral problems, troubles at school, drugs and alcohol, the expenses, and the stress that comes with all of it. By the time they were thirty they were pretty sure they didn’t want the headaches.

One time they were seated on a bench at a mall waiting to enter the cinema for a matinee, when a young couple walked by. Dad was holding the hand of a toddler as they scuffled along beside Mom, who was pushing a stroller with a wailing baby in it. They didn’t look like they were enjoying themselves. Renata and Owen looked at each other, shaking their heads.

“Can you see us doing that?” Renata asked.

“No fucking way,” Owen replied.

They never second-guessed themselves after that. Now, years later, Renata had reached what she believed was a crossroad in her life and marriage. She was glad there were no children to complicate the situation, or be hurt by it.

Over the next couple days, Renata couldn’t get it out of her mind. The Lone Ranger. The sex. The tongue, the taste of it, the feel of it inside her. The orgasms, oh oh oh, the orgasms. Was it possible to be addicted to something after only having it once? She didn’t know the answer to that question, but she knew one thing for sure: She wanted more of it. She needed more of it.

Why had she run away scared? What was she afraid of, after the best sex she’d ever had? Afraid of being caught? Afraid of being embarrassed, or ashamed? She’d made it happen, it was no accident. Was it really the best she’d ever had, or was it the danger, the recklessness, her first new man in twenty years, that made it so intense? She thought about it constantly, while eating breakfast, driving the car, working out, while at work, or lying in bed stroking herself. She decided yes, it was the best she’d ever had. It was his goddamn tongue. It’s like the guy has two cocks.

But she’d run off. And now, how was she going to find him? And did he want to find her?

Ends up he did.

Renata wondered how she could find out who he was and try to contact him. She couldn’t call around to people who were at the party. That would be a crapshoot at best and might not look so good. She could run an ad in the local newspaper, but nobody reads the paper anymore. And an ad could attract all kinds of crackpots.

She searched online for ways to find somebody if you didn’t know their name or anything else about them. She found the names of some websites where there were postings of people looking for people. Missed Connections, they called it. Maybe that would work.

First, she went out and bought a disposable phone. She didn’t want to risk releasing her real number out into cyberspace. Too many wackos out there. Then she composed her message. It read:

CLEOPATRA IN SEARCH OF THE LONE RANGER

WE DANCED TO THE MUSIC AT THE MARDI GRAS PARTY, THEN MADE MUSIC OF OUR OWN

LET’S RIDE AGAIN

CALL OR TEXT

123-555-7890

She posted it on four different popular sites and hoped for the best. She kept her burner phone with her all the time, charged up and powered on.

Renata had some responses almost immediately, all texts. They were all fakes, guys having fun or hoping to get lucky. There was Zorro, Billy the Kid, Wyatt Earp, as well as a couple of Lone Rangers trying to bluff their way along. On the fourth night her phone buzzed and they connected.

–HELLO. LONE RANGER HERE IN SEARCH OF CLEOPATRA, the text message read.

Renata stared at it in disbelief for a moment and felt a nervous chill. She responded with:

–HI KEMO SABE. IS IT REALLY YOU?

–YES REALLY ME

–HOW DO I KNOW 4 SURE? I’VE HEARD FROM SOME KOOKS

–YOU KISSED ME RIGHT AFTER ‘I’D RATHER GO BLIND’. THEN WE HAD SEX ON A CHAIR IN THE MUSIC ROOM. I HAVE YOUR HEADPIECE TO PROVE IT.

–AH YES. GLAD I FOUND YOU

–ME TOO. WHY DID U RUN OUT?

–SCARED. I NEVER DID ANYTHING LIKE THAT BEFORE

–ME NEITHER

–CAN WE MEET? START OVER

–SURE. OR WE CAN PICK UP WHERE WE LEFT OFF. IT WAS WONDERFUL.

–YES IT WAS.

They’d both been thinking about that night, about each other. They agreed to meet the following Saturday, 3 p.m. at a bench in the back of the old cemetery behind the abandoned stone church next to the Civic Park. It was nearby, quiet and private. They would meet with masks on, keep the intrigue a little longer, and they would unmask together, and depending on how well the meeting went, perhaps they would make a night of it.

Renata had difficulty deciding on how to dress for her meeting with the young man. He’d already seen and had all of her, so there was no sense being coy. But she didn’t want to look like a tramp, either. She decided on a yellow print sundress because it contrasted her jet black hair and tanned skin, and it was belted with a thin sash that when tightened would hug her slim waist and show off her ass. She wore the same citrus perfume and bangles she’d worn at the party. She debated whether or not to wear her wedding ring too. It hadn’t bothered him then, so it shouldn’t bother him now, but she took it off. There was a tan line around her finger.

Saturday afternoon was pleasant and partly sunny, cool but comfortable for a date on a bench. She arrived plenty early, she wanted to see him coming. She drove her car all the way to the back of the large cemetery and parked on the lane about fifty feet from the bench. She got out of the car with only her mask. The site was as she remembered: Wooden bench facing the pond, with privacy provided by dogwood trees on three sides. If anybody was approaching, she’d hear them coming. She sat on the bench, carefully put on her mask, and waited.

She reminisced as she gazed out at the pond. Years ago, she would sometimes jog through the cemetery and pass this very spot and appreciate the view and the solitude. Other times she and Owen would bring their dog Chip out here, and Owen would throw a tennis ball as far as he could out into the pond and Chip would dive into the water, swim out and fetch it with his mouth and swim back and drop it at their feet, over and over again.

Right on time, she turned to see a small, black pickup truck approaching. The truck pulled over about ten feet from Renata’s car. The driver’s door opened and the man got out and stood there a moment with his mask on, before he started walking toward her. She stood up in front of the bench. As he approached she took an admiring look at his broad shoulders and tapered, athletic body, dressed in jeans and a golf shirt.

They said tentative hellos. It was a bit awkward at first. Renata thought, how do we introduce ourselves? We’re not at a costume party this time. Where do we begin? It would be kind of stupid to shake hands after I’ve already fucked the guy. They sat at opposite ends of the bench. Fortunately, he broke the ice.

“You left this behind when you ran out,” he said, and handed her the headpiece from her Cleopatra costume. “It was on the chair.”

“Thank you,” she said. “Sorry I ran away.”

“It’s okay,” he said, and paused. Then: “Can I ask a favor of you?”

“Sure.” It was all she could think to say.

“May I kiss you before we take off our masks?”

This caught Renata off guard. Her brain zoomed back to their kissing at the party, and how hot it was, the feel, the potency, the passion of it. She nodded.

He moved closer and put one arm around her back. Her mouth was already open by the time their lips touched. The kiss was soft at first, but then, as much as she anticipated it, she was still surprised by it. By the size of it, the power of it, the taste of it. It was just as she remembered, like an explosion thrusting in, filling her up, entering her throat, a total mouthfuck.

It was like no time had elapsed since their togetherness at the party. She was instantly back in that music room. She was sucking his tongue, his strong arm was around her, pulling her close, she had a hand on his thigh, she was ready to get wet. It was not a short kiss, but it still ended too soon.

“Wow,” Renata said.

“Nice way to start off, don’t ya think?” he said.

She nodded. “You’re a magnificent kisser. Your tongue is…amazing.”

He grinned. “My secret weapon.”

He stuck out his tongue for her. It was enormous, wide in back and long and tapered. He flicked his chin with its tip.

“Oh My God,” Renata exclaimed. “No wonder…”

“No wonder what?”

“No wonder… Uh, let’s just say I’m glad you know how to use what you got.”

“Thank you. Can we take off these masks now?”

“Yes, let’s.”

They looked out at the pond and removed their masks. Then they turned to again face each other.

Renata’s heart rate about bottomed out. She looked at his handsome, young face, and it looked familiar. The light brown hair, the blue eyes, the high cheekbones, the prominent jaw, the winning smile.

“Dylan?” she croaked.

“Miss Renata?” he said.

Oh God, it’s him. It had been years since she’d seen him. A chill ran through Renata’s body. This young man sitting next to her, the guy with the magic tongue, who had already fucked her six ways from Sunday and sent her to a carnal paradise she’d never been to before and never knew existed, was Leah’s and Luke’s twenty year-old son.

“Oh My God! What have I done?” Renata cried, with a look of fear on her face.

“What do you mean?” Dylan asked.

“You must think I’m some kind of slut.”

“I do not. I think you’re beautiful, and sexy, and a hell of a dancer, too.”

“Oh please. A married woman going off with a young man half my age at that party? I don’t know what came over me. Really, I never did anything like that before. It’s just…”

“What?”

“I was upset. I found out my husband had been unfaithful. I was angry and vengeful. I went a little crazy, I guess.” She looked at him with leaky eyes. “Your mother would kill me if she knew what we’ve done.”

“Hell, she’d kill me too, probably,” he said. “Not to mention your husband.” He gently rubbed her ring finger between his thumb and forefinger, where her ring had been, letting her know he noticed. “I’m glad about one thing, though.”

“Yeah, what’s that?”

Dylan took her hand into his and held it. “I’m glad you went a little crazy. We both did. And it was good. And here we are.”

“Oh, I don’t know, Dylan. This changes things.”

“Why Miss, uh Renata. And how?”

“Your mother is an old friend of mine. I’m old enough to be your mother!”

“So what. Age didn’t matter when I was the Lone Ranger. But it does now?”

“It’s not that. It’s just, it complicates things.”

“Look, Renata. Think about this for a minute. Think about why we are here, sitting on this bench right now. Think about what happened between us, and how incredible it was. And the effort you put out to find me. Why did you do that? And I responded, I was excited as hell when I saw your post. Why did I do that? And we arranged this meeting, to see each other again, and take our masks off, and be together again, and here we are. Why did we do that?”

“I know,” she said, but she was shaking her head.

“We did all that because we both wanted it to happen again. We don’t want it to be over. Because it was special and we both know it. Don’t run away again.”

“I don’t know,” she said. She pulled her hand out of his and picked up her headpiece from the bench seat. “I have to think. I’m sorry, Dylan.”

She stood up, then he did too. She kissed him daintily on his cheek, not wanting to risk seduction by tongue. They walked to the cars.

“You have my number,” Dylan said.

She got in behind the wheel.

“You smell great, by the way,” he said. “It turned me on the first time, and it’s turning me on now.”

“Thank you,” she said, happy that he noticed. She started the car and drove away.

He knew that he would be hearing from her.

Dylan thought about following her, but didn’t want to freak her out. He thought he’d text her later just to say good night, or something like that. To put her at ease, and to show her he cared and wanted to see her again. He now had no plans for the rest of the day, but he would keep his cellphone handy. He wanted her.

Renata was all wound up and confused. She felt silly that she’d gone to the trouble to find and connect with a twenty year-old boy, embarrassed that the boy was her friend’s son, and disappointed that they wouldn’t be continuing what they’d started in the music room. Her highest hope had been that she and her mystery man would meet at the bench, hit it off in a hurry and end up in bed.

Within ten minutes she regretted running off again. Ten minutes after that she thought it was for the best. She’d love to have that boy’s tongue deep into all her holes again, and come again like she’d come before, but wasn’t her life fucked up enough right now? Pissed at her husband and pissed at Leah, her marriage and a friendship possibly coming to bitter ends. Did she really need to be fucking Leah’s son too, and adding that to the mix?

She kept a gym bag with workout clothes in the trunk of her car. She needed to burn off some energy and the stress she was feeling. She drove to the health club and rode an exercise bike like a madwoman for nearly an hour. The whole time riding she thought about Dylan, the pros and cons, and relived what had happened between them for the umpteenth time. She pedaled as hard as she could, in a trance, and streams of sweat flowed on her forehead, face, neck and arms. The sweat burned her eyes, so she closed them, and saw Dylan’s tongue, the dirty enchantment of it, the slippery maneuvers of it in her mouth, her throat, her pussy, her ass, and she pedaled harder still until, without warning her body convulsed, her legs jellified and slowed, and she came.

Cold goose flesh covered her sweaty arms. She shivered uncontrollably as her pussy released, and held on tight to the handlebars so she didn’t fall off the bike. Her orgasm was a detonation on the same scale of the ones she’d had with Dylan. And this time just thinking about that tongue had done it. Her cum blew out of her, soaking her gray workout pants. There was a wet stain the size of a cantaloupe in the crotch of her pants, which were attached like cellophane to her soppy cameltoe.

Fortunately, the club was almost empty, so after wiping down the machine she held her towel in front of her and walked to the locker room. She took a long shower and scoured herself clean while thinking about her bike ride and its volcanic conclusion, about Dylan, about herself, about Dylan and her together, and she now knew the pros outnumbered the cons.

She got home around six and uncorked a bottle of white wine. Clean as a whistle and horny as hell. She wasn’t really hungry but she knew she should eat, so she chopped up some celery, carrots and cukes, added some stuffed olives and put together a veggie tray. She was careful with the knife as she worked because her mind was elsewhere. It was on Dylan. She wanted him.

Renata picked up the tray, her wineglass and the burner phone and carried them into the living room and set them on the coffee table in front of the sectional sofa. She sat down and picked up the phone. She called Dylan and he picked right up.

“Hi, it’s Renata.”

“I know who it is.”

“I’m sorry I ran off. I won’t do it again.”

“Again. Really?”

“I won’t. I promise.”

“Okay, that’s good. Third time’s a charm, huh?”

“Are you busy tonight?” Renata cringed when she asked.

“Nope. Been hoping you would call.”

“Would you like to come over?” she asked.

He said yes, of course he would. She gave him the address and asked him his ETA. He said about an hour, is that okay? She said she’d be waiting. He said he couldn’t wait, could he bring anything? Just yourself, she said, and they ended the call. Dylan wanted to get a shower and a change of clothes before he went over. Renata sprayed some more of the scent Dylan liked so much on her neck and shoulders, and a little between her thighs too, for when we went down there. She put on a cream-colored off-shoulder sweater dress–something that would come off easily–with nothing underneath but a thong. Then she put on some music and munched vegetables as she waited.

Renata heard footsteps outside, then the doorbell ring. She was excited as hell and scared to death. Excited about what was about to happen, and afraid of what she might be getting herself into. But she was ready for both.

She opened the door and let him in. He looked adorable, good enough to eat. She closed and locked the door and flipped off the porch light, an unsubtle signal that he wasn’t leaving tonight. She turned to face him and Dylan immediately took her into his arms.

He wasn’t holding back. His lips made a beeline for hers. Renata felt the size and strength of his tongue take over her mouth and sucked it in. She put her arms around him and dug her nails into his back. They kissed like they hadn’t seen each other for years, not hours. He put his hands on her buttocks, pulled her as tight as he could and lifted her, feeling the soft pressure of her breasts against his chest. With a reflexive hop, Renata looped her legs around him and locked her ankles.

He backed her up so her back was to the wall, then pressed his body hard against hers. Their mouths were in overdrive, she could feel the drywall hard against the back of her head and his cock hard against her eager beaver. Pretty soon he was dry-humping her.

“Where’s the bedroom?” he gasped.

“Down the hall,” she said, with spittle on her chin. “Last door.”

He put her down and picked her up, one arm behind her back, the other under her knees.

“No more doing it in a chair for us,” he said, and carried her down the hallway.

There was a nightlight in the bedroom so he could see his way around. He laid her on the bed, kicked off his shoes and started unbuttoning his shirt. Renata sat up and started working on his pants. While she did that, he pulled her dress off over her head. Once naked, he fell on the bed, pulled her beside him, and continued what they’d started in the foyer.

They picked up where they’d left off, with a long mouth-pounding kiss. Dylan had one arm around her neck and his other hand roamed over her tits and stomach. Renata stroked his cock.

Soon Dylan’s mouth headed south, covering her with kisses on her neck and shoulders and breasts, and teasing her stiff nipples with whisks from his titillated tongue. He did this for some time and Renata squirmed in response, her fingers interlocked in his hair. Then she brayed like a zebra when he sucked one of those chunky nipples into his mouth. Now her arms were flailing at her sides. His mouth went from nipple to nipple and back and forth, sucking like a starved infant.

Dylan wanted to pace himself, make it last. He backed off her titties and let his tongue do some walking. Over her breasts, her stomach, her belly button. He went lower, getting her hot with anticipation, before moving his head back up, gently kissing her neck, then her lips.

“Damn, you smell good,” he said.

“God, Boy, if you only knew what you do to me.”

“You’re doing it to me, too.”

“Can I tell you something?” she said. He nodded. “Today, after I left you, I was all mixed up. As soon as I left you, I was sorry I did. Then I wasn’t sorry. I went back and forth. I was all keyed up. So I went to the gym to exercise, you know, work it off. I rode a bike harder than I ever had before. I rode for almost an hour, trying to make up my mind, thinking about you. About kissing you, and about what we did in that music room, and the feeling of your tongue inside me, and how spontaneous and beautiful and raunchy it all was. And I had an orgasm. A huge orgasm, just like the ones I had with you in the music room. Right there in the middle of the gym, which thankfully was pretty empty. I’ve never had orgasms like this before, Dylan.”

“Wow. Thanks for telling me. I love a story with a happy ending. And I’m going to make a bold prediction, right now.” He kissed the tip of her nose.

“Oh yeah? What’s that?” Renata asked, chuckling.

“Your next orgasm is going to be in my face.”

“Oh, bless you,” she laughed. But she wasn’t laughing for long.

“Damn, you smell good,” he said, as he whipped off her thong and threw it aside. Then he buried his face in her snatch.

Feeling his wiggly tongue worm into her pussy made her squeal like she’d been jabbed with a hot poker. There it was again, snaking around inside her, touching every nook, every pore, every animal inch of her, turning her twat into pudding. Her body twitched impulsively, it felt too good, she loved it, craved it, but almost couldn’t stand it and wanted to come, come, just come now. She was pushing her cunt in his face at a fever pitch.

She was soon to come. Her cunt was a marshland, and hugged his tongue as it jetted inward and outward and she ground her mound into his face. As promised, his face was plastered to her crotch and his upper lip half-wrapped around her puffy clit when she unloaded. Renata shrieked, and shook, and moaned, unh, unh, unh, unh, as if pushing a baby out of her womb.

Dylan’s tongue felt the flood first. He pulled back and let the ooze come forth, into his face, dripping onto his neck and the bed. Moments later, with her body still receding to a relaxed state, his body rose atop her. His cock was swollen and hard and stretched to its max, and he needed to put it to good use, and take advantage of her ravenous, saturated cunt. He slipped it in with zero resistance, like hot knife into cream cheese. And he fucked her, slammed his groin into hers, banged her over and over and they grunted in harmony, until his seed raced into her.

He collapsed on the bed beside her, held her, kissed her. They basked in the afterstink of hard love.

“Oh, God,” she said, after a few minutes.

“Wow,” he said.

“You drain me. And I’m hungry. Are you?”

“Yup.”

“Let’s go find something to eat.”

Dylan put on his pants and Renata threw on a robe. They went to the kitchen to whip up some food.

“You really screwed up, Owen,” Leah said.

“I know,” he said.

It was early Saturday evening. Leah and Owen were seated at a table in the back of an out-of-the-way tavern where they had met for drinks to discuss their sticky situation. Luke was away with some pals for a golf weekend.

“After all this time. How did it happen?” she asked.

“Remember that time we were at the beach and that jumbo jet flew over really low, directly above us?”

“Of course.”

“Well, Renata and I were watching this movie on TV. And in this movie, a couple was fucking on the beach and this plane flies over them, really low, buzzing them and shit, not a big jet, but a small plane. And it triggered the memory of us, and I don’t know, I had a brain fart. I just remembered it and said without thinking, hey remember that time we were on the beach and the 747 flew over and scared the shit out of us? It was that quick. I was hoping she’d missed it, or would let it go, but she didn’t, she caught right on. I tried to bluff my way out of it but I was too late, she wasn’t buying it.

“Does she think that was the only time?”

“She knows it went on for a while.”

“No, I mean does she think that affair was the only one and it was over after that?”

That’s what I told her, but she didn’t buy it. She’s suspicious.”

“Oh, great.”

“She’s not dumb, Leah. I slipped up on this, yes. But she doesn’t have any proof of what’s happened since then.”

“You mean until you slip up again?” she said. “Do you realize what might happen if Luke found out? She’s pissed! She could tell him and hell, we all could be headed for divorce.”

“I’m sorry. Believe me.”

“You have any idea when she’ll be ready to talk to you again? Or me?”

“No. Not anytime soon, I don’t think.”

They talked over two drinks but didn’t resolve anything. They knew they had a mess on their hands. When they left the place, Owen tried to hold her and kiss her goodbye but Leah wasn’t having it. “Not a good time,” she’d said.

A little later Owen drove slowly past his house. It was Saturday night and he was curious. He saw a small pickup parked in the driveway and his heart sank. He wondered who owned that truck and if he was in there fucking his wife.

Renata and Dylan ate grilled cheese sandwiches and the veggies, and drank the wine. The quick meal sated their appetite for food, but not for each other. Back in the bedroom, he had barely gotten his pants down before she had his cock in her mouth.

Dylan liked that. The last thing they had done before eating was fuck. And now she was sucking it, right after it had been inside her. The girls he’d been with, younger of course, wouldn’t do that. Maybe it’s a maturity thing, he didn’t know, but it was a definite turn-on. He thought back to their time in the music room, the way he’d held her head, fucked her mouth and throat. He did it again, gave it his all, and she took it, sucked it, throated it. He swung it into her, not lightly. He felt her fingernails digging into the crack of his ass as he pumped her face. He always thought his mother’s friend was attractive, but he’d never imagined she could suck cock like this.

He was balls to lips when he came. He groaned like a jilted croc when he released. She backed off some and he felt a short drag of teeth along the bottom of his shaft, helping it along. Six spasms later he shot the last of his cum into her mouth. They collapsed on the bed.

They kissed, their tongues played in the remnants of his cum. Her robe was still loosely tied so he opened it, ran his fingers gently over her upper body: her arms and shoulders, her neck and stomach, her breasts and bulging nipples. He kissed her neck, her ear, her breast.

They rested briefly. “Is there anything I can do? That you want?” he asked.

Her eyes bore into his in the dim light. Nothing was said for a long moment as Renata weighed her answer.

“Yes,” she finally said, licking her lips. “My ass. Could you do that again? What you did before?”

He kissed her lips and told her to sit up. He opened her robe and she wiggled out of it

“Roll over,” he said. “On your belly.”

Dylan stared at that perfect ass. He kissed it all over and traced his tongue along her crack. Renata oohed with delight. He spread her cheeks and licked her rim, and she leaned her butt into his face. When he finally jammed his tongue into her asshole she almost screamed, and he plunged it in over and over. He fucked her ass with his tongue for a few minutes until she squirted onto the bed, creating a puddle that they would cover with a bath towel before they fell asleep.

They slept like rocks. In the morning they woke with smiles, and did most everything again, plus Renata got Dylan’s dick up her ass for the first time. Before he left her house, she made sure he had her real phone number. She wouldn’t need to hide behind the burner phone any longer.

Their affair was in full swing after that night. They quickly eased into a twice-weekly arrangement, usually Tuesdays and Fridays. Tuesday evenings they’d go around the world for a couple hours, then Dylan would leave. They both had to go to work Wednesday morning. But Fridays would be a sleepover, and Renata would get a double dose, in the evening and then again in the morning. She was usually sore for a day or two after Saturday morning. This went on for weeks.

Renata told herself it was crazy. She wrestled with the whole idea of it. She thought, I’m screwing a kid half my age, I’m old enough to be his mother, I was in college when he was born, there’s no future in it, what the hell am I doing, but it was no use. It was magic in bed, so what the hell. She’d never had sex like this, never ever before had she used her body so athletically in a quest for pleasure. How could she? She never knew it was possible.

She hadn’t had much contact with Owen, though he’d called her a number of times. He wanted to reconcile but she just put him off. She didn’t miss him, in fact she was pretty sure she didn’t want him back. What she wanted was what she now had, the intense, volcanic, multiple orgasms she was enjoying, orgasms like she never knew could happen.

Owen was watching her. He’d drive by the house evenings and weekends, curious what his wife was up to and who she was seeing. He saw the same truck in the driveway at various times, and from down the street watched a young man leave the house one Saturday morning. He’d spent the night. The next time Owen spoke to Renata he mentioned it casually. What, are you stalking me?, she’d said. He said no, he was just driving by. Kind of young, isn’t he? Old enough, and good enough, and by the way, you’re free to go fuck whomever you want, don’t let me stop you, she said. Then she asked him if he recognized him, and Owen said no, and she told him to take a better look next time. She knew if he figured out it was Dylan he would certainly tell Leah, and the shit would hit the fan. Or the fun would begin, depending how you looked at it.

It was very early one Saturday morning, post-dawn sunlight was just beginning to filter through the bedroom windows. Renata awoke and lay in repose. Dylan was lying on his back beside her, breathing deeply in sleep. She looked at the silhouette of his head as the gentle light settled on his handsome young face. And then suddenly, as she admired the image before her, it dawned on her, like a brutal flash of lightning. She felt a chilly tingle run up her spine. How had she not noticed it before now? The slight slope of his forehead, the imperceptible flare of the nostrils, his high cheekbones, the curvature of his upper lip.

She reached over to the nightstand on her side of the bed and carefully opened the top drawer. She found small scissors there, and turned back to Dylan. She clipped a few strands of his hair, which was longish on the sides. She wrapped the hairs in a tissue, folded it up and put it in the drawer and closed it quietly. She turned back to Dylan, pulled the sheet that covered him. His dick was hard, like many healthy young men first thing in the morning. She sucked him awake.

Later that morning Renata opened the medicine cabinet above the sink that had been Owen’s in the master bathroom. Owen had left a comb on the bottom shelf that had a few of his hairs hanging onto it. She wrapped those in a tissue. She placed both tissues in plastic baggies, and labeled them.

Dylan called Renata to tell her he’d be a couple hours late for their regular Tuesday-nighter.

Dylan and his friend Joey, and Joey’s uncle Don, owned a very profitable small business doing home improvements and subcontract work for builders. Roofing, siding, carpentry, drywall, windows, flooring, whatever. They were talented and reliable and the business had flourished. They had six other employees and had multiple jobs going at any given time. One big job was almost done and they had to knock it out tonight.

“Whenever you get here is fine with me, I’ll be waiting.” Renata said. “But you might disappoint my husband. He’s parked down the street, watching. He’s in a white Camry. Sticks out like a sore thumb. Hurry home.”

“I will,” he said.

Later, Dylan drove slowly down the street to Renata’s house. The white Camry was still there. He could make out Owen’s profile; he was looking through binoculars. He drove past the car and pulled into the driveway. He didn’t have to knock, he went right in.

Inside, he kissed Renata and said, “He’s still there. He’s got binoculars.”

“What a creep,” she said. “Wanna give him a show?”

He laughed. “Sure.”

They went into the bedroom. The window closest to the front of the house was directly visible from the Camry. Renata turned on a table lamp and opened the curtains. She stood there in plain view, and pulled Dylan to her and they kissed. A long, hard tonguefuck.

“Do me up against the window,” she whispered.

She unbuttoned his shirt while he unbuttoned hers, then they tossed them on the floor. They kissed while they unbuckled and unzipped and their britches dropped. She turned to face the window and leaned against it.

“Do me from behind,” she said.

He knew what she wanted. She smelled great as usual, fresh from a shower. He knelt behind her and his tongue did some ass-diving. Her body was up against the pane. Her tits smudged the window as they raised and lowered with each stab of his tongue.

Owen’s field glasses were zoomed in, and focused. He had a clean, tight shot in the soft light. His wife was naked, facing him with her arms splayed, moving up and down against the glass with a look of bliss on her face. But where was he, what was he doing?

He got his answer soon enough. He saw the guy rise behind her, his nude body flush against the back of her. His arms came around to the front of her and his large hands cupped her breasts. Her body soon started jolting upward, over and over, against the window as the guy fucked her from behind.

Owen zoomed in tighter on the kid’s face. He looked familiar. ‘Oh My God’ he said aloud to himself when he realized who he was. After several more minutes watching his wife being fucked, her body shuddered, and a huge smile came to her face. He watched as their bodies detached. Then she waved to him for a moment, before turning her hand around and giving him the finger. She was kissing Dylan as the curtain closed.

“I think your husband figured out who I am,” Dylan said, three days later. “The binoculars must have done the trick.”

“Really?” Renata asked. “How do you know?”

“My mother called me and gave me a raft of shit.”

“Ah. I see.”

“I had to hang up on her after about ten minutes. She was pissed.”

Renata thought of about a hundred things she could have said about Leah, but she kept her thoughts to herself.

“It’s a relief, in a way,” he added. “No more secrets.”

But of course there were.

Two weeks later, Renata called Owen and said she wanted to meet with him, we need to talk. He readily agreed. He thought finally, she’s come to her senses, no more wild fucking, it’s time to make amends, regroup and put all this behind us.

They met at a coffee shop they’d been to many, many times over the years. It was neutral territory, a comfort zone for both. At least that’s what Owen thought going in.

Renata was there when Owen arrived. She was seated at a side table with a cup of tea in front of her. She waved him over. He sat down facing her. She did not waste time with small talk or beat around the bush.

“See that woman at the end of the counter?” she said, with a nod in that direction.

They looked at the slim, fifty-something, gray-haired woman, sharply dressed in a navy business suit. She waved at them.

“Yes.”

“She’s my attorney,” Renata said, and picked up two manilla folders from her satchel on the floor. She slid one across the table. “And these are divorce papers. Everything is in order. All the documents are there, including my attorney’s business card. Any future contact is to go through her.”

She put the second folder on top of the first.

“In this folder are the results of a DNA test that proves beyond all doubt that you are the biological father of Leah’s son, Dylan.”

Owen sat there dumbstruck, like a deer in the headlights, shaking his head.

“Yep, you are Dylan’s daddy. I can’t believe you two haven’t at least suspected that this could be true, over lo, these many years. I’ll let you relay the good news to Leah, in case she doesn’t already know. I’m sure she’ll want to know it’s official.

“How did you do this?” he mumbled.

“It’s all in the file,” she said. She picked up her bag from the floor, and rose from her chair. “I’ll let Dylan’s parents tell him, it’s not my place to do so. I don’t know how he’ll take the news. You know, since his Daddy was spying on him with binoculars, and everything. And don’t forget Luke. I’m sure he’ll be tickled. Gotta go.”

Renata and her attorney walked out together.

Dylan was estranged from his parents, but that didn’t slow him down. He kept sticking his tongue and dick into Renata every chance he got. After a couple months she asked him to move in. She liked having a talented craftsman around the old house, someone who could repair anything that broke or needed attention, who was handy whether it was inside the house, outside the house, or of course, in the bedroom.

The divorce proceeded smoothly. The attorneys for both sides already knew each other and worked together well. Renata was getting the house, half of the IRA and a sizable chunk of cash.

Six months later, it came time to finalize the divorce. The settlement was held in a conference room at the firm of Renata’s lawyer. When they gathered around the table it was obvious to all that Renata was very visibly pregnant.

The procedure went smoothly. The attorneys conducted the signings quickly and efficiently. All papers were ready and they were done in twenty minutes. They were waiting for copies when some small talk was attempted.

“When are you due?” Owen asked.

“A couple months,” Renata said.

“What does Dylan think?”

“He is ecstatic. He’s going to have a little boy. Your grandson. That makes you Grandpa, and Leah a grandma.” She chuckled. “And it will make me like your daughter-in-law, and you’ll be my father-in-law, and Leah my mother-in-law, or something like that. Crazy, huh?”

The attorney returned with the copies and they all stood to leave. As they were walking out, Owen had one more thing to say.

“But such a big age difference,” he said condescendingly. “ He’s so young. What do you two have in common? What do you talk about?”

“Oh, we communicate very effectively,” she said. “But you wouldn’t understand. We speak in tongues.”

“Speak in tongues? What the hell is that?”

“See? I knew you wouldn’t understand. I guess your binoculars couldn’t help you with that.”

She hurriedly walked out without another word. Dylan was waiting for her.

New Start (new friends) 0 (0)

Introduction:

Her tits were full it was like sucking cow udders. / Lyn remained wedged on my shaft till l had emptied my balls. / She whispered “bite me”, so l gave her nipple a hard nip, she let out a squeal. / Lyn looked down at me under her and began to slowly slide herself back and forth.

I walked out the Sussex divorce court after having my second marriage annulled, l decided it was time for a fresh start, my job was a hospital porter so it was easy to transfer to another hospital, l stuck a pin into a map and it seemed l was heading to Suffolk.

I contacted Suffolk hospital and they were pleased to offer me a place and everything was arranged even somewhere for me to live. I was told the accommodation was only a bedsit, but it turned out to be a converted attic that had bed lounge with a small cooker in the corner and shower room, l ate my main meals with my landlords Mr and Mrs Carter who were a nice couple and straight away we were on first name turns, l knew l was going to enjoy my new life.

Eric was 67yrs old, his only interests in life now were his vegetable garden and the many social clubs he was a member of, l also found out later he had a fetish. Lynda was 57yr old, a chubby woman with magnificent tits for her age, well from what l could see at that time.

I’d been living with Eric and Lynda for a few weeks and in the evenings l would sit and watch TV with Lynda while Eric was at one of his clubs. She would have a bath then sit dressed in her night gown watching TV while knocking back a few whisky and cokes and by 8.30-9pm Lyn would drop off to sleep and quite often her gown fell open revealing her large floppy tits and fat round belly which looked like she was 7 or 8 months pregnant.

One evening as we sat watching TV Lyn dropped off to sleep and her gown slowly began to reveal her belly and tits as she shuffled about in her chair, this evening l was feeling exceptionally horny and went for a closer look at her floppy tits, her nipples were big and round l was tempted to feel them but l thought this might wake her, she also had a thick mass of grey and dark curly pubic hair between her legs.

I couldn’t fight my urges anymore; l got my cock out and began to franticly wank my hard shaft imagining what it would feel like between Lyn’s mammoth soft floppy tits. I could feel my balls beginning to swell and get tighter, l was going to explode and couldn’t stop myself from wanking my cock faster as far as l was concerned my hard stiff shaft with its large mauve bulbous head was up inside Lyn’s warm wet old womb which was waiting for me to decorate it’s walls with hot creamy spunk and l wasn’t going to let her down. I pulled my foreskin hard down to the base of my shaft and held it there as a rush of hot spunk travelled from my balls, a gush shot from my urethral going onto Lyn’s belly and right tit, l gave my cock another few strokes a second load shot onto her thick mass of curly pubic hair then she got one more splatter from me, my spunk turned to a slow dribble, l shook my cock flicking the drops that hung from the urethral opening onto her belly.

My ball sack felt empty and l felt satisfied, l was also grateful to Lyn for wearing a dressing gown that was too small for her size, l very carefully wrapped her gown over her then went to bed.

At breakfast everything was normal, Eric looked over his news-paper to say “good morning” as l sat at the table, Lyn poured me a tea she was wearing the same gown as the previous evening the one that my spunk had soaked into. As l drank the cup of tea my thoughts were on the thick bush of hair between her legs covered with my sticky spunk, Lyn startled me when she asked if l was alright as l seemed miles away, l smiled then finished my breakfast and set off for work.

That evening was very much the same as the night before, Lyn would have a bath then settle down with a few whisky’s and by 9pm she was sleeping, but this time l opened her gown and took out my cock then slid the foreskin over the head which glistened due to my pre-cum juices leaking from my urethral opening. Lyn’s nipples looked so inviting, l brushed the head of my cock gently over one of her nipples she didn’t move so l did it again and a small gush of pre-cum oozed from my urethral which l wiped onto her nipple.

I knelt beside her chair and slowly began wanking my shaft then positioned my mouth over her nipple and licked it, Lyn didn’t stir so l did it again and again, l couldn’t help myself from then taking her nipple between my lips to softly suck, she began to moan and sigh which got louder, next she stirred so l quickly returned to my seat. She sat up looked about the room then wrapped her gown around her and said she was going to bed, Lyn was a bit unsteady on her feet due to the amount of whisky she had drank, but managed to make it to bed.

All l could now think about was sucking on Lyn’s nipples and shooting a good thick sticky load over her pussy bush, it was getting uncomfortable sitting there so l decided to go to bed and finish myself off. When l passed Lyn’s bedroom l peeped in she was on her back fast asleep, l was tempted to go in and have a suck on her nipples, but if she woke there would be no way l could explain why l was in her bedroom so went onto my room.

I stripped ready for bed, but l couldn’t get into bed as the urge to fuck Lyn was too great, l went to her bedroom and slid under the quilt, she was laying on her front, l lifted her nightie over her chubby bum cheeks and put a hand between her legs she instinctively spread them, l parted her pussy lips with a finger. Lyn murmured “hurry up” she thought l was Eric wanting a quick fuck, l lowered myself onto her back and guided my cock head to her pussy entrance and gently slid the whole of my shaft inside her then began fucking her hard and fast. She began sighing and lifting her bum slightly to meet my downward thrusts, l knew l wouldn’t be able to fuck her for too long as she was sure to realise so l really pounded my shaft in and out her hole, but then made the mistake of letting out “oh l’m cuming” just before shooting a steaming hot load into Lyn’s womb, she turned her head and saw it was me on her back fucking her and yelled “what you doing” then wriggle trying to get my cock out her pussy, but she couldn’t move due to the tight hold l had on her and l couldn’t answer as all my concerns were to finish shooting my sticky load deep inside her, but once l had emptied my balls the only thing l could say was “sorry”, Lyn yelled at me to go, l leapt from her bed and ran to my room. I lay in bed thinking how l would be looking for a new place to live or l’ll be in a cell the next day, but then my bedroom door opened l sat up it was Lyn, she sat on the edge of my bed and l thought here we go, lm going to get my marching orders, but instead she told me l was to never go into her bedroom again unless invited and stood up pulled her nightie over her shoulders and let it fall to the floor, lifted the quilt to climb into bed with me.

I raised her left tit and began sucking her nipple hard my mouth began to fill with a sweetish liquid, l stopped sucking and swallowed what was in my mouth, Lyn told me not to worry as it was only breast milk, not sounding to diplomatic l blurted-out was she pregnant, Lyn laughed and begun telling me how a doctor proscribed medication because she had a hormone imbalance the medication started her lactating and Eric her husband enjoyed drinking the milk so since then Lyn had been milking herself three or four times a day and storing her milk in the fridge for Eric to drink.

Once she explained, my lips grasped her nipple and l began draining Lyn’s tits one at a time, suckling got my cock hard and it must have done something to her as she straddled me then fed my shaft into her slippery pre-filled love hole. Lyn grasped her right tit and squeezed spraying me with breast milk then enquired if l had ever been squirted with milk before, l nodded sat up and took her nipple into my mouth, her tits were full it was like sucking cow udders. She pushed me down and began riding my shaft, sliding herself back and forth then lifting herself up only to slam herself down, Lyn’s large tits rose up into the air as she came downwards onto my cock her tits would then slam onto her round chubby belly, little droplets of milk came from her nipples and rolled down her belly.

We were finding our rhythm when l heard the front door slam, it was Eric, Lyn must have heard the door but she wasn’t deterred and carried on riding my shaft just as hard, but her breathing and moans got louder whereas l lost the moment. Lyn noticed and screamed at me “don’t worry about Eric” and egged me on to carry on fucking her.

I took hold of her fat hips for something to grip and began raising myself to meet her downward thrusts, Lyn’s juices ran from her pussy like a river l could feel it running over my balls and between my legs. I gave a hard shove of my shaft into her dripping pussy and yelled “lm cuming” as my first creamy load shot from the urethral opening at the end of my cock, Lyn’s inner pussy muscles pulsated coursing a rippling effect up and down my shaft sending my balls into a spasm and l shot one creamy hot load after another up inside her.

Lyn remained wedged on my shaft till l had emptied my balls, she leant forward to kiss me then unsaddled herself the spunk l shot inside her immediately began to ooze from between her pussy lips and run down her inner thighs. She picked up her nightie from the floor and gave her dribbling hole a good wipe then kissed me again and left my room. I listened out for any shouting or arguing but there was nothing so l went off to sleep very satisfied.

The next morning l woke to my alarm, dressed and went down for breakfast Eric was reading his newspaper and Lyn was sat at the table, she gave me a big grin and winked, l sat and helped myself to cereal while Lyn poured me a tea.

I glanced over the table, Lyn opened her gown lifted her tit and squeezed, her milk sprayed the table she got to her feet and came around to where l was sitting she took me by the hand and told Eric she was just going back to bed, he simply replied “ok” not even putting down his newspaper.

We went to her bedroom where she removed her gown then her nightie and lay on the bed, l was nervous knowing Eric was in the kitchen and l was in his bedroom about to fuck his wife, but seeing Lyn with her legs spread on the bed l knew l had to get my cock between her pussy lips to give her another fucking. I was naked in seconds and in position between Lyn’s legs, my shaft was wedged between her slightly flappy fat pussy lips, before l started fucking her l asked if we would be disturbed by Eric, and Lyn said the strangest thing “he’s waiting for you to finish”, l took it we would be safe. We began fucking and where my chest squashed her tits she was expelling milk, it wasn’t long before Lyn was sighing and moaning then as her orgasm grew she yelled at me to put my dirty cock deeper into her hole then screamed “fucking cum now!”, l opened the gates to my balls, a rush of steaming hot creamy cum flowed down my shaft to flood Lyn’s womb. Once l had given her inside a good filling, l slid my shaft from Lyn’s wet dripping hole and wiped the head of my cock in the bush of hair between her legs.

As l dressed l joked was she getting up or going to stay in bed ready for when l came home, it was then Lyn told me about Eric’s fetish, he liked to watch her being fucked and loved fucking her after when she had a spunk filled pussy, but on this occasion he thought it might put me off, l thought she was joking till l was going out the door to work and Eric asked me if Lyn was ready for him, l replied “yep” and went to work.

All that day l had a hard cock thinking of Eric fucking Lyn while she was filled with my spunk, l couldn’t wait to get home and see if he wanted me to refill her.

When l walked through the front door Lyn was sat in the lounge catching up on some soap and Eric was in the garden tending his vegetables, l inquired if he was happy with how full l had left her that morning. She sat forward in her armchair and said “yes”, got to her feet and stood in front of me then pressed the palm of her hand against my groin and took my cock out to slowly start wanking my stiff shaft. I opened her blouse and released her large smooth tits then taking one nipple into my mouth l sucked and drank her milk, Lyn wanked me faster l let out a gasp she sat on the arm of the sofa and said softly “my turn to milk you”, she took my cock to the back of her throat, l placed my hands at the back of her head and thrust my hips forward this caused Lyn to choke she told me not to force my cock down her throat, so l left it to her to work on my hard shaft. Out the corner of my eye l saw Eric appear and my immediate reaction was to stop, but Lyn had a to tighter grip on my cock, she sucked and slurped down on my shaft, Eric stood watching with a smile on his face.

My ball sack started to tingle, l knew it was time to empty the sticky hot contents, l hoped Lyn was thirsty l couldn’t hold back any longer and shouted “lm cumin, lm cuming”, Eric yelled “give it to the bitch!” and l did, my creamy liquid flowed through my shaft exploding into Lyn’s mouth, she was sucking my cock to get every drop then swallowed the lot it felt like she was using my shaft as a straw to drain my balls, it felt so good.

Once Lyn emptied my ball sack she licked from under my balls paying loving attention to the head of my cock then when she had finished with my now semi hard shaft Lyn gently placed it into my boxers and calmly announced dinner was at 6pm, l didn’t know what to say, so just replied “thank you” and went to my room.

Later when Eric called me down for dinner the conversation was like any other meal time, he was telling me about his vegetables then reminded Lyn he had a meeting at some social club. After we had eaten Eric went off to get ready for his club and l helped Lyn clear the table before going to my room, we didn’t speak about us having sex or her sucking me off when l came home from work, l wondered if it was all just a one-off thing that happened.

It was about 7.30pm when l heard Lyn calling me to ask if l was going to watch telly, so l went downstairs, she was in her usual armchair with a glass of whisky beside her, but this night l noticed Lyn wasn’t in her gown, l enquired if she was having a late bath or going out, Lyn winked and said she has plans for a shower later then winked again and suggested we could have some fun without Eric being there as it was enjoyable with just the 2 of us.

While watching her soap she had a few more whisky’s then when it finished got up and asked me to follow. We ended up in her bedroom where l was told to undress her then strip which l eagerly obeyed, Lyn was wearing a striped dress with a V-neck which was quick and easy to remove, but l couldn’t say the same for her tights, her tits where pushed together in a white bra which as soon as l took off caused Lyn’s tits to flop onto her round belly then last of all l slid her knickers over her chunky hips and thighs down to her ankles and she stepped out of them. We stood beside the bed naked kissing, my lips closed around her hard nipple and l began sucking, Lyn had a grip on my cock her hand slowly sliding up and down my shaft, she whispered “bite me”, so l gave her nipple a hard nip she let out a squeal, l did it again and her squeal became a gasp, she murmured “bite me”, this time l bit down and sucked hard leaving a large dark mauve and red mark, she would say “again” each time l bit her, Lyn’s tits became a patchwork of bites then l started on her neck which looked like she was wearing a collar by the time l had finished, all the time l was biting her she was finger fucking herself the under sheet on the bed had a massive damp patch.

I was ready to fill Lyn’s inside with a thick creamy load, so snuggled in between her legs, but she had other ideas telling me we were going into the en-suit.

On the floor was a towel which Lyn asked me to lay on, next she straddled me with the head of my cock just parting her pussy lips, l felt a warm wet liquid trickling down my cock and between my legs, Lyn impaled herself onto my shaft and carried on peeing at the same time began riding my cock, l can’t remember which l enjoyed the most, her peeing while having my cock wedged up inside her or having Lyn piss on me, but together it was mind blowing.

Our breathing got deeper; she was letting out loud moans and called me a bastard then slapped my face, l pulled her onto my cock she let-out a gasp, l wasn’t sure if she was still peeing or Lyn had squirted, l couldn’t hold back anymore and just let my load gush through the length of my shaft and began oozing from my urethral opening flooding her womb. She flung her head back and started squealing like a little piggy, l shot another steaming hot load up inside her, Lyn looked down at me under her and began to slowly slide herself back and forth mumbling “yeses, oh god yeses”, l thrust my hips upwards to shoot another thick creamy load, Lyn gulped in a mouthful of air then stopped sliding back and forth leant forward and we kissed she said softly “now how about that shower”.

Lyn may have been in her late 50s, but she had given me a run for my money l didn’t know about a shower l was dehydrated and knackered. We spent at least a half hour in the shower giving each other a good lathering among other things.

After the shower Lyn gave me a fantastic cock sucking and eagerly swallowed every drop she got from my balls, it was then and only then that she let me go to my own room.

I had fallen asleep and was woken by Lyn asking me to come to her room, so l followed her to find Eric standing by their bed naked, he asked me to do the business with Lyn, she was now laying on the bed spreading her pussy lips which looked red and wet the hair between Lyn’s legs glistened with her juices my cock immediately stood out like a pole in my boxers they were off in seconds and l was between Lyn’s legs sliding my shaft into her smooth wet sticky hole to begin fucking her.

I didn’t hang about fucking Lyn, she was receiving hard deep thrusts and between her loud moans and Eric’s shouts of encouragement l was soon letting out sounds of my own as l shot a nice full sticky load up inside Lyn’s warm wet pussy hole. I was fucking Lyn almost every days and on special occasions Eric would ask me to fill her so he could enjoy his fetish of fucking his wife when she had a full womb of spunk.

All was going well then one night Lyn came running into my room saying Eric was in a crash, so l took her to the hospital, Eric died in the early hours, l was surprised how well she coped with his death, Eric’s sister Tillie came to stay and that helped.

Tillie was 52yrs old and for some reason lived in a complex for the elderly the complex had a café, hairdressers and small shop on the ground floor there were staff to help with the residents, Tillie did mention a few times how expensive it was to live there.

Lyn told me how Tillie looked after her mother till she died, Tillie wasn’t allowed boyfriends in fact she wasn’t allowed any close friends, if Lyn and Eric visited then quite often Tillie was sent to her room, while Tillie was staying with us there wasn’t much conversation between me and her till one evening Lyn brought us a takeaway to say thank you for supporting her.

Everyone was enjoying the meal and Tillie began to actually talk, she was telling us about the complex where she lived and happen to mention there was a vacancy for an odd-job person so l asked how l could apply as it was less hours and closer to home than my hospital job.

By 10pm Tillie had to go to bed as two and a half glasses of wine was more than enough for her. I sat chatting to Lyn, we hadn’t fucked since Eric died in fact l had on purposely stayed out of her way, it was getting late so l went to bed leaving her to carry on drinking. I don’t know what time it was, but l was half woken by a hand grabbing my cock and someone whisper “let’s get this bigger”, it was Lyn she started to wank me hard and fast.

It didn’t take long to get my shaft hard, just a few stokes, Lyn slithered down the bed to take my cock into her warm wet mouth causing me to let-out a low moan, l could feel the head of my cock being squeezed by her throat muscles then Lyn gasp when she eased my cock from her throat, she did this repeatedly. My pre-cum oozed from the urethral opening at the tip of my cock, Lyn swallowed the clear sticky liquid then climbed up the bed to straddle me, she held my shaft and impaled herself letting-out a sigh of satisfaction before riding my shaft like a wild woman. She flung her head back taking in large gulps of air telling me “don’t cum, don’t fucking cum”, it was taking all my concentration not to pull Lyn down onto my cock and fill her inside with what l had been storing in my balls sack.

She stopped suddenly and fed one of her nipples into my mouth, l sucked hard the milk squirted into my mouth l had grown to love the taste and sucked harder, Lyn’s milk sacks were full due to not being pumped or sucked for 3 or 4 weeks her soft round milk containers were all mine now. Lyn let me suckle for a while longer before sitting up and carried on riding my shaft, she gave a loud gasp thrusted herself downwards, l knew she was ready for me to pump every drop of creamy thick spunk up my shaft and begin flooding her womb. When my first powerful load exploded inside her, she gave a yell then my second load burst from my cock, Lyn gasped “oh god yeses, yes”, l pushed her tits together to spray myself with the milk contained inside then raised my hips to give her one more powerful spurt of steaming hot runny spunk fresh from my balls.

We stay locked together for a while as neither one of us wanting to separate, Lyn squirted me with her milk containers and gave a smile then slowly lifted herself from my shaft, when she got to her feet a gush of my spunk came from between her pussy lips and began running down her inner thighs Lyn wiped her spunk dripping pussy and said she’d better go to her bed because she didn’t want Tillie seeing her come out my room.

At breakfast Lyn remarked how she had slept well, Tillie sympathetically said “it takes time”, Lyn looked at me and grinned. As l was leaving for work Tillie reminded me to phone the complex where she lived about the vacancy and to mention it was her that told me.

Well l phoned the complex for the vacancy and got the job as there odd-job man, within 2 weeks l was changing lightbulbs, pushing people to the café, small shop or hairdressers in there wheelchairs or unblocking drains, but best of all l got to meet more new friends with benefits, very good benefits which l’ll tell you about in New Start (new job).

Elle’s Treated Like a Princess (edited) 0 (0)

Introduction:

Elle recently had an episode with her uncle in her closet for 7 wonderful minutes. They agree to meet for lunch the next day, and she is treated like a princess.

Elle kept looking at the clock in her last hour class, on her high school’s early release day. She had secretly made plans to have her uncle pick her up, just down the street from the entrance to her private school. Over the weekend, Uncle Terry cornered her upstairs in her bedroom. She had always been attracted to him, but this time, she knew he was very horny after inspecting her young body. He asked her about her boyfriends, and she admitted, her parents were not willing to let her date just yet . . . so no boyfriend. He joked about how he might be able to give her some experience.

She said she would be willing . . . but was afraid her parents and the rest of the family . . . downstairs might find out. He asked whether she had ever played, 7 Minutes in Heaven, an old game he had played when he was her age. She had never heard of it.

“How do you play?” she asked.

“Well it’s for girls who aren’t afraid of making out and doing other things . . . for 7 minutes in a closest with a boy,” he explained. Then there was silence. She certainly would be interested in kissing her handsome uncle, but the “doing other things” kinda concerned her. But she figured what could happen in 7 minutes!

“I’m willing to play, if that’s ok with you. But who keeps time?” she asked, trying to act more grown up. It’s at that point that her uncle takes out his cell phone and clicks on the timer . . . setting it for 7 minutes.

“We are supposed to be in a closet . . . and it looks like this one is available,” he says with a big smile on his face as he opens up her bedroom closet. It is about 5 feet wide and about 4 feet deep, with clothes on three sides. Just enough room for both of them to go at it, he thought.

“Still game to play Elle?” he asked, extending his hand out towards her. She smiles and grasps his open palm. He doesn’t want her to freak out too much, so rather than flipping on the light switch, he just pulls her inside, reaches behind him and pulls the door shut. Not absolute darkness, but pretty close. Then he starts the timer, which is pretty much the only light inside the closet.

“I will take the lead, since this is your first time. Just follow along, and remain silent, so the others downstairs don’t hear us.”

“Okay,” she says excitedly. Immediately she feels his hands behind her head and his warm lips against hers. This excites her almost immediately. Soon his tongue is inside her mouth, as it lashes across hers, and even up to the top of her mouth, and in between her teeth. She realizes he is a very experienced kisser . . . and soon her tongue is following suit, and hopefully making him feel aroused, just like she does.

As he continues to kiss, he reaches down and captures her tits in his hands. They aren’t super big yet, but he feels her nipples growing at a fast rate under her thin bra. She can’t help herself as she begins to moan into his mouth as his fingers continue to excite her breasts. He quickly slips his hands to the bottom of the sweater she is wearing, and immediately moves his right hand up her warm stomach to the bottom of her bra cup. Simultaneously, he reaches behind her back, locates the clasp on her bra and unhooks it. With Elle’s lips still against his, there is no way she can object, as he works her bra off her shoulders.

Within seconds, he is rubbing each bare nipple with the tips of his thumbs, exciting her even more. The young girl can’t believe how aroused she is becoming. She moves her tongue into his mouth, more urgently and realizes now only his thumb and index finger of one hand are exciting each of her buds. Not enough to cause any pain, but he continues to pinch and pull on her nipples, making them as rigid as she ever remembered. Then she hears a zipper being pulled down and he fumbles with something down below. Was it the zipper on her jeans or his pants, she wonders, still under the mercy of what he is doing to her tits and stiff nipples.

Next, her extremely horny uncle finds her hand and moves it over towards the center of his pants.

“Hold my long cock . . . for me,” he whispers, taking his lips off of hers. Soon her fingers have encircled his stiff shaft, and he immediately moans his appreciation. He directs her to move her hand up and down the shaft. She is somewhat afraid, but follows his instructions. It is at that moment; the timer goes off. They both feel some urgency to get their clothes back to normal since the rest of the family is downstairs, and a minute or so later, Uncle Terry opens the door.

“I think you said you would be out early on Wednesday. . . from school . . .correct?” he asked, exiting her closet.

“Uh, huh, it’s an early release day,” she said still trying to hook back up her bra, under her sweater.

“Good . . . what time is that?”

“10:45.”

“I will park one street over on Hemingway. We are going to go to a special place together, where I will treat you like a princess and we will enjoy an exceptional lunch together . . . like never before. I am headed downstairs, so wait a few minutes before following me. Now back to the present:

She glanced quickly up and down the street, making sure none of her classmates were around. Then almost as if she was hypnotized, she moved a couple of paces to the curb, and stepped back onto that thin ice of childhood daring, accepting his invitation. The 15-year-old girl willingly slid her young bum into the passenger seat of his car, knowing very well that he was going to sexually excite her, and that she was going to let him. Her young heart thudded to the tempo of the car’s engine as he leaned over her to pull the door closed. He looked around quickly to make sure nobody was about and then leaned over to kiss her.

“I missed you,” he whispered.

His words sent a shiver through her as she realized that she had missed him too. Although it had only been a few days, she had missed his easy smile and good humored jokes. And although she had only been given a ride a few times, she had missed the throbbing vibration of the MG’s engine – missed the familiar and wonderfully scary feeling of her teen vagina . . . pulsing in time with it.

She was trembling with anxiety. The last time she had accepted a lift from him, she had done so in total innocence . . . she’d had any way of knowing what would happen on the way home today. This time she had the memory of what took place in her bedroom closet. She knew her panties were going to come off in his car and he was going to do other things to her . . . things that she should never allow anyone to do . . . and he would expect her to do things to him.

“This isn’t the way to my house,” she said nervously as he took a different turn then her usual one.

“I didn’t say I was taking you home, did I?”

She shook her head timidly. She had already known he wouldn’t be taking her straight home. He smiled and winked at her as his free hand rested lightly on her bare leg, just above her knee. The touch of his hand could easily have been a friendly innocent gesture . . . but Elle knew better than that now.

“Where are we going?” she asked even though she was certain it would make no difference where they went. She already knew what was going to happen when they got there.

“You’ll see,” he said mysteriously as he turned onto the main road, heading out of town.

After a few miles, he turned off onto a side road that led to the rolling hills of the South Downs. He was speaking softly, trying to hide his excitement at what he had planned for the cute girl. He was trying to calm her obvious anxiety but it didn’t help. She was incredibly nervous. She barely heard the words he said as the car climbed smoothly to the peak of one of the hills and his hand caressed her bare leg, slowly drifting higher . . .

He finally pulled the car off the road near a picnic spot. He parked the car in a thicket, out of sight of the road and the picnic area. He leaned over and smiled warmly. Then he kissed her. A moment later his tongue was in her young mouth, tasting its freshness. And his fingers were inching up the inside of her thigh, touching the hem of her short skirt, and slipping underneath it. She felt a nervous warmth sweep over her. The intensity of his perverse sexual desire for her was more than a little scary. But it felt good to be with him again. He was doing it again and she was submissively allowing him to do it.

Elle gasped through her nostrils and squeezed her eyes closed. She wanted this. She needed to feel the ecstasy she had previously experienced at Uncle Terry’s expert hands. Maybe the fear was a part of the thrill but even though she knew what to expect, it was still scary for her. It could never be easy for a girl in that situation, having a man’s tongue in her mouth, feeling his adult fingers teasing and flirting their way up under her skirt.

Elle slipped her bum lower in the seat, dutifully spreading her young legs, and lifting her pelvis slightly. She was trying to be a good lover for him. She was trying to give him what he wanted by offering him unrestricted access to the soft, warm crotch of her already wet underwear, letting him touch her there and compliantly allowing him to gently rub the puffy lips of her hairless pussy, through the thin cotton material.

She gasped softly through her young nostrils, sucking submissively on Uncle Terry’s tongue as his big adult fingers found the leg band of her underwear and tucked underneath it, slipping boldly onto the soft naked lips of her pussy, touching it. She wondered what Mike, her brother would think of her . . . if he could see her now. She knew this was wrong and bad but any feelings of guilt were swamped by the nervous, naughty excitement sweeping through her.

She whimpered anxiously as Uncle Terry’s fingers flirted with her moistened vaginal lips, finding the sensitive nub of her young clit and the tiny tight ring of her pussy opening, rubbing her gently, feeling her up, sexually arousing her. And she sat there nervous but willing, with her legs spread wide, sucking on his adult tongue, letting him do it, wanting it and being a good willing girl for him.

He pulled his lips off hers and whispered softly to her, expressing his unbridled excitement.

“You really are a very sexy girl,” he said softly. “I’ve thought about you constantly since our time together in your bedroom.”

Elle lowered her eyes, almost overwhelmed by the strange mixture of intense emotions and physical sensations sweeping over her. There was nervousness, a nagging fear, and something else, something she didn’t quite understand. She felt her slender thighs twitching lightly. She felt her young hips lifting nervously. She felt her young body responding to the gentle caress of his adult fingers on the naked lips . . . of her pussy. And she liked it.

“Have you been thinking about me?” he asked in a nervous whisper.

Elle looked up into his eyes, hesitating momentarily, and then nodded.

“I’m glad,” he smiled. “Were you okay after what we did last time?”

Elle nodded again. “Yes,” she managed to whisper, thinking how different Uncle Terry’s was . . . to her insistent brother . . . who had got what he wanted without caring about her at all.

“It must have been a bit of a shock for you – you know, our first time together and I did that to you. I’m sorry about that,” he said with complete sincerity. “I just couldn’t help myself. I wanted you so much.”

A shy and embarrassed blush colored Elle ‘s young face as she considered what that meant. He had wanted her? Did he really mean he wanted to keep her?

“We don’t have to do this . . . every time,” he said, recognizing her anxiety, trying to reassure her. “And as you will see, I’ve got different plans for you today.”

Elle pursed her lips nervously. She was prepared for what they had done last time, that was familiar ground – not exactly innocent but familiar. This time he wanted something different – did that mean something more than last time? The young girl could think of only one thing he might want that was more than last time.

He grinned at her. “Nothing to worry about,” he said as he slipped his fingers out from under the crotch of her underwear. “Here, let’s get these off you.”

Elle obediently lifted her little bum off the passenger seat and, without thinking about it, pulled her knees together, letting him tug her underwear down her legs. He stripped her light blue panties right off her, leaving her naked under her short school uniform skirt.

“There we go,” he whispered. “Now come with me, I’ve got a surprise for you.”

Elle’s heart was in her mouth as he got out of the car and beckoned her to follow him. What was this about? What did he have planned for her this time? She had willingly got into his car because to her mind, the car was safe. She had allowed him to touch her and she had touched him. Outside of the car was outside her experience and outside her comfort zone. Her legs were rubber as she wondered how much danger she was in now . . . and if it was possible to run away on legs . . . that would barely support her.

Uncle Terry pulled a basket out from the back of the car and waved it at her.

“Picnic!” he said triumphantly.

Elle released her breath with a huge sigh and giggled helplessly. How wonderful! A picnic and she had thought he was going to do something naughty to her. It never occurred to the girl, to wonder why he had removed her panties to have a picnic. She was still giggling as she followed him deeper into the trees. The trees were bigger and denser here. It was also darker and more forbidding. She had no idea where they were going, but Uncle Terry seemed to know and so she followed him.

They eventually came to a clearing in the trees. Elle squealed with surprised pleasure when she saw the grassy rise in the middle of the trees. The sun was at just the right angle to warm the clearing and she could see squirrels crouched on the branches of the bordering trees, chittering and watching them both with alert, suspicious eyes.

“It’s just perfect,” she exclaimed happily. “Like a magical place, for us to have lunch.”

“It’s our place, our secret magical place” said Uncle Terry proudly. “I claimed it in the name of a beautiful princess.”

“Who?” said Elle excitedly. “Who is she?”

“Princess Elle of course. Who did you think?”

“I’m a princess?”

“A beautiful princess,” he corrected her with a grin. “My princess. Think back a few years earlier when you were too young, and enjoy what I have planned.”

He dropped the basket and began to unpack it, spreading a cloth for the food and a blanket for them to sit on. He produced a bottle of wine and various containers of food which he laid out with a flourish and then he bowed deeply.

“Your Majesty,” he said in a cheery voice. “Din-nah is served.”

Elle giggled delightedly, only too willing to join in a magical game of make-believe, especially as she was a princess and the picnic was obviously real. And he had thought about her – he had planned this without even knowing that she would get into his car. Perhaps she should have worried that he was so sure of her, confident she could be controlled and manipulated so precisely. Maybe she should have been more concerned about a lot of things . . . but she was a teen girl – an excited teen girl and her only thought was how much he must care about her to arrange all this. If he cared about her, that made him safe to be with . . . didn’t it?

Uncle Terry knew his subject alright. His passion for teen girls and it made sense to study what teen girls were passionate about, if he wanted to get closer to them. Most girls are reluctant to give up their fantasies and the magic of childhood pretence, even when maintaining the illusion took effort and discomfort. The more elaborate the fantasy, the more reluctant a girl would be to sacrifice it for a minor inconvenience like forgetting she was not supposed to take her panties off . . . for strange men or to let those same strange men touch her . . . where nobody was supposed to touch her.

He had made good progress so far, but he had a gut feeling the next step might cause her to hesitate and think about what she was getting into. He needed to avoid putting her in a situation where she would question him or his motives – or what they were doing to each other. He had never hurt anyone or deliberately made one unhappy. He might never have forced a girl before . . . but he was determined that today . . . this pretty young girl . . . was going to suck his cock.

Elle studied the picnic set-up with a puzzled frown.

“No plates or silverware,” she announced finally.

“In the Kingdom of Nofork, we never use such things – as your Royal Highness already knows of course,” said her uncle with just the right amount of pomposity to maintain the illusion of his princely status.

“We eat with our fingers, I suppose,” sighed Princess Elle, feeling a little let down. “But what about plates? What can we eat from?”

“Each other of course. That is why we have no servants here. Only a prince of the royal blood, such as myself . . . is worthy for a Princess such as you to eat from. And of course the other way around as well,” he added hastily.

“How do we do that?”

“Patience your Highness. Tis unseemly for a Princess who is next in line to the throne . . . to be too hasty to eat.”

Terry dropped to his knees in front of her. Elle smiled weakly. It was less intimidating and more in keeping with her role as a princess to have a man kneel before her. His next action was somewhat less royal and a lot less respectful. Elle was startled for a moment when he circled her waist with one arm and pulled her small body up against his. He slipped his free hand down onto her bottom and then lower to find the hem of her skirt, lifting it, his fingers slipping beneath and fanning out . . . to cup the soft, naked cheeks of her bum, squeezing it gently.

He kissed her again, coaxing her young mouth open, pushing her boundaries as he pushed his tongue into her and explored her mouth, assaulting her with his adult tongue and at the same time nudging her legs apart, spreading her legs as his fingers slipped between them once again, finding her cute teen pussy, rubbing it gently, but also urgently.

It was an incredible moment for her, being with him again, having already had her panties stripped off, responding to the aggression of his bold adult tongue in her young mouth, feeling his hands on her, squeezing the naked cheeks of her bum, rubbing her pussy. For a brief moment she thought about reminding him this was not Royal behavior and then the thought vanished in a haze of pleasure.

His fingers were everywhere and gone again and then they settled at the waist of her skirt, searching for and finding the little hook that held the waistband closed. Elle twitched nervously as Uncle Terry’s fingers unhooked the little clasp and then eased the short zipper down. There was nothing to hold Elle ‘s skirt up and so it did the other thing and slithered down her legs, pooling around her ankles. She was effectively naked from the waist down, with only her ankle socks and shiny black patent leather shoes to protect her modesty.

“W-why’re you taking my skirt off?” she asked timidly, certain there was no connection between a picnic and having her clothes removed.

“We use each other as plates, princess,” whispered Uncle Terry huskily. “We don’t want to get grease or sauce over your school clothes, now do we?”

Elle shook her head. No that would not be good to go home with dirty clothes. Her head shake was also for the confusion she was feeling . . . how could they use each other . . . for plates. And then another thought occurred to her.

“What if someone sees me?”

“Nobody ever comes this way,” murmured Uncle Terry his fingers busy on the buttons of her blouse. How did he know that? Was she one of many whom he had explored in this fashion?

‘But they might,’ thought Elle. ‘And it’s me without my clothes on, not him.’

She did not consider that, however embarrassing it might be if a stranger wandered into the clearing, it would be Uncle Terry who was in trouble. She was the victim and all she thought about . . . was being seen naked. Soon he had unhooked her bra, and her small breasts were bare, for him to be delighted. It was too late now for such thoughts because her blouse was lying on the grass next to her skirt and her bra had been tossed aside. She was a very naked girl, which excited him to the absolute limit.

“You need to lie down on the blanket,” whispered Uncle Terry.

“W-why?”

“Because you’re my table and all the food will fall off . . . if you’re standing up.”

That made sense. Elle followed his directions and lay on the blanket, arms by her side and stiff as a board.

“You can relax a bit,” said Uncle Terry. “You make a beautiful table but you’re not made of wood.”

“I thought you said I was a princess,” she said nervously, trying to get back into character. Nervous because none of this made any sense . . . and she was unsure what he wanted to do.

“You’re my princess Elle and I’m your prince,” he said soothingly. “You’ll understand everything in just a moment and I promise you’ll like it.”

Elle relaxed a little. So far he had done nothing to hurt her and she sort of trusted him. Besides, he knew loads more than she did about all kinds of things. Then she jumped . . . as something cold dripped onto her left breast. She jumped again when the same thing happened to her right breast.

“Wha- what’s happening? What are you doing?” she squealed, feeling her bare nipples stiffen . . . from the cold sticky liquid.

“Serving the jelly, your highness,” whispered Uncle Terry as he lowered his head to her breast and began to slowly and lovingly . . . lick the cold sticky jelly from her teen orbs.

Elle suddenly understood and she laughed, partly from relief at finally understanding what he had planned and partly because the cold jelly was trickling down her stomach to make a small pool in the dip of her belly button.

Uncle Terry spooned more and more jelly over her firm breasts and watched as it spread and flowed. He occasionally licked the excess away but allowed a small stream of strawberry jelly to fill . . . and overflow the little lake forming in the indentation of her belly button.

Elle shivered with pleasure when the warmth of his tongue and lips contrasted with the icy cold of the sticky jelly. She shivered more violently when the liquid reached the base of her stomach and flowed slowly over the soft swell of her mons before it dripped between her legs, searching out and filling every crevice it found.

Uncle Terry’s tongue and lips followed the trail of her sweet stickiness, licking and lapping the girl’s sensitive skin as he went. When the stream began to trickle between Elle ‘s plump bald vaginal lips, (and yes . . . she had shaved, just like he asked) she moaned softly as it tickled its way into her most intimate area – she knew that Uncle Terry’s tongue was close behind it and the anticipation was almost too much to bear.

She squealed and wriggled when his questing tongue tip gently separated the lips of her pussy. He had to hold her hips still when his tongue darted teasingly inward, probing the delicate inner lining of her pussy and finding the perimeter of her tiny hole. He felt her body tense and she mewled helplessly when his stiffened tongue pressed in slightly, penetrating just half an inch inside her. He kept the tip of his tongue inside the teen girl, flickering like a serpent’s tongue until her slender hips began to lift slightly, undulating in an instinctive and ancient rhythm. Elle moaned her disappointment when his tongue slipped out and slithered upwards between the sweet stickiness of her pussy lips, lapping and licking until it reached the tiny button of her clit.

Her entire body suddenly spasmed and she screeched . . . as the incredible sensation hit like nothing she had ever known. Her young body was as stiff as a board as her muscles locked rigid with the shock. The sharp intense flash of pleasure/pain rippled outwards, sending shockwaves of pure sensation to every nerve in her body and her orgasm was more violent more exciting and much scarier than she had imagined anything could ever be.

He waited a few minutes, allowing her to relax before he spooned more jelly onto her smooth luscious skin. The coolness brought her back to reality – until his tongue and lips began work again, licking and slathering and prodding her body to yet another mind blowing orgasm…

Then he did it again…

And again…

When he finally allowed her to rest, Elle had lost count of how many times she had orgasmed. She was limp and exhausted and a warm satisfied glow suffused every cell in her body.

“How can anything feel so good?” she whispered faintly . . . when she finally found her voice.

“You like picnics like this one . . . huh?” Uncle Terry murmured in a soft voice.

“I love royal picnics,” she laughed.

“So, your majesty was pleased with the first course then?”

“First course?” she squealed. “You mean there’s more?”

He shrugged eloquently. “It would be an insult to your royal highness if there were less than a dozen courses.”

Elle lay her head back on the blanket. Twelve courses? She was totally exhausted after one. She knew she would just die if she came any more that day.

She was wrong of course. She didn’t die but she did gasp in shock when he showed her the Tupperware container filled with mini frankfurters. She gasped again when he gently rubbed one of the small slender sausages between the moist, still swollen lips of her pussy. She gasped a lot more loudly when he lovingly pushed the first sausage into her tight vagina and then nibbled on it. The second sausage was less shock and more pleasure and she moaned blissfully as he played with it – sucking it out a little and then pushing it back in with his tongue. He repeated the movement a little more rapidly until she came and then he sucked the sausage completely into his mouth and ate it. By the fifth sausage she was screaming so loudly as she came yet again, he was forced to stuff her panties into her mouth to muffle the sound.

Her eyes fluttered open when he gently removed her panties from her mouth and kissed her softly and lovingly.

“Did your highness approve of the second course,” he asked, his lips still touching lightly on hers.

She closed her eyes again and smiled serenely.

“Perfect,” she sighed. “Just perfect.”

Uncle Terry allowed himself a satisfied smile. He knew from experience if he had attempted to simply lick her pussy, there was every chance she would freak out. The little game had introduced her painlessly and pleasurably to the world of oral-genital stimulation. The next step would be easier. His teen princess was about to discover . . . this particular street went both ways.

Elle murmured contentedly as Uncle Terry took her hand and squeezed gently. She squeezed back almost automatically and smiled contentedly. Even when he pulled her hand towards him, guiding her fingers to the thick hard shape pressing out against the material of his jeans, she smiled, knowing what he wanted and more than happy to give it to him after what he had done for her. Relaxed and content, she responded intuitively, giving him what he wanted, her fingers feeling the shape of him, holding it, squeezing it lightly.

Elle’s eyes opened in puzzlement when he pulled her hand away from the hard swelling inside his jeans. She looked up and stared anxiously as he got to his feet and fumbled almost frantically with his belt and his zipper. Then his jeans and underpants were down below his knees and off.

Her eyes found the rude shape of his adult cock. Sure she had felt it days before in her closet. But seeing it naked like that, in the daylight . . . stiff and hard, expressing its full arousal and its obvious, perverted desire for her – it excited her, and it made her blush. There was something incredibly naughty and deeply thrilling about seeing an adult man’s sexual organ naked and fully erect and knowing she was the cause of that erection.

He lay back down alongside her naked body and held her tightly, her delicate smooth skin pressed against his rough male hardness. A little shiver went through her as she realized they were naked together – his thick hard cock was pressing rudely against her slender thigh. She trembled, wondering if he was planning to put that enormous cock inside her dripping pussy.

There was no princess or royal highness this time as he looked into her eyes and whispered, “Fuck . . . I want you so badly.”

He took her hand gently and she let him wrap her fingers around the warm, hard, enthusiastic shaft of his adult cock. She let him remind her how to grip it lightly, and how to pull slowly up and down, pumping it for him. She was actually excited that she was doing something to make him feel good.

He twisted slightly and reached for one of the Tupperware containers. Gently prying her fingers from around his urgently throbbing cock, he dipped her hand almost to the wrist in the cool sticky jelly. He guided her jelly covered hand back to his cock and her fingers knew to grip him and begin to masturbate him again – this time with the slippery thickness of the jelly coating every inch of his cock. He released his hold on her hand and allowed her to pump him with slow deliberation while his hand stroked her hair, entwining his fingers in her hair at the back of her head,

“You haven’t eaten yet,” he whispered as he pressed gently down on her head, guiding her, bringing her closer to his shaft.

She gasped as his male scent mixed with the scent of strawberry jelly came to her, and flirted its way into her mouth and nose. She opened her eyes momentarily, seeing the eager, swollen head of his cock, sticking right up at her. It was intoxicating, knowing that it was hard for her, that it wanted her. She did nothing to resist, letting herself go limp. It didn’t really come as a surprise to her. He had already taken her through the minefield of oral-genital contact with his own mouth and tongue between her thighs. Those intimate parts of her young body, her sweet, soft, hairless lips, and the snug hole of her teen vagina, were still wet with his saliva. How could she deny him?

She was understandably nervous. It was like the two of them were engaged in a slow, lewdly erotic dance, with him in the lead, guiding her. She closed her eyes, and trembled nervously as the warm, rude bulb of his cock head touched her lips. He let her feel him trace a line around her lips with the tip, leaving a slippery trail of strawberry stickiness. Her stiff tongue flicked out experimentally, tasting the jelly. Then he pressed gently down on her head again, coaxing her lips apart, slipping between them. It was an incredibly powerful experience for Elle, to be so deeply and intimately connected to a man, to have the head of his adult cock between her lips, to feel him pressing down on her head and she understood what he wanted her to do.

For a brief moment, Elle almost panicked, almost pulled away, almost felt tears of anxiety welling up inside her, almost believed she couldn’t do it. His big cock was staring her in the face, then touching her mouth, pressing upward, suggesting, insisting. A nervous gasp of air burst from her lips, and it was too late. He lifted his hips and gently pushed the head of his cock into her open mouth.

Elle whimpered softly and gave him what he wanted, parting her tender young lips, admitting his swollen cock to the forbidden warmth of her mouth, opening up for him, taking the swollen head inside, feeling it slide over her tongue and tasting his maleness mixed with the heady sweetness of strawberry.

“Ohhhhhh . . . that feels SO good Elle,” he whispered hoarsely, encouraging her.

If Uncle Terry had not been as cunning or careful all of this should have frightened any girl into screaming and running as far and as fast as she could away from him. But fear is not what Elle was feeling at that moment. She felt elated at having given him what he wanted – her young mouth embracing the top two-and-a-half inches of his stiff adult cock. Why did it feel so good? Why did it feel so warm and exciting, to be alone with him like that, naked, with his big cock in her mouth? Why did it make her feel so special?

Elle recalled a word, guys her age, love to use. She obviously knew what it meant, but she had never thought much about it. She never considered it would ever apply to her. She had certainly never imagined doing it. The word was “cocksucker”. She moaned at her realization, her new understanding of the word as she gently, tentatively pulled in her cheeks, whimpering softly, doing it for him, sucking his cock and embracing the full meaning of that word. She was a cocksucker. She was her Uncle Terry’s . . . cocksucker.

He kept telling her she was beautiful, caressing her tenderly, as she sucked him. His touch was electric as he reached for her hips, curling her body around his, gently spreading her legs.

Elle whimpered softly, and gasped through her nose, as his hand moved back down onto the cheeks of her bum, between them, slipping all the way down and around to find the soft hairless lips of her wet pussy, rubbing her gently. His thick middle finger found her clit, touching it, rubbing gently and then moving on. His finger slipped between her hairless lips, flirting with the tight ring of her pussy hole, poking it tentatively.

“Mmm, keep sucking, princess,” he murmured urgently as he wrapped the fingers of his free hand around the lower end of his shaft, so she would not gag.

Elle gasped nervously through her nostrils and not knowing what else to do, she obediently sucked in her cheeks, giving him what he wanted, creating a low pressure suction in her teen mouth, sucking the head of his cock, as his hand began a slow pumping motion on the exposed shaft.

His left hand picked up the pace on his throbbing cock shaft, pumping it urgently as the thick middle finger of his right hand poked invasively at the tight ring of her tight pussy.

A muffled yelp escaped from Elle as the tip of his finger squeezed into the snug opening of her young vagina, stretching the entrance, pushing it open, bumping up against the thin membrane . . . of her still intact hymen.

“You’ve got the tightest little pussy,” he gasped.

The tip of his finger moved, flirting with Elle ‘s pussy, pulling back out of her hole, sliding all the way up to the pouting nub of her young clitoris, circling around it, rubbing it, then tucking down again, pushing into her tight ring, touching her hymen, pressing gently up against it . . . suggesting and insinuating.

Elle felt the urgency building in his body as he tensed but she kept up the strong sucking pressure on the head of his cock.

When Uncle Terry finally came, it was explosive. His body bucked upward, taking Elle’s mouth with it, the head of his cock pressing gently against the back of her throat.

The excited girl gurgled submissively as the first blast of his thick sperm squirted unexpectedly into the warmth of her young mouth. She responded defensively, intuitively, contracting her throat and processing the gush of sperm, moving it quickly to the back of her throat and swallowing it.

The second flush of his orgasm was even bigger than the first.

He grunted loudly as another blast of cum squirted from the end of his cock, spurting deep into the young girl’s mouth.

Just as the second blast of the man’s hot cum was bursting into her mouth, she felt his body stiffen, shudder, and release quickly in an uncontrolled jerking motion that seemed almost convulsive. What happened next was not planned or intentional – it just happened. But for Elle, it was earth-shattering – her mouth burst open and she yelped loudly, her lips releasing their grip on the shaft of Uncle Terry’s cock as his thick middle finger stabbed through the thin membrane of her young hymen, breaking and entering the snug tunnel of her vagina. Her body bucked defensively, the muscles of her thighs and her buttocks tightening, his sperm dripping out of her open mouth, the head of his cock still pressing against the back her throat as the full length of his finger pushed insolently into the tight channel of her hairless little cunt.

It was done. The thin membrane of Elle’s hymen was broken. Her cherry was popped. The sexy hole of her pussy was forever open to the world. She whimpered softly, feeling her muscles flex, tremble, and then relax, going almost limp, as her body surrendered to him, accepting his finger, taking it deep inside her. Her young mind reeled as she struggled with the strange, penetrating sensation of having a man’s finger pushed so far up her pussy for the first time in her life.

She slowly regained her composure and, wrapping her lips around the shaft of the man’s cock once again, sucked the last few drops of his thick sticky cum into her mouth, swallowing it hungrily. She moaned softly as the tender, stretched hole of her young pussy constricted tightly round Uncle Terry’s thick finger as he pulled it carefully out of her.

“I’m sorry,” he said. “I didn’t mean for that to happen. ” Elle nodded. “I think that’s enough for one day, don’t you,” smiled Uncle Terry as he cleaned her tenderly with a baby wipe.

Elle nodded again and accepted his lips as he kissed her gently.

They cleared the remains of their picnic, shoving it haphazardly into the basket without worrying about the mess. It had served its purpose. Then they dressed slowly. Elle turned her back, suddenly shy and self conscious about his eyes on her naked body.

Elle settled back into the passenger seat of the MG. Her mind was still reeling from the strange experience. She barely noticed as Uncle Terry started the car and put it into gear. He backed up and rejoined the narrow road that would take them back down the hill into town. They drove in silence to the corner where he picked her up.

“Home safe and sound,” he said, smiling at her as he reached over to open the passenger door for her.

As Elle turned to step out of the car, Uncle Terry reached out and took her hand in his.

“Are you sure you’re okay?” he asked.

Elle nodded. She felt a little strange. Like waking from a dream . . . it had all ended so quickly and dramatically, but she was okay.

“Good,” he said. “We still on for Saturday?”

Elle hesitated. She had decided earlier in the day that she would tell him she couldn’t go with him. Then she remembered, she had also decided she would not get into his car.

“Yeah, still on,” she said softly.

Uncle Terry beamed happily and winked at her.

“You are so perfect,” he said, bringing a blush to the school girl’s face.

He kissed her briefly. Then he was driving away. He had not said so, but Elle was confident he would be waiting for her after school tomorrow and she smiled.

She had walked halfway down the road before she noticed an odd sensation between her legs. She could feel cool air on her skin. She gasped as she remembered, she had left her panties . . . with Uncle Terry. She was naked under her skirt. She worried for a moment that her parents or Mike would notice but then she remembered, nobody would be home this early. Her skin tingled with excitement. There was something undeniably naughty about being out on the street, wearing a short skirt and knowing that she was naked underneath it. Just as naughty was the lingering sweet and sour taste of sperm and strawberry jelly that coated her tongue. Naughtiest of all was the undeniable fact . . . that Elle was no longer a virgin. Naughty again when she realized, perhaps next time . . . that same long cock could travel up her pussy, with little pain.

Unexpected things happen all the time. Some good and some not so good. It was definitely one of the not so good things that resulted in Mike’s football practice being cancelled. On its own it was simply what it seemed, a not so good happening. However, combined with the cancellation and Mike walking home alone and the timing which resulted in his turning the corner just in time to see his baby sister getting out of Uncle Terry’s car, this happening had the potential of becoming a major event. When Elle bent to kiss Uncle Terry goodbye, the major event had a very good chance of becoming a total disaster. The act of bending which caused the little girl’s skirt to ride up, exposing her naked bum to her stunned brother’s gaze, just made it a racing certainty . . . he would follow up on what he just saw.

I’ll do anything for him Part 003 0 (0)

Introduction:

Grace is a poorly educated ex Children’s Home girl for whom they find a job for her and hovel to live in. Then she falls in love with one of the Managers and she will do absolutely anything for him.

When the meeting got underway again, one of the guys uncovered a vase of flowers that was on a table in the middle of the room. Now I like flowers but I wondered just how many photographs of them the people there could take, but then Steve spoke up.

“Guys, we can photograph flowers anytime that we want, but I was wondering if Grace would be so kind as to model for us, I’m sure that you’ll all agree that she would make an excellent model.”

Although Jack had half warned me that he might want me to model for them, when it came to actually being asked in front of everyone I suddenly became shy and embarrassed.

“No, I couldn’t, and why would you want to photograph a skinny, flat-chested girl like me?”

“Grace,” Steve continued, “photographic models come in all shapes and sizes, admittedly most aren’t what most people would call attractive, but you are, and your innocence makes you the perfect subject, all you have to do is just sit there smiling and pulling funny faces at us.”

I giggled at the funny faces remark then looked at Jack and saw that his face was beaming.

“So what would I have to do Steve?”

“Just sit there, well not quite, but it’s just as easy. We’ll tell you how to sit, or stand or lay on the table, where to put your arms and legs and what expression to put on your face, it’s as simple as that.”

“Would you be expecting me to take my dress off, because I have nothing on under it.”

“We’ve worked that our already Grace but that’s up to you, none of us would want you to do anything that you don’t want to do or are uncomfortable with.”

I looked at Jack and saw that he was still beaming. When he saw me looking at him he nodded his head.

“Well okay, if you really want me to.”

“We do Grace, and we really appreciate you offering.”

I stood up and realised that all the guy were talking about me and fiddling with their equipment, photography equipment that is, although I did notice that Jack had a big bulge in the front of his trousers that made my pussy tingle and want to be alone with him.

Steve sort of took charge and started telling me where and how to stand whilst all the other guys, including Jack, started taking photographs. I had to hold each pose for a couple of minutes while they all moved around me clicking away.

It didn’t take me long to relax and Steve told me that I was a better model when I was relaxed.

After about 10 or 15 poses Steve brought a chair over for me and told me to sit on it. As soon as I sat I realised that they would be able to see up my dress to my pussy. I looked over to Jack again and he must have know what I was thinking because he smiled and nodded his head.

The poses this time definitely included them being able to see my pussy in just about all of the poses. Some of the poses were with me with my legs spread wide and I wondered if the cameras would be able to capture the fact that my pussy was all wet.

Then Steve asked me if I’d mind slipping my arms out of the dress and just letting the spaghetti straps just dangle.

“My dress might start to slide down me.” I said.

“Would you mind if it did Grace?” Steve asked.

“I guess not.” I replied looking at the still smiling Jack.

The bulge in his jeans looked painful and I so wanted to give him some relief.

It took a couple of poses for the dress to slip over first one, then both nipples, and as soon as it was passed my second nipple the whole top slid down to my waist.

“Good, good girl Grace, hold it there.” I kept hearing the guys say, then I heard Steve say,

“Stand up please Grace.”

I did, knowing full well that the dress would hit the floor and that I’d be totally naked in front of all the guys. I looked at Jack again and he was still smiling when my dress puddled on the floor.

“Step out of it please Grace.” Steve said.

I did, and one of the guys came and moved my dress, and the chair, away from me.

This time the standing poses felt different but I guess that they weren’t that different to the first set, except that I was naked.

Ten or fifteen minutes later Steve asked me to lay on the table and I was pleased that, although small, my breasts were still firmly looking like pointed little breasts and that they hadn’t just flopped making me look like what Jack calls ‘fried eggs’.

The poses were a lot more explicit with my legs being spread wide in just about every one, even the ones where they had me laying on my side It was embarrassing but every time that I looked over to Jack to see if he was still happy he smiled and it made my pussy get wetter. I wondered just how much of my juices would be visible on the photos.

The final pose was of me on my back, knees up and down by my shoulders. I hated to think what those photos would be like.

Eventually it was all over and Steve told me that I could put my dress back on.

“When can I see them all?” I asked, curious to see just how embarrassing the photos would be.

“You’ll have to come back in a couple of weeks Grace but Jack might let you see the ones that he took before then.” Steve replied.

I went and stood next to Jack and put my arm round him for a little comfort. He put his arm round me and gently squeezed me making me feet nice and wanted.

That was it for the evening and as we left all the guys thanked me for posing for them. On the way home Jack asked me if I’d enjoyed the evening.

“Well,” I replied, “The first half was boring, don’t get me wrong there were lots of great photos but photos of flowers and scenery don’t do a lot for me.”

“What about the second half of the meeting Grace?”

“Hmm, if you were trying to embarrass me then you succeeded, but apart from that, it sort of made me feel wanted, that maybe me having small tits and being so skinny isn’t such a bad thing. I know that you keep telling me that I’m beautiful but I look at all those famous, beautiful women and I feel inadequate.”

I didn’t get the chance to finish what I was saying because Jack interrupted me saying,

“Hold it right there young lady.”

He also stopped the car on the side of the road and turned to face me.

“Grace, have you heard the saying, ‘one man’s meat is another man’s poison?”

“Yes.”

“Well you are my meat, a very juicy and delicious steak, and I love every little bit of this chunk of meat. Everyone is different, we all have different beliefs in what is good and bad, beautiful and ugly. Me, I like, no, I love, skinny girls with small tits, especially ones that have a great character like you do, ones that are proud of their body and not ashamed for other people to see it. Deep down I believe that you like yourself, the problem being that you, like all young people, have had it drummed into them that bodies are horrible things that need to be covered all the time. That’s a load of crap put out by prudes who can’t think for themselves. All I’m doing is helping you to realise that deep down you do like your body.”

“Jack, I KNOW what you just said, you’ve said it before and I agree with you and I’m happy with how you are trying to bring out the real me, that’s why I’m happy to do whatever you ask. What I was going to say was that the modelling was a little embarrassing to start off with but I got over that and started to enjoy it. Even when Steve got to me to take my dress off, but it got embarrassing again when Steve got me to get on the table and got me to spread my legs.”

“Grace, your pussy is beautiful, it’s perfect, just a hint of inner labia flaps and a clit that likes to come out to play. There’s nothing more that a man could ask for and you showing yourself to everyone makes every man want to get his hands on you.”

“Well they can’t, I’m all yours, unless you want me to let other men put their hands on me.”

“Grace, I have no problem with other men looking at you naked, and touching you, even making you cum with their fingers. All I ask is that you don’t fuck other men.”

“I will never to that Jack, but you actually don’t mind other men touching my tits and pussy and even making me cum?”

“No I don’t mind, just so long as you come back to me.”

“I will Jack, I will. But I don’t particularly want other men to touch me, only you.”

“Okay Grace, that’s enough talking, let’s get home and into bed. After watching you naked in front of the rest of the club I’m desperate to get you into bed and fuck your brains out.”

“If me being naked in front of other people makes you want to fuck my brains out maybe I should go for a walk down the main street of town every Saturday afternoon without any clothes on.”

“That would do wonders for your self-esteem and pride in your body but I’m pretty sure that some prude would complain and call the police.”

“Maybe you should find a city where I can walkabout naked and take me there for a holiday.

“That’s an awesome idea Grace, if only one existed.”

By that time we were pulling into Jack’s drive. We didn’t make it into the house before Jack jumped on me and we made love over the front of the car before going inside and doing it again.

As me, we lay there in post coital bliss, I said,

“Jack, is you getting me naked in front of your mates your way of getting me more proud of my body and not ashamed for other people to see it.”

“Is it working Grace?”

“Well I guess that it is, I’m not quite as embarrassed as I was that first time with Steve.”

“And does being naked in front of other guys turn you on?”

“Yes it does, but not as much as when you are looking at my naked body Jack.”

“Well it’s obviously working then, but if you go back to being covered all the time you won’t be as horny so I think you’ll have to be naked more often and in front of more people.”

“I love you Jack so you know that I’ll do it, I’ll be naked anywhere you want.”

“And play with yourself anywhere as well?”

“You know that I will.”

After a short silence Jack said,

“Grace, do you think that I’m taking advantage of you?”

“What do you mean?”

“Well you weren’t exactly experienced with men or relationships when you first went out with me and I’m a bit worried that you think that I’m taking advantage of you, making you do things that you don’t really want to do because you think that that’s what girlfriends do?”

“Jack, you’re right, I don’t have any previous experience of being a girlfriend or having sex, and I’m guessing that not every girlfriend gets naked as often as I do, but I’m happy. Yes you push my limits and get me to do things that I don’t really want to do and a lot of the time it’s quite embarrassing, but after I’ve done them I’m happy that I did them and I’m happy that you pushed me so stop worrying. I’m happy and I love every seconds of my time with you, and I love you. Do you fancy a blowjob?”

He did so I sucked his cock until he gave me a late night snack then we went to sleep.

Jack woke me in the most pleasurable way possible then we had an hour long lovemaking session before getting up and going to the bathroom together. I’ve got used to us doing all our business in there whilst the other one is there and as well as talking about what we are doing there and then we talk about other things in our lives.

That morning we talked about the party that Jack was hosting that night.

“So I’m guessing that you want me to be naked all night Jack?”

“Yes please Grace, it will be good for your self confidence and esteem.”

“I know, I’m sure that it will be embarrassing to start off with but I’m sure that I’ll get used to it. Didn’t one of your mates say that he’s try to get his girlfriend to be naked as well?”

“They all did, but that might have just been the booze talking.”

“So have you seen the 3 girls naked before Jack?”

“Yes, we all got totally pissed at a party and ended up trying to have an orgy but we were all too far gone.”

“You were drunk Jack? I’d like to have seen that.”

“And I’d like to see you drunk, drunk and naked Grace.”

“Well you might get that chance tonight Grace.”

“No, I don’t want to get drunk, I want to remember every second of you fucking me after they’ve all gone.”

“And I want to remember every second of me fucking you Grace.”

Straight after breakfast we went to the supermarket to get the food and drink for the party then it was back home with me getting the food ready and Jack getting the hot tub working. Because of my lack of experience in cooking and arranging party food I had to keep going and interrupting Jack but he was very patient with me, but one time he came up behind me and stuck his hard cock up my pussy from behind while I was arranging a tray of volovants. Another time that I was putting the cream on a trifle he did the same, but bending me over so that I right tit actually went down into the cream. He licked it off after we’d both cum.

Finally everything was ready and Jack suggested that we christen the hot tub. So we did. It wasn’t quite as warm as I would have liked but Jack told me that it would be by the time the guests arrived.

I started getting nervous as it got close to the time that we were expecting the guests to arrive. After Jack failed to calm me down he told me to go to the bedroom and masturbate to help me relax.

I did, and after a nice orgasm I actually dozed off. Jack sliding a finger up my slit woke me then he said,

“Everyone had arrived, brush your hair then I’ll take you down and introduce everyone, and remember to keep your hands by your sides.”

He kept rushing me, presumably to stop me from getting nervous, but as he led me down the stairs the nerves hit me again and I really squeezed Jacks hand. I could feel my face glowing red with embarrassment as Jack led me into the lounge where everything suddenly went quiet and about 15 or 20 pairs of eyes stared at the naked me.

“Ladies and gentlemen,” Jack loudly said, “although I’m not sure just how many gentlemen there are here, for those of you who haven’t met this young lady before, this is Grace, my new girlfriend. As you can see she’s a little shy and embarrassed but she has decided to embrace her sexuality and wants to be naked all the time that she’s in this house so I do hope that her nudity isn’t going to be a problem for any of you and that you’ll all be nice to her, especially as it is Grace that has prepared all this food for you.

Charlie and Lucy were the first to come over to me, Lucy hugging me and telling me that I am a brave girl and that I have nothing to be embarrassed about. Charlie held out his hand to shake mine but instead he lifted my hand to his face, kissed it and said,

“Hi Grace, it’s good to see ALL of you this time.”

“Is there something that you should be telling me Charlie?” Lucy asked.

“No, no,” I replied, “it’s just that Jack to to the boys night last Friday and my skirt was a bit too short.”

“Got a look at Grace’s knickers did you Charlie, is that why you were so horny when you got home?”

“No, I didn’t see her knickers,” Charlie replied, “she wasn’t wearing any.”

”Oh, I see,” Lucy said, “you are a brave girl going out with that bunch, I’m surprised that they all didn’t try to jump you in the pub.”

“They were perfect gentlemen.” I replied.

“That’s twice I’ve heard that word tonight and I haven’t a clue who you and Jack could be talking about but I’m sure that Jack would like to take you around everyone here and show you off to them all, especially with you dressed like that Grace.

Enjoy your party Grace and I’m sure that we’ll talk again later.”

Jack took my hand and led me to the kitchen to get us both a drink, then he led me to each group of people introducing me and me almost immediately forgetting their names. Each group seemed to have one person that asked me the same questions about how I met Jack and what was it like to be the only one naked at a party.

Everyone was nice and by the time I’d been taken round the room I was starting to relax and actually enjoy being the centre of attention. My pussy had felt very dry as I’d walked down the stairs with Jack but by the time I’d got round the room it was feeling quite squishy. I thought to myself,

“I’m actually finding this being the only one naked and everyone staring at me quite exhilarating, quite arousing.”

Jack stayed with me for quite a while as we moved back to groups and talking about different things and when others were talking I looked at the people looking at me. They rarely saw me looking as their eyes were looking below my neck and it gave me the chance to look at their expressions and try to work out what they were thinking as they looked at my tiny tits and pussy.

A few times I was pleased that Jack had got me to start shaving my pussy every day because I started hoping that the people could see my hard clit peeking out of my slit. When one boring conversation about football was going on I thought about Jack saying that all women were exhibitionists at heart and I was starting to think that he was right, well certainly about me.

After about 30 minutes I realised that I was totally relaxed about being the only one naked, although I had got Jack to put quite a bit of vodka in my orange juice and I wondered if I’d feel the same without the vodka. I decided to stick to just plain orange juice for the rest of the night to see if that made any difference.

After Jack told everyone to get stuck into the food I was stood next to Jack eating and he said,

“So how are you doing Grace?”

“Okay, I’ve never really been to an adults party before and everyone is so nice and friendly. We should have more parties.”

“I was actually wondering about how you are coping with being naked.”

“Oh that, yes, it’s alright, no, it’s better than alright, I’ve been horny since shortly after your little speech.”

“So you like being the only one naked Grace?”

“Don’t tell that Jack bloke, but yes I do, it makes me want to drag him into the bedroom and get him to fuck my brains out.”

Jack laughed and told me that he was sure that that Jack bloke would do just that as soon as he could.

Jack put one of his hands on my little bubble butt and squeezed.

“Don’t put your fingers any lower Jack, you’ll find out just how turned on I am.”

He did, and I heard myself moan a little as he slid a finger along my wet slit.

We finished eating and before I knew it I was talking to Arthur, Jo, Oscar and Emma.

“So Grace,” Emma said, “when I saw you walking down the stairs I thought that you might be some sort of show-off, stuck-up bitch but you’re not are you, you’re actually a nice girl. I’m not so sure about you being naked but I’m guessing that that was Jack’s idea.”

“Yes it was, he says that all women are exhibitionists at heart and that me being naked will boost my self esteem and make me proud of my body.”

“I’m not so sure about the exhibitionist part but he’s probably right about the rest. I bet that it makes you horny as well doesn’t it?”

“Yes.” I replied.

“You are an exhibitionist Emma.” Oscar said, “you love going to nude beaches and walking up and down strutting your stuff. Last time we went to Ibiza you never wore more than a sarong. Everyone could see your tits and pussy most of the time.”

“Thank you for telling everyone Oscar.” Emma said.

“You’re welcome love, but it’s true, and you enjoyed it, I’ve never seen you so horny for so long, I was knackered by the time we got on the plane to come home, I was almost happy to go back to work for a rest.”

“Jo was the same when we went to Mallorca.” Arthur added, “took a bloody big case full of clothes and wore next to nothing most of the time.”

“Well I wasn’t to know that I could wear just a G-string most of the time.”

“Yes, and all your G-strings are all see-through Jo. Everyone could see your pussy even when we were walking along the streets.” Oscar said, “Jacks right, all girls are exhibitionists, they just need to be let out of their box and away they go, naked as the lovely Grace here.”

Neither Jo or Emma denied it and I got more convinced that Jack was right and more convinced that me being naked at home all the time was the right thing to do.

The topic of conversation changed to football and Emma said that she was going to the loo.

“Come on Grace.” Emma said and we headed up to the bathroom with Jo following.

In the bathroom Emma pulled up her skirt, revealing that she wasn’t wearing any knickers,

and she sat on the toilet and started peeing.

“So Grace,” Emma asked, “do you really like being naked all the time or is it just to please Jack? I tried it once, lasted for 4 weeks before I got sick of having to put something on when anyone came to the door.”

“Oh, I’ve answered the door like this, and your are partially right, I started being naked to please Jack but the longer I’m like this the more I like it. It makes me feel good all the time.”

“I do it sometimes when I’m in the mood.” Jo added, “Arthur gets really horny when I walk around without any clothes on and he fucks me so much that I get sore and I have to put some clothes on to cool him down.”

“Yeah,” Emma added, “Oscar makes me sore when I stay naked but I solve that problem by giving him lots of blowjobs.”

By that time Emma had finished peeing, wiped herself and Jo too revealed that she too had come to the party knickerless and she sat on the toilet and started peeing.

“Jack makes me sore sometimes but I want his cock so much that I put up with the soreness.” I said.

“You work with Jack don’t you Grace?” Emma asked.

“We work at the same place but not the same department.”

“So he can’t drag you into the stationery cupboard and fuck your brains out whenever he wants.”

“No, but he does put his hand on my thigh and slide it up to my pussy in the canteen sometimes.”

“And you don’t wear knickers for work?” Jo asked.

“No, I don’t have any proper knickers, only a bead G-string thing, it covers nothing but is does rub on my clit when I walk about.”

“Yes, I’ve got one of those, they’re good aren’t they? I walk around a lot at work when I’m wearing mine.”

“Yeah, I’ve got one of those too.” Emma added, “I like it but Oscar prefers me to wear one of my remote controlled vibrators at work. That way he can drive me crazy whenever he likes.”

“Oscar’s a driving instructor isn’t he?” Jo asked and when Jo nodded her head Jo continued,

“So while he’s teaching some hot little slut how to do a 3 point turn or reverse up some back alley, he could be bring you off at work using his phone?”

“I don’t know that he’s done that but he has told me that while he was driving me crazy he was watching an 18 year old girl’s tits bounce about as they drove down a road with lots of speed bumps. You should ask Jack to get you one Grace, Ohmibod and Lovense are the best, I’ve got both.”

“I’ll talk to Jack about it.” I said as I took my turn on the toilet.

We went back to the party and Jack must have put some music on because a few people were dancing. Emma, Jo and myself joined the dancers but it wasn’t long before Jack told everyone that he’d got the hot tub working and he asked if anyone wanted to to and try it.

I saw 2 couples head for the kitchen and presumably out the back to the hot tub. Jack and Charlie came and joined us dancing and when some slow numbers played Jack held me close, his hands going up and down my bare back, squeezing my butt when his hands were there.

“Fancy a quickie in the hot tub?” Jack whispered in my ear.

“Yes, but there might be others there.”

“So what?”

Jack led me out with me wondering if he was actually going to fuck me with other people watching us. As soon as we were outside I saw that both the couples that I’d seen go that way earlier were in the hot tub and by the looks of them both girls were at least topless and bouncing up and down on their partner’s cocks.

Jack stripped naked, climbed in and almost pulled me in after him. Seconds later we were making out with me bouncing up and down on his cock.

I heard both girls cumming and wondered if I made as much noise as they did. Whilst I was still going up and down both couples climbed out and I saw that they were all naked. It was the first time that I’d seen other men’s cocks and decided that I liked Jack’s the best. I also saw that both the girls had bald pussies like mine.

As one of the guys got out he said,

“Thanks for the hot tub Jack, it’s a great addition to a party. We’ll make some space so that others can enjoy it.”

By that I assumed that he meant a great place to take girls to fuck them.

I orgasmed while watching the 4 of them using towels from the pile that Jack had taken out earlier. The guys got dressed but both girls walked back into the house leaving their clothes outside.

When both our orgasms subsided I asked Jack if the party was going to turn into an orgy.

“Maybe, we’ll just see how things go.”

I was still straddling Jack with my head resting on his shoulder when Arthur, Emma, Oscar and Jo came out and started stripping. As both girls were only wearing dresses and shoes they were naked quicker than the guys and were soon climbing in alongside Jack and me. As Oscar and Arthur climbed in I saw my second and third hard cocks, the sight of which, together with Jack playing with my clit, made me cum again.

I stayed there with Jack still playing with my pussy under the water as Emma and Jo rode Arthur and Oscar either side of me and Jack. As the 2 girls bounced up and down I felt a hand on my right tit. At first I assumed that it was one of Jack’s hands but as I enjoyed the hand playing with my nipple I realised that one of Jack’s hands was on my pussy and the other on my butt.

I looked at Oscar but he gave no indication that his hand was on my tit, then I whispered to Jack that Oscar was playing with one of my tits.

“Does it feel nice?” Jack asked.

“Well yes but.”

“Then just enjoy it.”

I didn’t know what to say, on the one hand I was Jack’s girlfriend, I was his and he was sharing my body with one of his mates. On the other hand it was nice having Jack rubbing my clit and finger fucking me whilst another man was giving me nice feeling in one of my tits. I didn’t know if I should feel guilty or happy that more than one man obviously liked my body.

Because Jack obviously wasn’t upset I just stayed put and enjoyed what the hands were doing to me.

I heard and saw both Emma and Jo have orgasms then relax and just as I realised that I was going to cum again soon both girls got up saying that they were going back inside. My arousal level dropped as they got out and got dried before going back inside without putting their clothes back on.

I saw Jack look at both Oscar and Arthur then Jack told me to stand up and turn around. I did then Jack pulled me down so that I was sat on his knees with my back resting on his shoulder. I then felt Jack’s hands on my knees then pulling them apart so that my pussy was spread open.

I gasped as 2 hands that obviously weren’t Jacks, started caressing my body, then one hand went to my tits and the other to my pussy.

At first I was shocked that Jack was letting that happen but at the same time it felt nice, especially as Jack was kissing my cheek. I turned my head and looked into Jack’s eyes then we kissed properly.

Jack’s hard cock was pressing into my back as one of the other guy’s hands was playing with my tits and the other guy’s hand was alternating between rubbing my clit and finger fucking me.

All thoughts of right or wrong disappeared as my arousal level rose and then peaked and I orgasmed again.

It was only as the orgasm subsided that my guilt and mixed feelings started again. Both Arthur and Oscar had stopped their assault on my body and a couple of minutes later they got up and got out. I watched the 2 soft cocks get out, get dried, dressed and go into the house.

Getting to my feet I turned, straddled Jack and impaled myself again, then said,

“Jack, you just let 2 of your mates grope me and bring me to an orgasm, I know that you’ve said that you wouldn’t mind other guys groping me but Oscar and Arthur made me cum, doesn’t that bother you?”

“No, they didn’t fuck you and it’s my bed that you’ll be crawling into later tonight. Enjoy the attention Grace. Enjoy the fact that they wanted to do that to you, it proves that you are gorgeous and have a great body.”

“Thank you Jack, can we talk more about this later, aren’t we supposed too be the hosts of this party and here we are fucking in the hot tub and ignoring all our guests.”

“You’re just too good to be true Grace, right again, come on, let’s go inside so that I can watch you and the other naked girls dancing, I like to see you gyrating your body in a very seductive way.”

“Do I do that?”

“That’s what it looks like to me.”

“You’re biased.”

“I am.”

We got out of the hot tub and dried. I went inside and joined the other girls dancing whilst Jack got dressed.

Earlier I’d thought that being the only person naked was a bit weird but now I was dancing naked with most of the guys watching us 5 naked girls dancing. I looked at the other naked girls and saw tits wobbling and bouncing about, I couldn’t compete with them so, remembering what Jack had said about gyrating myself, I started doing just that, trying to make my hips move in the sexiest way that I could.

It was fun and I noticed that some of the guys were spending more and more time looking at me, especially as I danced, gyrated my hips and thrust my pelvis forward, all with my feet about shoulder width apart.

I danced for ages, enjoying myself but also noticing other couples heading towards the hot tub then coming back later, the girl usually naked and with the ends of her hair wet.

I took a couple of breaks to get a drink and to talk to Jack who openly fondled my tits and pussy whilst we talked. Sometimes the people next to us were talking to us or at least watching us as Jacks hands got me all excited.

Eventually, people started to leave and I went and stood next to Jack to say goodbye. Jack put an arm around my shoulder and played with one of my nipples as we said goodbye to the people. Most of them thanking Jack for a great night and some of them saying that it was great to meet me.

Finally the last guests left and Jack shut the front door. Then he unfastened his trousers and let them drop to the floor. He hadn’t put his undies back on when he got out of the hot tub and his cock stood proud and waiting for attention. I knelt and kissed it then stood and jumped up on him. As I kissed his mouth as I slowly let my body slide down and I impaled myself on his hard cock.

Jack carried me up to bed like that then slowly fucked me to another glorious orgasm.

Laying side by side in post coital bliss we were silent for a few minutes then Jack said,

“Grace. You enjoyed Arthur and Oscar groping you tonight didn’t you?”

“They did make me cum.”

“So how do you fancy me arranging for some guys to come here and for them to grope you? I could blindfold you so that you don’t know who they are.”

“Well you know that I like to cum and it did feel nice having other men’s hands on me. Would they make me cum?”

“At least once.”

“Who would these men be, would they be your friends?”

“They may be, the whole idea is that you don’t know who they are so that you can just let yourself enjoy the pleasure that they’d give you.”

“And you’d be happy with that?”

“It would be me who fucked you in our bed afterwards, so yes, I’d be happy, and it would be amazing seeing you enjoy the pleasure that they’d give you.”

“Well, based just on your last answer alone I’d be happy to do it for you.”

“And for you Grace, now, earlier you said that you wanted us to talk about something?”

“Ah yes, I was talking to Emma and Jo and they were telling me about their remote controlled vibrators and how Arthur and Oscar control them when they are at work or anywhere else for that matter, and I was wondering if I should get one. I could save up for it after I’ve paid you my rent each month.”

“Grace, Grace, you have already paid your rent for the next 100 years just by being my girlfriend and being you. A man couldn’t ask for anything more. As for a vibrator, I hadn’t even thought about any sex toys for you, I’ve been too busy enjoying your company and body.

Okay I’d thought about you getting your nipples pierced and I still think that it’s a great idea, but toys, yes, now that I do think about it we should get you some. I like the idea of looking at you from across the office and watching you squirm and try to not cum, especially if I do it when your boss or another colleague is talking to you.”

“Jack, are you saying that you’d make me cum when I’m talking to Mr. Stevens, that would be so embarrassing.”

“Not if you tried to stop it from happening then kept a straight face when the orgasm hit you. And I’m pretty sure that old Stevens would enjoy watching you cum.”

“I don’t know that I could do that.”

“We’ll practice it at the pub or the photography club meetings first.”

“Oh Jack, I don’t know that I could do that, it would be so embarrassing if they realised what was happening to me.”

“I guess that we’ll just have to find out won’t we, you know that the orgasms that you’ll have will be very intense.”

“I’m sure that they will, they’ll also make me want to fuck you just as soon as I can.”

“That’s my girl, now impale yourself on this again, we’ll go online tomorrow and get you some toys.”

That Sunday was a busy day. After a late start due to our lovemaking we cleaned up then over a late breakfast of party leftovers, we went online and Jack ordered me a remote controlled vibrating egg that he could control from his phone anywhere in the world. I was still a bit apprehensive about him making me cum at work but I decided to cross that bridge when I got to it.

Jack also ordered a couple of dildos, a couple of butt plugs, a couple of blindfolds, a pair of handcuffs and vibrating thing called a magic wand. All of which he said I would love but I told him that I’d try them and see what they were like.

Then Jack told me to put a dress on and he took me to a place where I had my nipples pierced. It was run by a huge, bearded man who wore a leather jacket and his arms and chest were covered in tattoos. He looked scary but when he spoke he sounded to be a gentle man.

When Jack told him that I wanted my nipples pierced he told Jack that I’d have to lower my dress. Well the one that I’d worn isn’t the type that can just have the top lowered, it is all or nothing and Jack was smiling as I unfastened it and it fell to the floor leaving me naked.

The huge man hardly looked at me as he told me to get on the couch where he looked at my tits then held each nipple in turn and moved them about. By then they were rock hard and before I knew it both nipples had holes through them and pins through them which the man called ‘sleepers’.

“Do you want your clit hood piercing as well?” The man asked.

I looked at the man, saw that he was looking at my pussy and wondered why I had spread my legs so that the man was looking at all of my pussy, but for some strange reason I didn’t close them. It was Jack that answered,

“No, just her nipples.”

“Okay, it’s just that she’s naked and her legs are spread ready for a piercing.”

“No, not today, maybe another day. She’s just a bit of an exhibitionist, you know what girls are like.”

“Tell me about it, I had one girl a couple of days ago that spread her legs so wide that I could have driven a bus inside her. She must have thought that I was her gynaecologist.”

“Yeah,” Jack said, “they all like showing what they’ve got given half a chance.”

“And they always think that you want to see them. After you’ve seen a couple of hundred they all look the same. It’s what’s inside that counts.”

I looked up at the man and realised that I was just a piece of meat to him.

Without telling me that I could get dressed he showed us different types of jewellery that I could have in my nipples and Jack chose barbells with detachable ‘D’ rings, saying that I could get some chains to hang from them. At first I thought about the big chains that I’d seen through motorcycle wheels to stop them being stolen but my instant fears were allayed when the man brought out a tray of necklace type chains. Jack chose 2 small chains that I wondered if I would even notice that they were there.

The man turned back to me and looked at my nipples. Then he told me what to do to stop them getting infected, and that was it. I put my dress back on whilst Jack paid the man and we left.

“That was so clinical.” I said as we walked back to the car.

“Yes, he’s probably pierced a thousand nipples and a couple of hundred clits.” Jack replied, “Do they hurt?”

“Just a little.”

“I must remember to keep my hands off them for a while. Let me know if I forget and hurt you.”

“I will Jack.”

Back at home I took off my dress and closely inspected my nipples. I so wanted to pull and twist the sleepers to see how it felt but I managed to resist doing so.

The rest of the afternoon was taken up doing household chores then relaxing and fucking in the hot tub. Our evening’s entertainment was watching a slide show of the photos that Jack had taken at the photography club. The show was in time order and I could easily tell how tense I was to start off with and we talked about the shots where we could see me start to relax and then the ones where Steve got me to take my dress off.

Jack told me, and I agreed, that I looked totally relaxed when the photos of my spread pussy came up on the screen although I was a little embarrassed when we could easily see my juices bubbling and seeping out of my vagina.

“It’s perfectly normal for girl so aroused to be doing that Grace.” Jack said. “It just shows that you are a natural exhibitionistic, nude model Grace.”

I was starting to become sure that Jack was right.

We made love again then had an early night.

The next week was much the same as the previous one until we go home on the Thursday and discovered that the postman had delivered my toys. That evening was taken up with setting up the remote controlled vibrator and our phones, and playing with the other toys. Jack made me cum twice with the magic wand, that thing is amazing.

I was nervous as we walked into work on the Friday morning. I had the remote controlled vibrator inside me and Jack was threatening to make me cum over and over all day. Thankfully he didn’t, I only orgasmed twice and those times I was alone at my desk.

What he did do was leave the vibrator running on gentle vibrations for most of the day which made me horny all the time and thinking about Jack fucking me. I don’t think that I was as productive that day as I normally was.

That Saturday at the supermarket we bought lots of beer and on the way home I asked Jack why we’d got soo much.

“There’s a few guys coming round and I thought that it would be a good opportunity for you to get pleasured by a few guys that you can’t see.”

My brain went into over-drive.

“How many, you mean grope me, you mean blindfolded, will they fuck me?”

“Slow down there girl, it’s what we talked about before. Most importantly, you won’t get any cocks inside your pussy. As for the rest, it’s what we talked about. I’ll give you a safe word and you can stop everything whenever you want just by saying that word. You enjoyed Oscar and Arthur playing with your tits and pussy and this won’t be much more than that.”

I thought about it for a couple of minutes and realised that my pussy was tingling and getting quite wet at the thought.

“Okay,” I said, “just what do I have to do?”

“Just stand there or lay there, let the guys pleasure you, let them do all the work.”

“But who will the guys be?”

“I’m not telling you and I hope that you won’t take the blindfold off.”

“No I won’t, I promise.”

“Good, we’re all set then.”

“If you say so Jack.”

When it got to 7 pm Jack told me to go and have a shower then lay on the bed and masturbate to relax myself. I did but I was too nervous to actually cum. I heard the doorbell ring a couple of times then muffled voices and laughter.

After a while Jack came to see me and asked if I was ready.

“No, but I guess that I’m as ready as I will ever be.”

“That’s my girl, I promise that you’ll enjoy yourself. Now stand up and I’ll put the blindfold on you.”

Jack had put the blindfold on me a couple of times before when we’d been making love but this was different, it wasn’t Jack’s hands that would be all over me.

I was both nervous and excited as Jack led me downstairs in total silence.

I felt the lounge carpet under my feet so I knew where I was.

Jack told me to spread my feet so I did then he said,

“Okay gentlemen, she’s all yours.”

To say that I was nervous and tense would be an understatement, I was terrified. The thing was, I didn’t really know why. All those guys were going to do was put their hands on my naked body.

There was a little pause which didn’t help me, then I gasped as some fingers touched a nipple. I was suddenly happy that my piercings had healed.

Then more hands touched my flesh, thighs, stomach, other tit, butt. I sighed and finally relaxed and enjoyed the experience. Soon I was getting finger fucked and my clit was getting rubbed. It didn’t take long for my first orgasm to arrive, my knees buckling straight after my body had gone rigid. Down I went onto my knees, the hands loosing contact as I went down.

Those hands turned me and lay me down on the floor, spreading my legs wide as they did so. Then I felt a whole body laying over my face for a second before it rose up and I felt the end of a cock on my lips. I opened my mouth and in went the cock. I started sucking as I felt hands on my tits and pussy.

In and out went the cock in my mouth, going deeper and deeper and into my throat. Then the cock stopped moving whilst it was still in my throat. I felt it swell a little then it started pumping male cum down my throat. I held my breath as long as I could then I just had to turn my head. But the deed was done, the cock stopped pumping and withdrew letting me gasp for much needed air.

It wasn’t long before the body moved off me and another took it’s place, the hard cock finding my mouth and entering me.

Meanwhile, someone’s fingers were still rubbing my clit and finger fucking me. My arms and hands had been uselessly laying alongside my body but one of them found something to do as it felt a soft cock touching it. I turned my hand and grabbed the soft cock assuming that it was the ones attached to the balls that had just been emptied inside me. I started fondling it and it started to get hard again.

I started to cum again but the cocks and fingers didn’t stop.. I thought that I was going insane and was about to die as I went from one high to another, vaguely remembering getting another throat full of cum along the way.

The fingers on my pussy were replaced with something that I had come to love over that past couple of days, my magic wand, and I was taken to yet another high, my body going rigid for a couple of seconds then jerking about.

Again the cock in my mouth emptied the attached balls into my throat and it all started again.

I started to think that I couldn’t take any more and was trying to remember the safe word that Jack had given me but everything suddenly went black. Even blacker than the blindfold.

The next thing that I knew was that Jack was sat beside me and my head was on his lap and the blindfold was off.

“What happened?” I asked, “where are the guys?”

“They’ve left, a couple of them were worried that they’d killed you but you still had a strong heartbeat and your tits were going up and down. You passed out, too much too quick. I’ll get them to slow down the next time.”

“There’s going to be a next time?”

“Oh yes, I’ve never seen you cum so hard and so often. We’ve just got to repeat that. You’re not going to try to tell me that you didn’t think that it was good are you?”

“Jack, that wasn’t good, it was fucking awesome. Can you phone the guys and tell them to come right back please?”

“No Grace. You’ve had enough for one day.”

“But we will do it again won’t we?”

“I was thinking about every week, will that be okay with you?”

I reached up and pulled Jack’s head down to mine and kissed him. When the kiss broke I said,

“Can you make me cum one more time today please Jack, I want to finish with the best pair of hands and cock.”

Jack smiled, got from under me and went round to my feet. Then he lifted them up and over before sinking his cock into my hole.

It was a long slow fuck with Jack making love to me rather that the hurried efforts of the other guys, whoever they were, and when we both orgasmed we just lay beside each other on the carpet in the living room for ages before Jack got up, pulled me up then carried me up to the shower.

There was no more sex before we went to sleep holding each other.

Those anonymous pleasuring me sessions have been repeated just about every week. I’ve tried to get Jack to tell me who the guys are and even if it was that same guys each week but he just won’t tell me. Neither will any of his friends when we meet that at the pub. Their girlfriends must know who the guys are but they too won’t tell me. They tell me that it will spoil the anonymity and not be so pleasurable for me if I know.

It was about 3 months after the first time that I found out that the guys that had been groping and fingering my naked body at those blindfold sessions have included some guys from work, and not the same 3 each time. I was mortified. I didn’t want to go to work the next day and Jack threatened to carry me into the car then into work as I was right then (naked) if I didn’t put a dress and shoes on. I did and we went to work.

That day at work, and most days since have been embarrassing. Every time a guy looks at me or speaks to me I wondered if he was one of the ones who had seen me naked and made me cum, but all the guys are staying silent, well at least to me.

One day Jack accidentally let slip that one of the guys was Andy from accounts. The next time that I saw Andy I went bright red with embarrassment as I tried to return the smile that he gave me. But neither of us spoke about it.

A couple of weeks after Jacks admissions I was slowly coming to terms with the knowledge that most, if not all, of the guys that Jack knows, knows me intimately. I’ve started looking at every man who Jack talks to and I wonder if they would be groping and fingering me at the next session.

Okay It’s still a bit embarrassing but I’m getting used to it, after all, the pleasure that I get is unbelievable and the pleasure that Jack gets from watching me makes it all worth the embarrassment.

Another thing that is still happening is my nude modelling at the photography club meetings. They keep telling me that it’s so much better photographing a live model rather than a vase of flowers. I overheard Steve talking to Jack about them taking me out into the countryside somewhere and photographing me ‘in nature’. I’ve decided that I will be happy doing that just so long as there aren’t strangers around, but knowing Jack he’ll want to do the session on a busy hiking trail or somewhere where there are lots of people.

I’m getting more relaxed about the actual photo taking sessions, even the ones where Steve has me spread my legs wide, but I still get embarrassed during the first half of the meetings when they show and discuss the previous meetings photographs. It doesn’t help that they display the images on a huge monitor that displays my clit the size of my head. But on the plus side, I now know what every square millimetre of my pussy looks like.

Jack’s still going to the pub with his mates every week and he sometimes takes me. When he does I have to sit where his mates and other pub goers can see up my skirt. One time a drunk pub goer saw up my skirt when the guys had pulled my knees apart and the drunk loudly let everyone in the pub know that he’d seen my pussy.

Jack doesn’t go to the pub with his mates if there’s a big football match on the TV. Instead he invites them round to our house and I serve snacks and beer to them. Of course I’m naked but they are so engrossed in the games that they hardly notice me. I swear that I could sit next to the television and masturbate and they wouldn’t notice me. But there again, they’ve seen me naked, and probably / possibly been some of the guys that make me cum anonymously each week.

Jack has started talking about taking me on holiday somewhere but he wants to go somewhere where I can be naked all the time and he hasn’t found anywhere yet.

Well, that was how my life changed for the much better and what happened during the first few months after Jack asked me out. I’m now convinced that what Jack says is right, that I am an exhibitionist. Maybe I’ll find the time to write about what Jack gets me to do, but whatever it is he knows that I will do anything for him for 2 reasons, firstly I love him and secondly, my life as never been better.

I’ll do anything for him Part 002 0 (0)

Introduction:

Grace is a poorly educated ex Children’s Home girl for whom they find a job for her and hovel to live in. Then she falls in love with one of the Managers and she will do absolutely anything for him.

When we woke up again it was light outside and Jack reminded me that we had to go shopping, that I literally had nothing that I could wear for work the day after. Jack had already introduced me to the cowboy way of fucking but he introduced me to the reverse cowboy way before he carried me into his shower.

It was a very happy Grace that went down to put some coffee on, me not caring at all that I was still totally naked. After breakfast I went to get my old skirt and T-shirt out of the dryer and discovered that they were still wet. Between us we had forgotten to start the drying cycle.

“You can go shopping like that Grace.” Jack said.

“You wish, I’d get arrested within minutes of getting out of the car.”

“Yes I do wish that we could go shopping with you totally naked Grace. I’d be so proud of the naked girl on my arm.”

“I wouldn’t be able to get out of your car. I’d be so embarrassed and ashamed, my hands would be glued to my pussy and tits.”

“That’s okay for now Grace, we’ll work on your confidence.”

“Hmm, so how are we going to go shopping? I might be able to get my knickers dry in time but not the skirt or T-shirt.”

“You can wear one of my shirts, I’m sure that they will be long enough for you to wear as a dress.”

“You think so? But I’ll have no knickers on, your boxers would just fall right off me.”

“You don’t need knickers, no one will be able to tell that you haven’t got any on.”

“You think?”

“Let’s go and see if we can get you decent enough to go shopping.”

We went and did our bathroom things including watching each other sitting on the toilet.

Then it was shower time and Jack fucked me against the shower wall with the hot water pounding down on us.

Back in his bedroom Jack got dressed whilst I tried on all his shirts. His longest was white with long sleeves. I rolled the sleeves up because they were too long for my arms then borrowed one of his narrow belts but I had to tie it because there wasn’t a hole for the buckle far enough along the belt.

Five minutes later Jack said,

“There, you look like a runway model Grace, put your shoes on and we’re ready to go.”

“But I haven’t any knickers or a bra on.”

“Okay, starting with a bra, you don’t need one, you beautiful breasts aren’t big enough to need support so why bother?”

I knew that part was right,

“But my nipples might get hard and people will see them making bulges in the shirt, the material is very thin.”

“Who cares? All that means is that you are proud of your body and aren’t ashamed of showing your pokeys.”

“But I am ashamed of my body, I’m too skinny and my breasts are too small.”

“Grace, we’ve talked about this and we are going to work on your incorrect feelings. Going out with a bra will help you.”

“Okay, if you say so, but what about knickers, you can’t use the not needing support excuse Jack.”

“I don’t need to, being outside with no knickers will soon become the new normal. We went outside yesterday and you were totally naked. I bet that you started to forget about being naked. By the time we went to bed I bet that you though nothing of being naked.”

“I was asleep when you carried me to bed, and I was certainly embarrassed when Steve came.”

“Fair comment, but the rest of the time?”

“Well, okay, I guess that I did sort of get used to it.”

“There you go then, you’ll soon forget that you you don’t have any knickers on.”

“But your shirt hardly covers my butt. I’m used to knee length skirts.”

“Lots of girls wear miniskirts and microskirts and I bet that they quickly got used to the short length. I’m sure that we’ll see quite a good few mini and microskirts in the shopping centre today.”

“But I’ll feel so exposed.”

“And you’ll quickly get used to it.”

“Well if that’s what you want Jack, let’s go, I have nothing to wear for work.”

Five minutes later I was sat in the passenger seat of Jack’s car again, but this time it was my bare butt that was on his leather upholstery.

“I hope that I don’t leak onto the seat.”

“I’ll get a towel to put on the seat, one that we can leave in the car.”

“I’m going to be riding in the car without knickers a lot am I?”

“Yep.”

I didn’t say anything but I was thinking about how my life had changed in the last 24 hours. There was quite a lot of things that I had never done before and quite a lot that I never, ever imagined me doing, things that I loved and things that I wasn’t happy about, but overall, I was happy, I was Jack’s girl and it felt good even if it was embarrassing sometimes.

As soon as I got out of the car I said,

“The breeze is ticking my pussy Jack.”

“Nice is it?”

“Hmm, yes it is.”

I held Jack’s hand as we walked in, Jack saying,

“Try to forget what you are and aren’t wearing. People usually see what they expect to see. Most people will register that you are a girl and that’s it. Some will be attracted by your beauty and stare for a second then keep moving. A few will stare for longer and wonder what a beauty is doing with a man like me. A very few will stare and you and think about what you are or aren’t wearing. The secret is to act normal, like you are wearing you winter woollies. If you thing and act like you are dressed in an acceptable way then others will accept what you are wearing as acceptable.”

“What if this shirt blows open, it doesn’t have buttons below my pussy.”

“Don’t even look to see if your pussy is on display, don’t even think about what you may or may not be showing. The shirt will return to normal when it is ready.”

“But people might see my pussy and now that it’s bald I feel like I’m exposed even more.”

“You are not exposed Grace, If people get a glimpse of pubic hair they may look again. If people see your bald pubes they may think that they’ve just seen some bare thigh. It’s a question of less being more.”

“Is that why you shaved me?”

“No, I hate getting hair in my mouth.”

“Will you eat me out when we get home please?”

“Only if you give me a blowjob and let me fuck you.”

“Jack, you can do whatever you want to any part of my body at anytime.”

Jack gently squeezed my hand then had to let go for us to go through the door into the shopping centre.

“At least there is no breeze in here.” I thought as Jack put his arm round me, holding my chest just below my breast.

Soon we were in a girl’s fashion shop looking at all sorts of clothes and accessories. We ***ed lots of tops, skirts and dresses for me to try on. What I did notice was that when we chose the skirts and dresses Jack stopped me from choosing anything that was longer than mid-thigh, and most of them had to be lightweight and flared. The dresses had to be summer dresses with either spaghetti or no straps. That part was okay with me because it was Spring and the days were getting warmer.

When it came to trying the potential new clothes on it was a slow job. Men weren’t allowed in the changing rooms and I could only take 6 items in at once. I was in and out like a Yo-Yo putting something or then going out to show Jack to see if he was happy.

When it came to the tops and skirts Jack said that I should just put whatever on and go out to show him topless or bottomless but I didn’t do that. I know that he wanted me to but I didn’t have the courage.

Jack threatened to spank me for not doing as he wanted but I didn’t think that he’d go through with his threat.

When I had finally tried on all the items and Jack and I had sorted them into 2 piles I said,

“Jack, all the skirts and dresses that we’ve chosen are short, now I don’t mind wearing them for you I don’t think that they are really appropriate for work.”

“Yes they are. Maria in sales wears short skirts doesn’t she?”

“Okay lover, you got me there but are you going to let me wear knickers with them. I bet that Maria wears knickers?”

“How do you know Grace, have ever got a look up her short skirt?”

“You got me again Jack, so do you want me to wear knickers at work or not?”

“Not.”

“Even though the skirts that you are buying me are very short and you’ve told me never to cross my legs?”

“That’s right Grace.”

“What if people at work, or anywhere, see my pussy?”

“Then it’s their lucky day. We’ve talked about you embracing your sexuality so it shouldn’t be a big deal if someone does get a look at your pussy. Don’t go sitting with your knees wide open like men do, just act normally, as if you had a full length skirt on and didn’t need to cross your legs.”

“And I’m, guessing that you’re going to say something similar about the tops that you’re buying me?”

“Good girl Grace, if anyone sees your pokeys or the real thing down your top it’s their lucky day and it has cost you nothing. You never know, your boss might promote you if he gets a quick glimpse of your pussy or tits.”

“Well okay then, if it makes you happy.”

“It does Grace, and I’ll show you how happy it makes me when we get home.”

“I can’t wait.”

“Sorry, but you are going to have to, we’ve got more shops to go in.”

The next shop was another girls fashion shop where we ***ed more clothes, I was getting used to Jack’s taste for what he wanted me to wear and I too was **ing the skirts and dresses with short skirts. I realised that I was also ****ing tops that were baggy or had buttons on the front. I also ***ed a couple of sheer tops that I thought that he would like for when he took me places other than work.

The changing facilities were more helpful in that shop and all I had to do to show Jack what each item looked like on me was to open the curtain. I even gave Jack a thrill, and me actually, by opening the curtain a few times topless, then bottomless. But I did cheat a bit by sticking just my head out first to check that there was no one else near Jack.

After that shop we walked back to the car and dropped off the bags ready for some more shopping. After we’d dropped them off and were walking back I tried to tell Jack that he shouldn’t be spending so much money on me but he replied by saying,

“As much as I’d like to take you everywhere totally naked I can’t so you need these clothes Grace,”

It was a good job that we were between 2 cars when he said that because I turned and reached up to kiss him to thank him. His response was to put his arms round me and lift me up to his height. In doing so I felt the skirt sliding up my back leaving my bare butt totally exposed. Jack made it a long kiss and I just hoped that no one saw my butt.

Back in the shopping centre Jack bought me some earrings and a bracelet then told me that I should think about getting my nipples pierced sometime. That was something that I had never even considered and agreed that I’d think about it and that we’d talk about it some other time.

Then Jack took me into a mobile phone shop and bought a phone for me, not one of the cheap ones, a top of the range one which cost him a fortune. As we walked out of there I told him that I would earn it by letting him do whatever he wanted with me whenever he wanted. I’d told him that before but I said it again just to make sure that he understood that I meant it.

Next it was a bag shop where I chose a couple of bags, then the shoe shop next door. I tried to keep my knees together as the girl helped me try on shoes and sandals but I’m sure that she got at least one glimpse of my bare pussy, but it was girl so I wasn’t that worried.

After that it was a fast food place for a quick meal. We sat near the window and Jack told me to open my knees a bit. When I told Jack that people passing by would be able to see my pussy he asked me to keep looking out and tell me how many people looked more than a quick glance.

I knew that what Jack had said was right and when we got up to leave and only 3 people had looked my way and none of them had done a double take or looked for more than a split second.

That was the last place that we went to in the shopping centre but on the way home we stopped at a supermarket for me to stock up on toiletries and shaving things.

During the drive home Jack asked me what I thought of my spending the day at the shopping centre and then the supermarket wearing only a man’s shirt and I had to admit that I was starting to get used to it and that there were times that I didn’t even think about it.

“Good, that’s my girl, and as a reward, when we get home I’m going to fuck your brains out before we put all those clothes away and sort out your new phone.”

And that’s just what we did, not just once, but twice, the second time being after we’d sorted the clothes and the phone. I was the luckiest girl alive, a new wardrobe and a new man, what more could a girl ask for?

The next morning was a bit of a rush because Jack fucked me as soon as he woke up. I woke as he entered my wet pussy and I vaguely remembered dream that we were marooned on a desert island and there was to do was fuck all day and night.

After a mad dash I was showered and shaved and wearing a new top, new skirt and new shoes, carrying a new bag with a new phone in it and was being driven to work from my new living place by my new boyfriend. I was extremely happy but at the same time a bit nervous. I had a microskirt on with no knickers and I was scared that one of my colleagues would see up my shirt and realise that I had no knickers on. It didn’t help that my nipples were creating 2 pokeys in my top.

As we drove I told Jack that I was nervous and he reassured me by repeating what he had told me before. He also gave me a few rules for at work about our relationship. He told me that although he didn’t mind others knowing, he didn’t want to announce that we were now together, not make a big deal of it. He also told me that I wasn’t to keep going to him for a quick whatever and that he wouldn’t be running over to me all the time. Basically we were to continue as we had before the weekend.

“Our relationship will get out and that’s fine, but we must act professionally at work.”

I understood that and promised not to go grabbing his cock every 5 minutes.

When he parked the car he turned and kissed me, at the same time his hand went up my skirt and gave my clit a quick rub.

“A little something to keep you going for the day.” Jack said before getting out of the car.

My new outfit was noticed straight away and I received a few nice compliments, one woman asking if I’d got a new man in my life. I didn’t answer her.

The morning flew by without me seeing Jack even once but when I went to the canteen Jack came and sat next to me. We talked and ate whilst managing to keep our hands to ourselves. One man came and sat opposite to me. No big deal as the place isn’t very big, and he didn’t talk to us but I did notice him staring at my bare legs.

Jack said just one word to me, “Knees”. I knew what Jack wanted me to do so I eased my knees apart a few centimetres. Nothing was said, but I did notice that the man’s face went all red.

We left the room to go back to work, again keeping our distance. A short while later one of the middle-aged women came over to me as said that she’d seen Jack talking to me quite often. Then she said,

“You want to be careful with that one Grace, he’s single and he’ll be trying to get in to your knickers”

“Oh right, thanks for the heads-up. I’ll remember that.” I said managing to keep a straight face.

The afternoon dragged and I couldn’t wait to get into Jack’s car and then back to my new home.

Jack stripped me as soon as we got through the front door and seconds later his cock was inside me. We managed to have a break from each other for long enough to get us some food. Then it was time for bed and our lovemaking moved to the bedroom.

The next 4 days went about the same. At work I seemed to get a little popular with the guys and Jack told me it might have something to do with the way I bend down to get out and put back things on the lower shelves of the cupboards. Jack pointed out that I always bend at the waist, something that was never an issue with my knee length skirts but now that I was wearing mid-thigh length skirts Jack told me that I sometimes reveal part of my bare butt and what’s between my cheeks. One of the other guys in the office had pointed it out to him saying that he’d got a flash of my bare butt and pussy and he wondered if I’d got myself a boyfriend because I appeared to be a lot happier as well as dressing more ‘interestingly’.

When Jack told me what that guy had said I was so embarrassed and scared that I would get into trouble but Jack told me not to worry about it.

I hadn’t even thought about that since I started wearing the much shorter skirt and I was a little embarrassed when Jack told me, but he also told me not to change the way I bend and that it made him happy. When I asked him about what other people were thinking he told me not to worry about it. Since no one had complained or told me that I was revealing my bare butt it obviously wasn’t a problem.

“But it’s embarrassing.” I protested.

“Grace darling,” Jack said, “It wasn’t embarrassing when you didn’t know about it so just pretend that you still don’t know. You’ll soon stop thinking about it.”

I could see Jack’s logic but it was still embarrassing knowing about my exposure. But Jack wanted me to keep doing it so I would.

The other thing was that Jack and I started sending each other text messages to each other during the day. As time went on the messages got more sexy, what Jack called sexting. He’s started telling me to play with my pussy under my desk and even put a finger inside me then to lick that finger when someone is near me.

Another thing that he’s got me to do a few times is to go to the toilet, take a photo of my pussy and send it to him. He says that those photos keep him going until we can get home.

On the Friday afternoon one woman who had seen us sitting together at lunchtime, came up to me and said that she’d noticed that I was talking to Jack a lot and that she’d seen me getting out of his car on a morning a couple of times.

I managed to think quickly and I said,

“Yes, when he found out where I live he asked me if I wanted a lift to work to save me getting the bus. He told me that comes down my street anyway so it wasn’t problem to pick me up on the way.”

I didn’t tell her that he picked me up in his driveway.

When it got to arriving home on the Friday I just stripped naked as soon as I got through the door without even thinking about it. I guessed that being naked at home had definitely become the norm that I was happy with.

Over the weekend Jack took me shopping again, only this time I wore a proper dress and sandals, that’s all. Jack also asked me to leave a big gap in the changing room curtains and my heart skipped a few beats when I saw men staring at me as they stood beside Jack. Each time I quickly put something on. When I asked Jack if he enjoyed other men looking at me naked he replied,

“Not as much as you liked them looking at you.”

I had to think about that one for a while then I realised that I had liked it. It had made my pussy get wet and tingle.

The dresses and skirts that Jack bought for me this time were a little shorter than the previous weekend and I wondered if he was expecting me to wear them for work. I was getting used to the mid thigh length but I was a bit worried that those shorter skirts would mean that my pussy and butt would be on display more than when I bent over.

Again, Jack told me that I would get used to it but that might mean that more people at work would see what they shouldn’t see and I was a bit worried.

The other thing about some of the dress’ was that they are all armless and shoulder-less, being held up just by spaghetti straps. Jack told me to push the straps off my shoulders in the changing room and he only bought the ones that dropped to the floor on their own.

I just hoped that if I wore one for work that he wouldn’t creep up behind me in the office and push the straps off my shoulders leaving me totally naked in the middle of the office.

Jack did relent and bought me one pair of knickers from a lingerie shop. The thing was, they were made entirely of little beads. One string going round me just above my hips and 2 other strings both going from the top of my butt crack, down and under me then joining the string that is above my pubic bone.

When I told Jack that those 2 would disappear between my lips he told me that they were supposed to and that the 2 strings were to go either side of me clit. When I told him that I didn’t see the point of them he told me to wait until I put them on and walked about adding that I would find out that evening. I didn’t ask because I knew that he would tell me when I needed to know.

Jack also took me to a shop that sold make-up, something that I had never used. He told me that I didn’t need any because I was perfect as I was but he told me that I could get some if I wanted. I just got some moisturiser.

For lunch, Jack took me to a restaurant where we had a great meal but I think that he was a bit disappointed that there wasn’t any opportunities to get me to expose my tits or pussy.

When we got back home he jumped on me and fucked me right behind the front door, not even giving either of us a chance to put away the things that we’d bought. Once we’d eased our passion it was the more mundane tasks that had to be done. I must say that I am getting used to doing these jobs without any clothes on.

That evening Jack told me that we were going to the pub so that I could meet some of his mates. I was and wasn’t looking forward to it. I wanted to meet them but I was scared that he’d get me to take my clothes off, not that I was expecting to wear much or had much to wear when we went out. I didn’t want to be naked in in a pub.

Jack asked me to wear one of my shorter than mini dress’, a summer dress with spaghetti straps that buttoned from top to bottom that only just covers my butt and pussy. He also asked me to wear my only pair of knickers and to pull them up so that the bead strings disappeared and to have one string on either side of my clit.

I didn’t see the point of them until I started walking. They certainly weren’t as good as Jack’s fingers but they did draw my attention to my clit as I moved about.

With the dress and the beads knickers I wore some 3 inch heels. Never having owned any heels so high I was struggling a bit.

We went out in a taxi, both of us sitting in the back. Jack had his hand up my dress gently rubbing up and down my slit with the side of his hand all the way and I was a bit horny when we got out of the car.

In the pub I met 3 of his mates, Charlie, Arthur and Oscar. All 3 standing up to shake my hand and either saying something nice about me, or my dress, or congratulating Jack on his acquisition.

Arthur went to get drinks for Jack and me and we all sat down, Jack and me sitting on chairs opposite the other 3 guys. There was a table but it wasn’t big enough and I was sat opposite Charlie to one side of the table. Remembering how Jack wants me to sit my knees were open. I couldn’t see my pussy but in that short dress I was pretty sure that Charlie could.

“Wow Jack,” Charlie said, “You’ve got this one trained well.”

“What do you mean Charlie?” Oscar asked.

“Short dress, no bra, no knickers, bald pussy and sitting with knees apart,” Charlie replied, “You’ve struck gold there mate.”

“Yes I have,” Jack replied, “and she’s great in bed as well.”

I was a little annoyed that they were talking about me like that when I was right there, but I knew that men can be a bit rude at times., but it did make me blush a little.

“Embarrassing you are we Grace?” Charlie said, “Such a nice name Grace.”

“Leave her alone guys, Grace is a nice girl not a slut.” Jack said, “and for the record she is wearing some knickers.”

“I can see her pussy and I can’t see any.” Charlie said.

I so wanted to cross my legs but at the same time I wanted to please Jack so I just sat there. What I did notice was that Charlie talking about him seeing my pussy made it tingle.

Arthur got back with the drinks and as he was putting them in front of us I saw him looking down at my bare legs but the only thing that he said was,

“Did I miss anything?”

Jack laughed then told Arthur that he hadn’t. Then Arthur starting asking me about myself and my answers seemed to interest them because there were no more comments about my clothes or body and Charlie’s eyes went up to meet mine.

The guys seemed to accept me and there was a lot of talking about all sorts, although at times I was unable to join in the conversation because it was about boys things or sport or other things that I knew nothing about.

It became Oscar’s time to get the drinks in and when he brought them back he told Charlie to shuffle over because he wanted to talk to me and get a good look at me. By that I assumed that he wanted to look at my pussy as I was still sat with my knees apart.

When Oscar sat down Jack put one hand on my bare thigh with his fingers on the inside of my thigh. It was nice having Jack touching me although I got a bit worried after a few minutes because his hand had been slowly moving up my thigh and when it got to my pussy I gasped a little and closed my eyes for a few seconds. When I opened them I saw that Oscar was looking at me and smiling.

“Enjoying that are you Grace?” Oscar asked.

I just smiled.

The conversation continued with 2 things happening, firstly Jacks hand was rubbing my pussy slowly, but continuously, and secondly, I was couldn’t stop myself from concentrating on what Jack was doing instead of the conversation. At one point I heard someone say my name and I responded,

“Sorry, what was that?”

Oscar replied,

“It’s no good talking to Grace for a while, Jack is slowly bringing her off.”

I should have been embarrassed but what Jack was doing to me was my priority right then.

The inevitable happened and a few minutes later my hand went to my mouth to stop me from moaning too loudly, and then my whole body went rigid for a few seconds as the orgasm took control of my body.

“Oh my gawd Jack,” I said when I was able, “I can’t believe that you just did that to me, in a pub of al places. It’s so embarrassing. Sorry guys, please forget that ever happened.”

Jack was smiling and still holding my thigh up near my pussy.

Arthur said,

“The sight of you cumming Grace is burned into my memory for ever.”

I blushed – again.

Charlie went for some more drinks and when he got back it was seat shuffling for the guys. By then all 3 of them had been sat opposite me so all 3 of them had had a long look at my pussy.

I took a sip of my orange juice and then said,

“Is this a different orange juice Charlie, it tastes a bit different?”

“No, it’s the same stuff but I got the barmaid to put a vodka in it, I thought that you might like a little kick.”

“I’ve never drunk alcohol before.”

“Don’t worry love,” Jack said, “if you get drunk or pass out I’ll carry you home over my shoulder, just take it slow.”

“But if I pass out we won’t be able to ma …..“

I managed to stop myself from finishing the sentence but Charlie knew what I was going to say and said,

“Make love? Jack can fuck you when you’re out cold but it won’t be as much fun for either of you. Has he fucked you to wake you on a morning yet? I’m told that women think that it’s a great way to wake up. Or have you climbed on his morning woody yet? That definitely is a great way to wake up.”

“Speaking from experience are you mate?” Jack asked.

“Yes I am, there was these 2 whores in Thailand that I spent the night with, boy did they give me a good time, cheap as well.”

“Are you sure that it wasn’t a Ladyboy Charlie,” Jack said, “I’m told that there are lots of them out there and I bet that you were pissed. Did you ever see in their knickers?”

Charlie went quiet, and Jack decided to change the subject and asked if anyone fancied a bit of a party the next Saturday.

“You offering?” Oscar said.

“Yeah,” Jack said looking at me, “we can host a party can’t we Grace?”

“Err yes, I guess so.” I replied.

“Bring your girlfriends with you so that Grace isn’t the only naked girl there.”

“WHAT? You want me to be naked with your 3 mates and their girlfriends there?” I asked.

“Yes, why not, you’re naked all the time at home, and these guy’s girlfriend will be naked as well, probably, possibly, maybe.”

“Well if that’s what you really want.”

Jack’s hand was still on my thigh and it slid up and touched my pussy causing me to gasp.

“I’ll see what I can do, Lucy might be up for it.” Charlie said.

“Yeah, I’ll work on Emma.” Oscar added.

“Jo will be up for it.” Arthur added. “Us three guys with 3 naked chicks getting us the beers all night sounds like great night.”

We talked some more, all of us drinking our drinks. When most of the glasses were empty Jack said,

“My round, same again guys?”

“Yes please.” I said, at the time not realising that the vodka had started to get to me.

As soon as Jack had left Oscar said,

“So Grace, we’ve all seen your pussy, are you going to show us your tits?”

The vodka had crushed any thoughts of embarrassment and I replied,

“You don’t want to see my tits, they’re way too small.”

“Yes we do.” All 3 replied at once.

“There’s nothing to see.”

“Oh yes there is.” Oscar and Arthur both replied.

“Good things come in small packages.” Charlie added.

“Go on Grace, open a few buttons and give us a flash.” Oscar said.

“No, it’s not right.” I replied but at the same time I was guessing that Jack would want me to.

I did nothing until Jack got back with the drinks then I turned to Jack and said,

“Your mates just asked me to show them my tits.”

“Did you show them Grace?”

“No, it’s not right.”

“It’s okay Grace, they’re my mates, you can show them.”

“You want me to show them Jack?”

“Yes, why not, you’re starting to get a bit proud of your body and opening you dress will help you.”

I thought for a few seconds,

“It would make Jacks mates happy and Jack too. I know that Jack likes me to show my body, hell, all 3 of them have been staring at my bare pussy for the last couple of hours and Jack’s other mate Steve has seen me totally naked. Is Jack getting me to show my body to all these people to build my confidence in myself or what?”

I couldn’t answer that last thought, deciding to talk to Jack about it later, when we were on our own, but the alcohol had lowered my inhibitions and I started unfastening the button, completely forgetting that we were in a crowded pub. Because of the shortness of the dress there weren’t many buttons anyway, and before I knew it there was just one button and the spaghetti straps holding the dress in place.

I pulled the 2 sides of the dress open revealing my bare chest for a couple of seconds then pulled them back together.

“Very nice.” Oscar said.

“Beautiful.” Arthur said.

“Wow,” Charlie said, “I didn’t think that it was cold in here but Grace obviously does. Either that or she enjoys flashing her tits.”

I giggled a bit then started fastening the buttons, knowing that he was referring to my hard nipples that were tingling a bit. I’d started at the bottom and when I got to just below my tits Jack stopped me and told me not to bother with the rest of them. I looked down at my chest and saw that my tits were covered but I’d have to be careful when I moved about.

“Thank you Grace,” Charlie said, “Jack is a lucky man to have found you.”

“You alright Grace?” Jack asked as he put a hand back on my bare knee, gently pulling them further part.

“Yeah, can you pass me my drink please?”

“No, bend over and get it yourself Grace. Guys, tits.”

Not knowing why Jack had said what he had, I did. Once the glass was in my hand I looked up and saw the 3 guys looking at me, or more to the point, at my chest. Then I realised what they were looking at and my spare hand went to my chest pressing my dress top over my tits.

“You knew that that would happen didn’t you Jack” I asked.

“Yep, do you forgive me for telling you to get your own drink?”

“How could I not forgive you, I love you.”

“Grace, that’s the first time that you’ve used the ‘L’ word, and I ‘L’ word you too, shall we get out of here and find somewhere quiet?”

“Yes please, but somewhere private as well as quiet please?”

“Guys,” Jack announced, “we’re heading out. Thanks for not trashing Grace and I’ll see you next Saturday at my place, with your girls.”

The 3 guys all said goodbye as we walked out, Jack with his arm round my shoulder.

Outside I said,

“Jack, you made me cum in that pub, in public, what were you thinking?”

“That I have a gorgeous girlfriend and that I’m more than happy for the world to see her enjoying herself.”

“It was rather nice, and with all those people did sort of make my cum a bit more intense.”

“So being exposed and cumming in public is a turn-on for you?”

“I think that it might be.”

“So just how did you feel sat there with your pussy on display?”

“Well I now know not to sit down when I wear one of my shorter skirts or dresses, but apart from that, I was embarrassed and nervous as hell to start off with, but it didn’t take that long to start to relax, after all they weren’t the first of your mates to see my pussy.”

“True, you are getting used to all this exposure aren’t you?”

“I guess that I am a bit but have we reached the limit of what you want me to do for you yet?”

“No, but I promise that you’ll enjoy yourself. I’m only trying to help you to bring out the real you Grace.”

“Well whatever you are doing my life is soo much better than it was a couple of weeks ago.”

Just then the taxi arrived and we got in. On the way home we kissed and Jack had a hand between my legs nearly all the way. By the time we got home I was close to cumming and I was happy that Jack jumped on me as soon as we got through the front door.

My second Sunday with Jack started with him waking me by sliding his cock in and out of my pussy. I love it when he does that.

It was a glorious sunny morning and Jack wanted to eat breakfast out the back of the house but although the sun made it look a wonderful day it was still a bit chilly and after I’d been outside a few minutes Jack saw my hard nipples and asked if I was still horny.

“Yes I am but I’m a bit cold as well.”

“That explains it then, come here Grace and sit on my lap.”

We ate breakfast with me feeling Jack’s cock grow underneath me and when it got hard I lifted up then impaled myself. We finished eating like that then I started bouncing up and down until we’d both cum.

We spent the rest of the doing household chores although they took a lot longer than they should have because we kept having a break to enjoy each other’s body.

The following week was relatively quiet although I got a few comments about the ‘new look’ me, all of them nice comments. I did notice that there always seemed to be at least one man not far from me when I had to bend over at the cupboards.

The other thing was that Jack kept sending me text messages with just PP on them. Once I realised that PP meant ‘pussy photo’ I started sending him the photos that he wanted. As well as the photos taken in the rest room I also started taking some at my desk. I’d wait until there was no one else around, set my phone’s camera to use the flash, open my knees and take a quick pic.

I nearly got caught once when a young man came to see me straight after I’d taken one and was looking at it to make sure that it was worth sending to Jack when I saw the young man walking towards me.

I blushed as I quickly put my phone back into my bag. At my desk the young man said,

“Are you alright Grace? You look a little flushed.”

I managed to brush it off and I hoped that he hadn’t seen what was on my phone’s screen.

I have to say that by the end of the week being naked at home felt totally natural to me. The fact that Jack still had his clothes on meant nothing. I was happy being naked all the time.

It got to be the end of the working day on the Friday and as we drove home Jack said,

“It’s the photography club meeting tonight Grace, do you fancy coming with me?”

“Will you be expecting me to pose naked for them?”

“Grace, I never EXPECT you to do anything, if you want to come and just sit next to me all evening that’s just fine.”

“But I can wear something to go there?”

“Of course you can, as much as I’d like you to be able to walk into a pub totally naked it may just cause a bit of a problem so I will be happy for you to wear a dress.”

“Thank you Jack, in that case I’d like to come with you to see what you all take photos of.”

Just before we left I put on another of my new dresses and a pair of my new 3 inch heels thinking that I needed more practice wearing heels.

We arrived at the pub and Jack led me up to the function room where I saw about 7 or 8 men of varying ages.

“No girls?” I asked as we walked over.

“There’s a couple of female members but the both work shifts so they can’t make it to half the meetings.”

As Jack introduced me to everyone except Steve, the Chinese takeaway delivery driver, everyone of them came out with some nice comment about my looks, a couple adding that Jack was a lucky bastard. All of which made me feel good. One guy asked me if I was going to pose for them but I didn’t answer him.

When the meeting got underway, everyone took it in turns to show some of the photographs that they’d taken since the last meeting. They were all projected onto a big screen from a laptop and projector making everything look huge. Everyone excepts for Jack, him saying that he’s been too busy to think about photography. That comment triggered a few comments, all of which involved me one way or another and I blushed a little.

I have to say that, although there were some great photographs, none of the subject material really appealed to me.

Then it was a break where people went and got some drinks, Steve getting Jack and me one. Jack was talking to some of the others during the break and they tried to include me, but my total lack of knowledge of cameras soon became obvious and I was soon left out until Steve came back and he started to talk to me asking about how Jack and I met then asking me about my background.

When Steve had asked what I wanted to drink I remembered the orange juice that Charlie had got me in the pub and I decided to ask for an orange juice with some vodka in it. I remembered that the last one had made me feel good, not that I wasn’t before it, nor that I needed to feel good right then, I just thought that it might make the evening a little more interesting.

I don’t know how much vodka Steve asked for but it tasted stronger than the one that Charlie had bought me, but I still drank it.